Ramset

Front COVER
Specifier's Anchoring
Resource Book
ANZ
TS101 Edition
Innovative Construction • Fast, simple anchor design
• TS101/European, US and Australian Design Methods
Solutions Anchor Design
• Cracked concrete, fire and seismic design
Software
• Animated Design Load Actions and 3D Output
Available on the Ramset™ AUS and NZ websites as both an online option

accessed via web browser or an offline version via download.
2 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET

Introduction
SPECIFIERS RESOURCE BOOK
Welcome To The Ramset™ Specifiers Resource Book

This concise and systematically presented book contains the information most useful to Specifiers, Engineers and Architects when selecting
the concrete anchoring solution that best suits their project.
Selection of a concrete anchoring product is made on the basis of the basic type of fixing (bolt, stud or internally threaded), macro
environment, (e.g. coastal or inland), micro environment (particular chemicals) and of course the capacity that best meets the design load
case.
Where the fixing is simple and does not warrant extensive strength limit state calculations, selection on the basis of load case is made simple
with summarised load tables for each concrete anchor.
Where more vigorous design and strength limit state calculation is required, the simplified step-by-step method presented in this booklet will
allow rapid selection and verification of the appropriate concrete anchor for a variety of load performance requirements.
The Brick and Block anchoring section gives design professionals guidance as to the behaviour of a number of fixings suitable for use in a
variety of both solid and hollow pre-manufactured masonry units. The capacity information presented considers the elemental nature of pre-
manufactured masonry units and advises designers as to suitable locations within the units accordingly.
For additional information or any further enquiries, contact your local Ramset™ engineer:
Australia
NSW/ACT nswacteng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 592 075
QLD qldeng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 592 037
VIC/TAS victaseng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 559 612
SA/NT santeng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 579 206
WA waeng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 264 658
NATIONAL nateng@ramset.com.au or call 0418 653 711
New Zealand
NZ engineer@ramset.co.nz or call 0274 406 878
What's new in the TS101 Edition ?

At Ramset we are committed to ongoing innovation in our engineering resources. As a reflection of our continued product innovation and
development, this latest edition includes the following improvements and new products;
• New SA TS101:2015 Design Method Section

• Updates to product technical data that meet requirements of SA TS101:2015
www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 3

Contents
SPECIFIERS RESOURCE BOOK
SECTION Page No. Section Page No.

INTRODUCTION 38 TYPICAL BOLT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION 236
1 Legend of Symbols 5
2 Notation 6-7 FIRE RATED ANCHORING SYSTEMS
3 Design Process 7-16 Introduction 238
4 Anchor Seclection Guide 17-21 39 Suspension Anchors - Fire Rated 239-240
5 Anchor Technology 22-41 40 SpaTec™ Plus Safety Anchors - Fire Rated Mech. Anchor 241-246
41 TruBolt™ A4 316 SS - Fire Rated Mech. Anchor 247-252
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - Anchor Studs 42 EPCON™ C8 EXTREME - Fire Rated Chem. Anchor 253-257
Introduction & Estimating Chart 42
Contents
6 Chemset™ Anchor Studs 43 CRACKED CONCRETE

7 ChemSet™ Reo 502™ Injection with Anchor Studs 45-52 Introduction 258
8 EPCON™ C8 EXTREME Injection with Anchor Studs 53-60 43 EPCON™ C8 EXTREME Injection with Anchor Studs 259-266
9 Epcon™ C6 Series Injection with Anchor Studs 61-68 44 EPCON™ C8 EXTREME Injection with Reinforcing Bar 267-274
10 ChemSet™ 801 Injection with Anchor Studs 69-76 45 Structaset™ 401 Injection with Anchor Studs 275-282
11 Structaset™ 401 Injection with Anchor Studs 77-84 46 SpaTec™ Plus Safety Anchor 283-290
12 ChemSet™ 101 PLUS Injection with Anchor Studs 85-92 47 TruBolt™ A4 316 SS - Stud Anchor 291-298
13 ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules with Anchor Studs 93-100
SEISMIC ANCHORS
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - Threaded Inserts Introduction 299
Introduction 102 48 Seismic Standards for Anchors 300
14 Threaded Inserts 103-109 49 Seismic Anchors Overview 301
50 Tapcon® Seismic Anchor 302
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - Reinforcing Bar Anchorage 51 SAMMYS® Seismic Anchor 303
Introduction 110 52 SpaTec™ Seismic Anchor 304
15 ChemSet™ Reo 502™ Injection with Reinforcing Bar 111-118 53 Reo 502™ SA - Seismic Anchor for Anchor Studs 305-313
16 EPCON™ C8 EXTREME Injection with Reinforcing Bar 119-126 54 Reo 502™ SA - Seismic Anchor for Reinforcing Bar 315-323
17 Epcon™ C6 Series Injection with Reinforcing Bar 127-134 55 EPCON™ C8 - Seismic Anchor for Reinforcing Bar 324-325
18 ChemSet™ 801 Injection with Reinforcing Bar 135-142
19 Structaset™ 401 Injection with Reinforcing Bar 143-150 CAST-IN ANCHORING
20 ChemSet™ 101 PLUS Injection with Reinforcing Bar 151-158 Introduction 326
56 Reid™ Elephant Foot Ferrules 327
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - Reinforcing Bar to AS3600-2009 57 Reid™ Round Bar Ferrules 327
Introduction 160
21 Design Process for AS3600-2009 162-163 SA TS101:2015 DESIGN METHOD
22 Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar Engineering Properties 164 Introduction 328
23 ChemSet™ Reo 502™ Injection Information 165 58.1 General Information 328
24 EPCON™ C8 EXTREME Injection Information 167 58.2 Anchor Configurations 329
25 Strength Limit State Design 168-175 58.3 Critical Anchor Design Workflow for TS101 :2015 333
58.4 TS101 Design Effects Factors and Anchor Edge & Spacing Values 334-336
MECHANICAL ANCHORING 58.5 Ramset™ Design Resources - TS101:2015 Method 336-338
Introduction 176 58.6 Ramset™ Product Assessment Reports to SA TS101:2015
26 Ramset™ Undercut Anchor System 177-184 Requirements 338
27 SpaTec™ Plus Safety Anchors 185-192
28 Boa™ Coil Expansion Anchors 193-200 SPECIFIERS RESOURCE BOOK
29 TruBolt™ Stud Anchors 201-210 DESIGN WORKSHEETS 340-341
30 WERCS AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchors 211-218
31 DynaBolt™ Plus Sleeve Anchors 219-220
32 DynaSet™ Drop In Anchors 221-222
BRICK AND BLOCK ANCHORING

Introduction 224
33 Typical Masonry Units 225-227
34 ChemSet™ 101 PLUS Injection 228-229
35 WERCS AnkaScrew™ 230-231
36 DynaBolt™ Plus Hex Bolt 232-233
37 RamPlug™ Anchors 234-235

1 Legend of Symbols
SPECIFIERS RESOURCE GUIDE
We have developed this set of easily recognisable icons to assist with product selection.
PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations.
Fire rated in accordance with the applicable
Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic
standard or independent approval (i.e. Australian
loading. Resists loosening under vibration.
Standards or European Technical Approval)
Legend of Symbols
Anchor has an effective pull-down feature,
or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp May be used close to edges (or another
the fixture to the base material and provide anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.
high resistance to cyclic loading.
Suitable for use in seismic design according
to ANZ Standards (eg AS/NZ 1170.4) or Temporary or removable anchor.
independent seismic performance data
available from either an ICC Evaluation
report or European Technical Assesment.
Cracked concrete.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues.
Steel Zinc Plated AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive
Minimum thickness 5 micron. agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants.
Recommended for internal applications only. Recommended for internal or external applications
in marine or corrosive environments.
Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006
and AS1214-1983. Stainless Steel High Corrosion resistance.
Minimum thickness 42 micron.
HCR HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.
For external applications.
Steel Mechanically Galvanised Corrosion resistant.
MGAL Minimum thickness 42 micron. Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.
Climaseal
CLS Minimum thickness 7.5 microns.
For internal applications.
INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements.
Suitable for floor applications. Anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Suitable for wall applications. Anchors suitable for use in damp holes.
Anchors suitable for use in holes

Suitable for overhead applications.
filled with water.
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow Suitable for use in drilled holes.
core concrete applications.
Anchor can be through fixed into substrate

Suitable for use in cored holes.
using fixture as template.
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete Suitable for contact with drinking water
applications. for human consumption.

2 Notation
GENERAL NOTATION
a = actual anchor spacing (mm) k1 = see AS3600 - 2009 Xnae = anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension
ac = critical anchor spacing (mm) k2 = see AS3600 - 2009 Xnai = anchor spacing effect, internal to a row,
am = absolute minimum anchor spacing (mm) k3 = see AS3600 - 2009 tension
Ab = reinforcing bar stress area (mm2) L = anchor length (mm) Xnc = concrete compressive strength effect,
tension
As = stress area (mm2) Le = anchor effective length (mm)
Xne = edge distance effect, tension
Ast = stress area of reinforcing bar (mm2) Lst = length of reinforcing bar to develop
tensile stress σst (mm) Xuc = characteristic ultimate capacity
bm = minimum substrate thickness (mm)
Lsy.t = reinforcing bar length to develop Xtsv = TS101 effect factor, shear
db = bolt diameter (mm)
steel yield in tension (mm) Xva = anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear
Notation
df = fixture hole diameter (mm)

Lsy.t (nom) = length of reinforcing bar to develop Xvc = concrete compressive strength effect, shear
dh = drilled hole diameter (mm) full steel yield in 32 MPa concrete (mm) Xvd = load direction effect, concrete edge shear
e = actual edge distance (mm) Lt = thread length (mm) Xvn = multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear
ec = critical edge distance (mm) n = number of fixings in a group Xvs = corner edge shear effect, shear
em = absolute minimum edge distance (mm) Nsy = tensile steel yield load capacity Xvsc = concrete compressive strength effect,
f’c = concrete cylinder characteristic Nub = characteristic ultimate tensile combined concrete/steel shear
compressive strength (MPa) adhesive bond capacity (kN) Xns = Cracked concrete service temperature
f’cf = concrete flexural tensile strength (MPa) PL = long term, retained preload (kN) limits effect
fsy = reinforcing bar steel yield strength (MPa) PLi = initial preload (kN) Z = section modulus (mm3)
fu = characteristic ultimate steel Pr = proof load (kN) ß = concrete cube characteristic
tensile strength (MPa) compressive strength (N/mm2)
t = total thickness of fastened
fy = characteristic steel yield strength (MPa) material(s) (mm) µT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction
h = anchor effective depth (mm) Tr = assembly torque (Nm) x = mean ultimate capacity
hn = nominal effective depth (mm) Xtsn = TS101 effect factor, tension σst = steel tensile stress
g = gap or non-structural thickness (mm) Xe = edge distance effect, tension σst (nom) = steel tensile stress of reinforcing bar
Xna = anchor spacing effect, tension bonded into 32 MPa concrete
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION
M* = design bending action effect (kN.m) Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile Vusc = characteristic ultimate combined
Mu = characteristic ultimate moment capacity (kN) concrete/steel shear capacity (kN)
capacity (kN.m) Nusr = factored characteristic ultimate Ø = capacity reduction factor
N* = design tensile action effect (kN) steel tensile capacity (kN) Øc = capacity reduction factor, concrete tension
Ntf = nominal ultimate bolt tensile capacity (kN) Ru = characteristic ultimate capacity recommended as 0.6
Nu = characteristic ultimate tensile V* = design shear action effect (kN) Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending
capacity (kN) Vsf = nominal ultimate bolt shear capacity (kN) recommended as 0.8
Nuc = characteristic ultimate concrete Vu = ultimate shear capacity (kN) Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension
tensile capacity (kN) recommended as 0.8
Vuc = characteristic ultimate concrete
Nup = characteristic ultimate pull-through edge shear capacity (kN) Øq = capacity reduction factor, concrete edge
capacity (kN) shear recommended as 0.6
Vur = design ultimate shear capacity (kN)
Nucr = factored characteristic ultimate Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear
Vurc = design ultimate concrete edge shear recommended as 0.8
concrete tensile capacity (kN) capacity (kN)
Nur = design ultimate tensile capacity (kN) Øp = capacity reduction factor, pull-through
Vus = characteristic ultimate steel shear recommended as 0.65
Nurc = design ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN)
capacity (kN)
Nurp = design ultimate pull-through capacity (kN)
PERMISSIBLE STRESS NOTATION
fs = factor of safety Na = working load limit tensile capacity (kN) Ra = working load limit capacity (kN)
fsc = factor of safety for substrate = 3.0 Nac = working load limit concrete tensile V = applied shear load (kN)
fss = factor of safety for steel in tension capacity (kN) V a = working load limit shear capacity (kN)
and bending = 2.2 Nar = factored working load limit tensile Var = factored working load limit shear
fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear = 2.5 capacity (kN) capacity (kN)
M = applied moment (kNm) Nas = working load limit steel tensile Vas = working load limit steel shear
capacity (kN) capacity (kN)
Ma = working load limit moment capacity (kNm)
Nasr = factored working load limit steel
N = applied tensile load (kN) tensile capacity (kN)

2-3 Notation/Design Process
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION (CRACKED CONCRETE)

N0Rd,c = Cracked concrete cone resistance – V0Rd,c = Cracked concrete edge resistance – γMs = Partial safety factor for steel
reduced characteristic reduced characteristic resistance (tension and shear)
NRk,c = Cracked concrete cone resistance – V0Rk,c = Cracked concrete edge resistance - γMsp = Partial safety factor for combined
characteristic characteristic pull-out concrete cone (pull-through)
Notation/Design Process
N0Rd,p = Cracked concrete combined pull- V0Rd,cp = Cracked concrete Pryout failure – resistance
out concrete cone (pull-through) reduced characteristic γMc = Partial safety factor for concrete edge
resistance – reduced characteristic VRk,cp = Cracked concrete Pryout failure - failure
N0Rk,p = Cracked concrete combined pull- characteristic γMpr = Partial safety factor for concrete
out (pull-through) concrete cone VRd,c = Design cracked concrete edge shear pryout failure
resistance - characteristic resistance
NRd,s = Cracked concrete steel tensile VRd,cp = Design cracked concrete Pryout
resistance – reduced characteristic failure
NRk,s = Cracked concrete steel tensile VRd,s = Cracked concrete steel shear
resistance - characteristic resistance – reduced characteristic
NRd,p = Design cracked concrete combined VRk,s = Cracked concrete steel shear
pull-out and concrete cone (pull- resistance – characteristic
through) resistance
VRd = Design cracked concrete shear
NRd = Design cracked concrete tensile resistance
resistance
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION (SEISMIC ANCHORS)

ACI – US Seismic Design Method
Nucc = Seismic cracked concrete cone Vuc,sis = Seismic cracked concrete αN,sis = Seismic capacity reductions factor for
characteristic ultimate tensile characteristic ultimate edge shear steel tension
resistance resistance αV,sis = Seismic capacity reductions factor for
Nucp = Seismic cracked concrete pull-out Vcp,sis = Seismic cracked concrete steel shear
bond characteristic ultimate tensile characteristic ultimate Pryout failure
resistance Vurc,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete
Nurcc = Design seismic cracked concrete ultimate edge shear resistance
cone ultimate tensile resistance Vcrp,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete
Nurcp = Design seismic cracked concrete pull- ultimate Pryout failure
out bond ultimate tensile resistance Vur,sis = Design seismic cracked ultimate
Nur,sis = Design seismic cracked ultimate shear resistance
tensile resistance
EOTA – European Seismic Design Method

N0Rd,c,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete NRd,sis = Design seismic cracked tensile VRd,s,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete
cone tensile resistance – reduced resistance steel shear resistance - reduced
characteristic characteristic
N0Rd,p,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete V0Rd,c,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete VRd,sis = Design seismic cracked shear
Pull-through tensile resistance – edge shear resistance - reduced resistance
reduced characteristic characteristic
NRd,s,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete V0Rd,cp,sis = Design seismic cracked concrete
steel tensile resistance – reduced Pryout failure - reduced
characteristic characteristic
DESIGN PROCESS
This information is provided for the guidance of qualified structural engineers or other suitably skilled persons in the design of anchors. It is the designer's responsibility to ensure compliance with
the relevant standards, codes of practice, building regulations, workplace regulations and statutes as applicable.
This manual allows the designer to determine load carrying capacities based on actual application and installation conditions.
The designer must first select the anchor style/type to suit application and environmental conditions through the use of tables 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5 to identify the specific product features,
dimensional properties and environmental characteristics required.
Then select an appropriate anchor size to meet the required load case through the use of either the working load information provided or by use of the simplified design process described on the
page opposite to arrive at recommendations in line with strength limit state design principles.
Ramset™ has developed this Simplified Design Approach to achieve strength limit state design, and to allow for rapid selection of a suitable anchor and through systematic analysis, establish
that it will meet the required design criteria under strength limit state principles.
The necessary diagrams, tables etc. for each specific product are included in this publication.
Ramset™ has also developed a software tool “Ramset Anchor Design” to enable engineers to quickly select suitable anchors for a specific set of design conditions and output the results for
project file reference.

3.1 Simplified Design
APPROACH
We have developed this design process to provide accurate anchor performance predictions and allow appropriate design solutions in an efficient
and time saving manner.
Our experience over many years of anchor design has enabled us to develop this process which enables accurate and quick solutions without the
need to work laboriously from first principles each time.
PRELIMINARY SELECTION
Design Process
Establish the design action effects, N* and V* (Tension and Shear) acting on each anchor being examined using the appropriate load combinations
detailed in the AS1170 series of Australian Standards and NZS1170 series of New Zealand Standards.
Refer to charts 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5 in order to select an anchor type that best meets the needs of your application.
Refer to sections 58.2 Anchor configurations and 58.3 Critical Anchor Design Workflow to determine applicability of TS101:2015 for the anchor
design case under evaluation.
STEP 1 Select anchor to be evaluated
Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – Interaction Diagram’ This is an important structural dimension that will be referred to in
for the anchor type selected, looking up N* and V* to select the anchor subsequent tables.
size most likely to meet the design requirements.
Typically, greater effective depths will result in greater concrete
Note that the Interaction Diagram is for a specific concrete tensile capacities.
compressive strength and does not consider edge distance and anchor
spacing effects, hence is a guide only and its use should not replace a ACTION Note down the anchor effective depth, h.
complete design process. Note also the product part no. referenced.
ACTION Note down the anchor size selected.
Having selected an anchor size, check that the design values for edge
Checkpoint 1
distance and anchor spacing comply with the absolute minima detailed
in table 1b. If your design values do not comply, adjust the design Anchor size selected ?
layout.
Absolute minima compliance achieved ?
Calculate the anchor effective depth as detailed in step 1c. Anchor effective depth calculated ?
If the above questions are answered satisfactorily,

proceed to step 2.

APPROACH
STEP 2 Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor
Referring to table 2a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate For designs involving more than one anchor, consideration must be
concrete tensile capacity (ØNuc). This is the basic capacity, given to the influence of anchor spacing on tensile capacity. Use either
uninfluenced by edge distance or anchor spacings and is for the of tables 2d or 2e to establish the anchor spacing effect, tension, Xnae
specific concrete compressive strength(s) noted. or Xnai.
Design Process
ACTION Note down the value for ØNuc ACTION Note down the value of Xnae or Xnai
For design to TS101, apply effects factor Xtsn, refer to section 58.4.2
Table 2a-2 2
ACTION Note down the value for Xtsn
Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc by
referring to table 2b. This multiplier considers the influence of the ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai ) (kN)
actual concrete compressive strength compared to that used in table
2a above.
This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete
ACTION Note down the value for Xnc compressive strength, edge distance and anchor spacing to arrive at the
design reduced concrete tensile capacity.
If the concrete edge distance is close enough to the anchor being
evaluated, that anchors tensile performance may be reduced. Use ACTION Note down the value of ØNurc
table 2c, edge distance effect, tension, Xne to determine if the design
edge distance influences the anchors tensile capacity.
ACTION Note down the value for Xne
STEP 3 Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor
Having calculated the concrete tensile capacity above (ØNurc),

consideration must now be given to other tensile failure mechanisms. 3
Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity
Now that we have obtained capacity information for all tensile failure
(ØNus) from table(s) 3a.
mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.
ACTION Note down the value of ØNus
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a separate bolt Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur
such as the Threaded Insert anchor, make use of step 3b to verify the
reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity (ØNtf). ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
Check N* / ØNur ≤ 1,
if not satisfied return to step 1
This completes the tensile design process, we now look to verify that
adequate shear capacity is available.

APPROACH
STEP 4 Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor
Referring to table 4a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate Examples

concrete edge shear capacity (ØVuc). This is the basic capacity,
uninfluenced by anchor spacings and is for the specific edge distance
and concrete compressive strength(s) noted.
Design Process
ACTION Note down the value for ØVuc n=3

For design to TS101, apply effects factor Xtsv , refer to section 58.4.3 V*TOTAL
Table 4a-2
ACTION Note down the value for Xtsv
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc by

referring to table 4b. This multiplier considers the influence of the
actual concrete compressive strength compared to the nominal value
used in table 4a above. n=2
V*TOTAL
ACTION Note down the value for Xvc
Assume slotted holes to
The angle of incidence of the shear load acting towards an edge is prevent shear take up.
considered through the factor Xvd, load direction effect, shear.
Use table 4c to establish its value.
ACTION Note down the value for Xvd

n=2
For a row of anchors located close to an edge, the influence of the
anchor spacing on the concrete edge shear capacity is considered by V*TOTAL
the factor Xva, anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear.
Note: Consider capacity of two anchors in row
Note that this factor deals with a row of anchors parallel to the edge closest to edge only,
and assumes that all anchors are loaded equally. ie. anchor load = V*TOTAL/2 to each anchor.
If designing for a single anchor, Xva = 1.0 ACTION Note down the value for Xvn
ACTION Note down the value for Xva
In order to distribute the concrete edge shear evenly to all anchors

4
within a row of anchors aligned parallel to an edge, calculate the
multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn.
Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc
If designing for a single anchor, Xvn = 1.0 ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn * Xvs (kN)
This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete

compressive strength, edge distance and anchor spacing to arrive at
the design reduced concrete shear capacity.
For a design involving two or more anchors in a row parallel to an

edge, this value is the average capacity of each anchor assuming each
is loaded equally.
ACTION Note down the value of ØVurc

APPROACH
STEP 5 Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor
Having calculated the concrete shear capacity above (ØVurc),

consideration must now be given to other shear failure mechanisms. 5
Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity
(ØVus) from table(s) 5a.
Design Process
Design reduced shear capacity, ØVur
ACTION Note down the value for ØVus

Now that we have obtained capacity information for all shear failure
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a separate bolt mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.
such as the Threaded Insert anchor, make use of step 5b to verify the
reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity (ØVsf).
ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
Check V* / ØVur ≤ 1,
This completes the shear design process, we now look to verify that
adequate combined capacity is available for load cases having both
shear and tensile components.
STEP 6 Combined loading and specification
For load cases having both tensile and shear components, verify that
the relationship represented here is satisfied. 6
Check
N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,

Specify the product to be used

as detailed.

3.2 Worked Example
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN
Verify capacity of the anchors detailed below:
Given data:
Concrete compressive strength f’c 50 MPa
Design tensile action effect N*TOTAL 72 kN
Design shear action effect V*TOTAL 180 kN
Edge distance e 250 mm
Design Process
Anchor spacing a 150 mm

Fixture plate + grout thickness t 17 mm
No. of anchors in shear n 4
As the design process considers design action effects PER anchor,

distribute the total load case to each anchor as is deemed appropriate.
In this case, equal load distribution is considered appropriate hence,
Design tensile action effect (per anchor) N* 18 kN

Design shear action effect (per anchor) V* 45 kN
Given that each of the ‘interior’ anchors is influenced by two adjacent

anchors, verify capacity for anchor ‘B’ in this case.
From the information presented in tables 4.1 – 4.5, it is established

that SpaTec™ Plus anchors will be suitable for selection.
Having completed the preliminary selection component of the design

process, commence the Strength Limit State Design process.
TS101:2015 DESIGN METHOD REVIEW FOR APPLICABILITY

The example is assumed to be safety critical and according to section
58.3, TS101:2015 requirements may be applicable.
After referring to the typical anchoring configuration types found in
section 58.2 for 4no. anchors or greater, TS101 Design Method does
not apply. Adopt Ramset ANZ Method. TS101 effects factor for tension
and shear are not applicable.

3.2 Worked Example
Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – interaction diagram’ The effective depth, h, is calculated by making reference to the
on page 187. Applying both the N* value and V* value to the ‘Description and Part Numbers’ table on page 186 and calculating
interaction, it can be seen that the intersection of the two values falls effective depth, h = Le - t.
within the M16 “band”.
Hence, h = 125 - 17
Design Process
ACTION M16 anchor size selected. = 108 mm
Confirm that absolute minima requirements are met. ACTION h = 108

Anchor selected is SP16145
From table 1b (page 187) for M16 SpaTec™ Plus, it is required that
edge distance, e > 160 mm. and that anchor spacing,
a > 105 mm.
1
The design values of e = 250 mm and a = 150 mm comply with
these minima, hence continue to step 1c.
Anchor size selected ? M16

Absolute minima
compliance achieved ? Yes
Anchor effective
depth calculated ? h = 108 mm with SP16145
Referring to table 2a, consider the value obtained for an M16 anchor As we are considering anchor ‘B’ for this example, use table 2e
at h = 110 mm (closest to our design value of h = 108 mm). on page 189 to verify the anchor spacing effect, internal to a row,
tension, Xnai value. If we were inspecting anchors ‘A’ or ‘D’ we would
ACTION ØNuc = 48.5 kN use table 2d for anchors at the end of a row.
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc value ACTION Xnai = 0.45
from table 2b.
ACTION Xnc = 1.25
Verify the edge distance effect, tension, Xne value from

2
table 2c.
ACTION Xne = 1.00 (no effect) Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * Xnai (kN)

= 48.5 * 1.25 * 1.00 * 0.45
= 27.3 kN
ACTION ØNurc = 27.3 kN

3.2 Worked Example
3
From table 3a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile
capacity, ØNus.
For an M16 SpaTec™ Plus, ØNus = 100.5 kN. ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus
Design Process
ACTION ØNus = 100.5 kN

In this case ØNur = 27.3 kN (governed by concrete capacity).
18 / 27.3 = 0.66 ≤ 1
Tensile design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 4.
Referring to table 4a, consider the value obtained for an M16 anchor In order to distribute the shear load evenly to all anchors in the group,
at e = 250 mm. the multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn value is retrieved
from table 4e.
ACTION ØVuc = 80.2 kN
The ratio of (a / e) for this design case is 150 / 250 = 0.6.
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xvc value
from table 4b. ACTION Xvn = 0.69
ACTION Xvc = 1.25 Verify anchor at a corner effect, concrete edge shear, Xvs
Verify the load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd ACTION Xvs = 1.00
value using table 4c.
ACTION Xvd = 1.32 for angle of 30 degrees to normal.
Verify the anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva

4
value using table 4d. Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc
ACTION Xva = 0.62 ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn * Xvs (kN)
= 80.2 * 1.25 * 1.32 * 0.62 * 0.69 * 1.00
= 56.6 kN
ACTION ØVurc = 56.6 kN

From table 5a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate
steel shear capacity, ØVus. 5
The shear capacity available from the SpaTec™ Plus anchor is ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus
subject to its effective depth, h value. As was noted earlier
h = 108 mm for this example, hence,
In this case ØVur = 56.6 kN (governed by concrete capacity).
for an M16 SpaTec™ Plus at h = 108 mm, ØVus = 104.5 kN Check V* / ØVur ≤ 1,
ACTION ØVus = 104.5 kN 45 / 56.6 = 0.80 ≤ 1
Shear design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 6.

3.2 Worked Example
6
Check that the combined loading relationship is satisfied: Re-consider the design using the adjusted values with anchor spacing,
Design Process
“a” set at 200 mm.
N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2, ØNuc = 48.5 kN

Xnc = 1.25
18 / 27.3 + 45 / 56.6 = 1.45 > 1.2 Xne = 1.00
Xnai = 0.61
Combined loading criteria FAILED.
Hence ØNurc = 37.0 kN (at a = 200 mm).
Review the design process and examine the critical factors influencing ØVuc = 80.2 kN
the overall anchor capacity. Xvc = 1.25
Xvd = 1.32
For tension (governed by concrete failure), Xva = 0.66
Xvn = 0.74 (at a = 200 mm, hence a / e = 0.8)
ØNuc = 48.5 kN Xvs = 1.00
Xnc = 1.25
Xne = 1.00 Hence ØVurc = 64.6 kN (at a = 200 mm).
Xnai = 0.45
Now,
It can be seen from the above values that whilst the concrete
compressive strength effect, Xnc improves the design ultimate tensile
capacity, the anchor spacing effect, Xnai significantly reduces design N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,
ultimate tensile capacity.
18 / 37.0 + 45 / 64.6 = 1.18 < 1.2
Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xnai. Combined loading criteria PASSES.
For shear (governed by concrete failure),
ØVuc = 80.2 kN
Xvc = 1.25 Specify
Xvd = 1.32
Xva = 0.62 Ramset™ SpaTec™ Plus Anchor,
Xvn = 0.69 M16 (SP16145).
Xvs = 1.00 Maximum fixed thickness to be 17 mm.
To be installed in accordance with
Again, the concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc improves the Ramset Technical Data Sheet
™
design ultimate shear capacity. Anchor spacing effect, Xva reduces the
design ultimate shear capacity.
Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xva.
Note that increasing the anchor spacing for this design will improve
Xnai, Xva and Xvn.

Notes
DESIGN PROCESS
Design Process

4.1-2 Considerations
ENVIRONMENTAL / INSTALLATION
4.1 Environmental Considerations

ANCHOR
ChemSet™ Spin
Structaset™401
ChemSet™ Reo
ChemSet™ 801
ChemSet™ 101
SpaTec™ Plus
Reo 502™ SA
AnkaScrew™
EPCON™ C8
EPCON™ C6
Tapcon® &
DynaBolt™
RamPlug™
SAMMYS®
DynaSet™
Boa™ Coil
Ramset™
Capsules
Undercut
TruBolt™
502™
Plus
Anchor Selection Guide

Coastal Environment
External ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Coastal Environment
Internal ✓(SS) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
Inland Environment
External ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Csl) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
Inland Environment
Internal ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Csl) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓ ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
Tropical Environment
External ✓(SS) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
Tropical Environment
Internal ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Csl) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
Alpine Environment
External ✓(SS) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
Alpine Environment
Internal ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Csl) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓ ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
Industrial Environment
External ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Industrial Environment
Internal ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Internal Wet Areas ✓(SS) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
4.2 Installation Considerations

ANCHOR
ChemSet™ Spin
Structaset™401
ChemSet™ Reo
ChemSet™ 801
ChemSet™ 101
SpaTec™ Plus
Reo 502™ SA
AnkaScrew™
EPCON™ C8
EPCON™ C6
Tapcon® &
DynaBolt™
RamPlug™
SAMMYS®
DynaSet™
Boa™ Coil
Ramset™
Capsules
Undercut
TruBolt™
502™
Plus
Dry Hole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Damp Hole ✓(SS) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(SS) ✓ ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
Water Filled Hole ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Submerged Hole
After Set ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Fire Resistant ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fire Rated ✓ ✓(SS) ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid Concrete ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hollow Block
(Cavity) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓* ✓* ✓*
Solid Clay Brick ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Wire Cut Clay Brick ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓* ✓* ✓*
Cracked Concrete ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Selsmic Loading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Sustained Loading ✓ ✓ ✓(SS) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
* With accessories
LEGEND ✓ = Recommended ● = Possible

Indicatesloading. Resists loosening
the suitability under
of product vibration.
to specific types of performance related situations.
Standards or European Technical Approv
AnchorHas
hasgood
an effective pull-down Fire rated in accordance with th
resistance to cyclicfeature,
and dynamic
or is aloading. PERFORMANCE
stud anchor. It has the ability RELATED SYMBOLS
to clamp May be standard or to
independent appro
Anchor Feature
Resists loosening under vibration. used close edges (or anothe
PERFORMANCE
theRELATED SYMBOLS
fixture to theIndicates
base material and provide
the suitability anchor)
of product to specific types
Standards or of
without risk
of performance
European Technic
splittingsituation
related the con
Indicates the suitability
highofresistance
producthas
totospecific
cyclic typespull-down
loading. of performance
feature,related situations.
4.3
Anchor an effective
or for
Suitable is ause
studin anchor.
seismicItdesign
has the ability
according to clampto cyclicFire Fire rat
Has good resistance andrated
dynamic May be used
in accordance close
with the to edges (o
applicable
PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
RELATED
HasRELATED
toSYMBOLS
good ANZthe SYMBOLS
resistance to cyclic
fixture
Standards and
to(egtheAS/NZdynamic
base material
loading.orand
1170.4) provide
Resists loosening under vibration.
standard anchor)
or independent
Temporary without
approvalrisk
or removable
standa
(i.e.ofAustralia
anchor. splittin
IndicatesIndicates
the suitability loading.
the suitability
of product
of to Resists
product toloosening
independent
specific
high types ofunder
seismic
specific
resistancetypes vibration.
performance
performance data
of performance
to cyclic related situations.
loading. related situations. Standa
Standards or European Technical Approval)
GUIDE
available from either an ICC Evaluation Anchor hasaccording
an effective pull-down feature,
Anchorreport has anSuitable
oreffective
European
forpull-down
use in seismic feature,design Fire ratedFire in accordance
rated in accordance
with the applicable
with the applicable
Has goodHas resistance
good resistanceto cyclicto and
toANZcyclic
dynamic andTechnical
dynamic Assesment.
or is a stud anchor. ItStandards
has the ability toorclamp
(eg AS/NZ is a1170.4)
stud anchor.
or It has the ability to clamp
standard standard
or independent
Mayand orbeindependent
usedapproval Temporary
close (i.e.
approval or(i.e.
Australian
to edges removable
(or May
Australian
another anchbe
loading. Resistsloading.loosening Resists loosening
under vibration.
under vibration. the fixture to the base material provide
the fixture to independent
Cracked theconcrete.
base material seismicandperformance
provide dataStandardsStandards
or European
anchor) or European
Technicalrisk
without Technical
Approval) Approval)
of splitting anchor
the concrete.
available
high resistance to cyclic loading. from either an high
ICC resistance
Evaluation to cyclic loading.
Anchor has Anchor an effective
has an effective
pull-downreport pull-down
feature,
or European feature,Technical
Suitable Assesment.
for use in seismic design according
or is a stud or is anchor. Suitable
a stud hasfor
Itanchor. theuse in seismic
Itability
has theto ability
clamp design according
to clamp to ANZ Standards May(eg be AS/NZ
used
May close
be used
1170.4) to edges
close
or to (oredges
another (or another
the fixturethetofixture thetobase ANZ
to the Standards
material
base Cracked
and
material concrete.
(egprovide
AS/NZand1170.4)
provide or Temporary or removable anchor. Tempo
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLSindependent seismic anchor)performance
without
anchor) risk
withoutof
datasplitting
risk of the
splitting
concrete.
the concrete.
PERFORMANCE RELATED
high resistance high resistance SYMBOLS
independent
to cyclic loading. seismic
to cyclic loading. performance data
Indicates the suitability of product Indicates the base
toavailable
specific from material
types either and
an
of performance ICCsurface
Evaluation available
finishsituations.
related from either an ICC Evaluation
to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issu
Suitable for Suitable
use report
infor seismic
use indesign
seismicaccording
or European design according
Technical Assesment. report or European Technical Assesment.
Steel(eg Zinc Plated AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant t
The following chart provides a quick guide for selecting the appropriate Ramset Concrete Anchor to suit your needs.
PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS RELATED SYMBOLS ™ Has good
loading.
to ANZ
independent
Resists
Standards
resistanceto ANZ
independent
loosening
Standards
to cyclic(eg AS/NZ
MATERIAL
Cracked
seismic
1170.4)
andconcrete.
dynamic
Minimum
performance
under seismic
AS/NZ or
1170.4) or
SPECIFICATION
thickness
data 5data
performance
vibration.
micron. Cracked
Fire rated inTemporary
SYMBOLS
standardconcrete.
accordance orwith
Temporary the or
removable
or independent approval (i.e.
applicable
removable
agents anchor.
including
Australian
anchor.
chlorides and industrial
Indicates the suitabilityIndicates of product thetosuitability
specific types of performance
of product to specific related
types ofsituations.
performance relatedavailable situations. available
from eitherIndicates
from theEvaluation
anRecommended
either
ICC base
an ICC material and surface
for internal
Evaluation applicationsfinishonly.
Standards to or
assist in selection
European Technicalwith Recommended
regard to corrosion
Approval) for internalororenvironme
external ap
Please refer to the Legend of Symbols below each table for a detailed explanation of the symbols used. Anchorreport
Fire rated in accordance hasFire anorrated
with report
European
effective
the in or
applicable European
Technical
pull-down
accordance Technical
Assesment.
Steelfeature,
Hot
with Dipped
the Assesment.
Galvanised to AS4680-2006
applicable
AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, r
Has good resistance to cyclic Has good and resistance
dynamic to cyclic and dynamic Steel Zinc Plated
or is a stud anchor. It has the ability
and to clamp
AS1214-1983. Stainless Steel High Corrosion resistan
PERFORMANCEPERFORMANCE RELATED
loading. Resists SYMBOLS RELATED
loosening underResists
loading. SYMBOLS
vibration. loosening under vibration.
standard or independent Cracked
the fixtureMATERIAL
approval
standard concrete.
Cracked
to the base
(i.e.
or Australian
independent
concrete. approval
SPECIFICATION Minimum (i.e.thickness
Australian5 micron.
MATERIAL
SYMBOLS
May be used close to edges (or another agents including chlorides
SPECIFICATION HCR
risk of SYMBOLS
and i
ormaterial andTechnical
provide HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.
4.3 Anchor Feature Guide

Standards or European Technical
Standards Approval)European Minimum thickness
Recommended Approval) 42formicron. anchor) without
internal applications only. splitting the concrete. Recommended for internal or ex
Indicates the suitabilityIndicates
of productthetosuitability
specific of typesproduct to specific types
of performance relatedofsituations.
performance related situations.high resistance Indicates to cyclic
the base loading. material
For external Indicates
and applications.
surface finishthe to base
assistmaterial
in selectionand with
surface regardfinish to assistinin
to corrosion selection
ormarine
environmental with regard
issues. to c
or corrosive environm
Anchor has an effective Anchor pull-down hasfeature,
an effective pull-down feature, Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006
It has theFire ratedto in accordanceFire withrated
Suitable in accordance
the applicable for use in seismic with thedesign applicable according AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, toAISI Gr
Has good resistance or is a to studHas
cyclicgood
anchor.andresistance
Itdynamic
hasor the tostud
is aability cyclic
to and
clamp
anchor. dynamic ability clamp May be used close to edges
May (or
be another
used Steel
close Steel
Zinc
to edges Mechanically
Plated
and (orAS1214-1983.
another GalvanisedSteel Zinc Plated Corrosion Stainless
resistant. Steelresistant
High Corrosioncorros
PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS
loading. Resists RELATED
theloosening
fixture loading.
tounder SYMBOLS
Resists
the base loosening
material
the
vibration. fixture andtounder
provide
the basevibration.
material standard
and provide anchor)
standard
without
to ANZ
or
or independent approval (i.e. AustralianMGAL
MATERIAL MATERIAL
risk
Standards
independent
SPECIFICATION
(eg AS/NZ
approval
SPECIFICATION
Minimum
1170.4)
(i.e.
Minimum
or
Australian
ofSYMBOLS
thickness SYMBOLS
thickness
5 micron. 42 micron. 42 Minimum
Temporary or removable anchor.
micron. thickness 5 micron.
HCR
agents including chlorides and industrial pollutan
HCR Grade for 1.4529/1.4565. agents
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
Indicates the suitability RELATED
of product to specific types of performance Standards
related or European
situations. Standards
Technical MATERIAL orofEuropean
independent
Approval) splitting
anchor)
seismic the
without concrete.
SPECIFICATION
performance
Technical risk
Approval)
Recommended For
dataMinimum
splitting
externalfor
the thickness
concrete.
applications.
internal applications only. Recommended
Not recommended
for internal or
direct exposure t
external applicatio
Recom
Indicates the suitability of product to specific high resistance
types of performanceto cyclichigh loading.
related
resistance situations.
to cyclic loading. Indicatesavailable
Indicates
the base fromthe
material
basean
either material
andICCsurface and finish
Evaluation surface to finish
For external assist toin assist
selection
applications. Recommended
in selection
with regard for internal
withtoregard
corrosion applications
to in
corrosion
or only.
environmental
or environmental issues. issues.
marine or corrosive environments. in mari
Anchor has anSuitableeffectivefor Anchor

pull-down
use in hasseismic
an effective
feature, designfor pull-down
according feature,design according reportwith or European TechnicalSteel Assesment.
Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006 Steel Hot Dipped
Suitable use in rated
theorFire
seismic in accordanceFire withrated in accordance
the applicable theZinc applicable Climaseal AISIGalvanised
GradeAISI to AS4680-2006
316Grade
Stainless316 Stainless
Steel, resistant Steel, toresistant
corrosive to corrosive
or is a to
Has good resistance Has
stud
cyclicgood
anchor.
toand
ANZ or is
resistance
Itdynamic
has thea ability
Standards stud
to (eg anchor.
cyclic totoand
AS/NZclamp
ANZ It1170.4)
has
dynamic
Standards ability
(eg to clamp
AS/NZ May be used
1170.4) close
orstandard May
toindependent
edges be
(orused Steel
another close toSteel
Plated
edges Zincand another Steel Mechanically Galvanised
(orPlated
AS1214-1983. and AS1214-1983. Stainless Steel Corrosion High Corrosion resistant.
resistance. Stainle
fixtureloading.
theloosening tounder
the Resists
base theloosening
fixture
material and toperformance
the
under
providebase material
vibration. standard or
and provide independent approval or
Temporary
(i.e. or removable
Australian
Cracked approval
theMinimum
concrete. (i.e.
anchor.
Temporary MinimumCLSMinimum
Australian
ofthickness
or MGAL
removable Minimum
thickness
5 micron. anchor.
Minimumthickness
5 micron. 7.5 microns.
thickness 42 micron. HCR
agents including
agents including
chlorides chlorides
and industrial
and
Not recommended
industrial
pollutants.
HCR pollutants.
for direct
loading. Resists vibration.
independent seismic independent data
seismic
Standards anchor)
performance
or European without
dataStandards
Technical risk anchor)
splittingwithout
orofEuropean
Approval) Technical risk
concrete. Approval)splitting the concrete.
For thickness
internal 42 micron.
applications. Minimum thickness 42Recommended
Recommended micron. HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.
for internal fororinternal
externalorapplications
external applications HCR Ge
to cyclichigh
high resistanceavailable resistance
loading. to cyclic loading. Recommended Recommended for internal for For
For external applications. external
applications
internal applications.
applications
only. only.
from either anavailable ICC Evaluation from either an ICC Evaluation For external applications.
in marine in
or marine
corrosive or corrosive
environments. environments.
Anchor has anSuitable Anchor
effectivefor pull-down has
report
use in anSuitable
or
seismic effective
feature,
European
design forpull-down
usereport
Technical feature,
in seismic
according Assesment. design Technical
or European accordingAssesment. Steel HotSteel Dipped HotGalvanised
Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006to AS4680-2006
Climaseal
Ramset™ Undercut Anchor or is a stud anchor.
the fixture to the
✓or the
base material
independent
is a ability
to ANZIt Standards
has stud
Cracked
the fixture
seismic
✓
(eganchor.
totoclamp
AS/NZ
concrete.
andtoperformance
the
provide
It Standards
ANZ1170.4)has theorability
base material
independent
(eg AS/NZ
Cracked
seismic
data
to clamp 1170.4)
concrete.
andperformance
provide
May be or
anchor)data
used close
Temporary
May be
to edges (orused
another
MATERIAL
or removable
anchor)
without risk of splitting without
close ✓ to edges
anchor.
the concrete. splitting
Minimum
✓
(or
andremovable
risk ofSPECIFICATION
Temporary or another
AS1214-1983.
MGAL and AS1214-1983.
INSTALLATION
theMinimum
concrete.
thickness
Steel Mechanically
anchor. CLS
SYMBOLS
Minimum
thickness
42 micron.
Minimum
42RELATED
thickness
For
Galvanised
micron.
thickness
42 micron.
internal
MGAL SYMBOLS
applications.
Steel Mechanically
7.5Minimum
microns.
HCR thicknessHCR
Galvanised
Stainless
HCR Grade42HCR
SteelCorrosion
Stainless
micron.
HighSteel
Not recommended
1.4529/1.4565.
Grade
resistant.
Corrosion
High
1.4529/1.4565.
Corrosion
resistance. resistance. Corros
for direct exposure toNot sunli
rec
to cyclichigh
high resistanceavailable resistance
loading. to cyclic loading. Indicates the base material and surface
Indicates Forthe external
finish toapplications.
suitable assist in selection
positioning and with
other regard
For to corrosion
external
installation orrequirements.
applications.
related environmental issues.
SpaTec™ Plus Safety Anchor
Suitable for usereport ✓
or Suitable
in seismicEuropean
design
✓
from either anavailable
forTechnical
use
ICC Evaluation
report
accordingin seismic
Assesment.✓ ✓
from either an ICC Evaluation
or European designTechnical
accordingAssesment. ✓ Steel Zinc Plated ✓
For external For applications.
Steel Mechanically
external applications.
Climaseal
Steel Mechanically Galvanised Galvanised
✓ AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive
Climaseal
agents including chlorides
Corrosion and industrial
Corrosion
resistant. resistant. pollutants.
to ANZ Standards to ANZ1170.4)
(eg AS/NZ Standards or (eg AS/NZ 1170.4) or Minimum CLSMinimum
thickness 5 micron.
Minimum
42Suitable
thickness
42for
7.5 microns.
floor applications. Anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Boa™ Coil Anchor Cracked
MATERIAL
independent seismic ✓concrete.
independent
performance ✓Cracked concrete.
SPECIFICATIONMATERIAL
seismic
data performance SYMBOLS
SPECIFICATION
data
Temporary or removableTemporary
SYMBOLS ✓
anchor. or MGAL removable MGAL
Recommended
anchor.
Minimum
✓
For external
forthickness INSTALLATION
internal thickness
micron.
For applications
For applications.
external
Indicates applications.
the
micron.
only.
suitable
CLS SYMBOLS
RELATED
positioning and
Minimum
For internal
in
other marine
thickness
Recommended for7.5
applications.
or corrosive
installation
microns.
internal
Not recommended or external
Not recommended
environments.
related
for direct
requirements.
applications
for
exposure
direct exposure
to sunlight. to sunlight.
available from Indicates the Evaluation
either anavailable
ICC basefrom material
eitherand
Indicates an ICC surface
the basefinish
Evaluation materialto assist in selection
and surface finishwith regardintoselection
to assist corrosion withor environmental
Steel regard
Hot Dipped to corrosion issues.
Galvanised ortoenvironmental
AS4680-2006 issues.
TruBolt™ Anchor ✓
report or European TechnicalreportAssesment.
Cracked concrete.
✓
or European Technical Assesment.
Steel Zinc Plated Steel Zinc Plated ✓ ✓ and
AISI Grade 316 Stainless
CLSMinimum
agents including CLS
chlorides
✓
AS1214-1983.
Climaseal
Steel,
AISI Grade
thickness
INSTALLATION
Minimum
Climaseal
resistant
and Minimum
agents
316 to
42 micron.
thickness
industrial
including
corrosive
Stainless
7.5Suitable
thicknessRELATED
microns.
pollutants.
chlorides 7.5forindustrial
and wallfor
microns.
Suitable
✓
Steel, resistant to corrosive HCR
applications.
SYMBOLS
floor applications.
pollutants.
✓ Stainless Steel High
HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.
Corrosion resistance.
AnchorsAnchors suitable suitable
for use infordamp use in holes
dry
Cracked
MATERIAL concrete. MATERIAL
SPECIFICATION Minimum SPECIFICATION
SYMBOLS
thickness 5 micron.
Minimum thickness SYMBOLS 5 micron. INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS
AnkaScrew™ Screw-In Anchor ✓ Recommended
Indicates the ✓base for
materialinternaland surface
Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion ✓
applications
Recommended only.
for
finish internal
to ✓
assist applications
in selection ✓ RecommendedFor
only.
with
in or
regard to
environmental
marine
for external
internal
corrosion
or corrosive
✓
issues. or
applications.
ForIndicates
internal
or Forapplications.
external
Recommended internal
the
environmental
environments.
Steel Mechanicallyin marineGalvanised
forapplications.
applications
suitable internal
issues.
or corrosive environments.
✓ or external
positioning and applications
other installation
Indicates the suitable related requirements.
positioning
Corrosion resistant.
and other installation related requirements.
Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised Steel to HotAS4680-2006
Dipped Galvanised AISI to AS4680-2006 MGALAISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive
Tapcon® & SAMMYS®
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION MATERIAL ✓
Steel Zinc Plated
SPECIFICATION
Minimum thicknessSYMBOLS
Minimum
✓Steel Zinc Plated
and AS1214-1983.
Minimum
thicknessthickness
5 micron. ✓ and AS1214-1983.
SYMBOLS
42 micron. 5 micron.
✓ HCRincludingHCR
agents ✓
Grade 316 Stainless
Stainlessagents
chlorides
Grade
Steel,
HCR
and
INSTALLATION
resistant
Minimum
Steel Highincluding
industrial
For external
INSTALLATION
1.4529/1.4565.
to corrosive
thickness
Corrosion
Stainless
HCR
chlorides
pollutants.
applications.
RELATED
Grade
and✓
42 micron.
resistance.
Steel Suitable
industrial
RELATED
1.4529/1.4565.
for pollutants.
HighSuitable
SYMBOLS
floor
Corrosion forapplications.
Suitable resistance.
overhead
SYMBOLS for wallapplications.
applications.
Not recommended for direct
Suitable for floor applications.
exposure
Anchors Anchors
filled with
suitable
to sunlight.
suitable
water.
for
for usesuitable
Anchors
useholes.
in dry in holes
for useAnchor
in da
Recommended forexternal
internalRecommended
applications for internal applications only. Recommended
Recommended for internal or external applications for internal or external applications
Foronly. Indicates Indicates
the suitable the suitable
positioning positioning
and otherand installation
other installation
related requirements.
related requirements.
DynaBolt™ Anchor Indicates
Indicates the base material and the basefinish
surface material
For
Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised
Steel Steel
Zinc Plated
✓ andapplications.
to assist
Steel Hot
surface
in selection
to AS4680-2006
Mechanically Galvanised
finish to assist
with
external
Steel Mechanically
regard in to
selection
corrosion
applications.
Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006
AISI Grade
withor regard
316 Stainless AISI
Galvanised
to corrosion
environmental
Grade
Steel, CLS
issues.or
316 Stainless
resistant
environmental
Climaseal
✓
Minimum
toresistant.
corrosive Steel,thickness
issues.
resistant to7.5corrosive microns. ✓
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow
✓
Steel Zinc Plated SteelCorrosion Stainless Steel High Corrosion Suitable for wall applications. AnchorsSuitablesuitable forforuse
Anchors useinsuitable
indrilled
dampfor holes.
holes.
use in ho
andCorrosion forresistance.
resistant.
and AS1214-1983. and AS1214-1983. Stainlessagents High Corrosion Forresistance.
chlorides HCR
DynaBolt Anchor Hex Bolt
™ Minimum thickness
RecommendedFor
MGAL
Minimum
Minimum
5 micron. Minimum
thickness 42Minimum
Recommended
forexternal
internal For external
applications
applications.
✓
thickness MGAL
thickness5 micron.
micron. thickness
Forfor
42 micron.
Minimum
internalapplications.
applications.
only.
external applications
thickness
42 micron.
For externalonly.
HCR
agents 42including
Recommended
applications.
micron.HCR Grade
for internal
andNot
or
including
industrial
recommended
1.4529/1.4565.
Recommended
external
HCR
chlorides
pollutants.
for Gradefor
internal
applications or ✓
Suitable
direct
1.4529/1.4565.
external
for
Suitable
industrial floor applications.
pollutants.
exposure to sunlight.
Not recommendedapplications
floor Suitableapplications.
coreapplications.
concrete for overhead applications.
for direct exposure to sunlight. ✓
Suitable for wall Anchors suitable
Anchors for
applications. suitable
use infor dryuse holes.
in dry holes.
filled with water. Anchor

DynaSet™ Drop-In Anchor Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised
and AS1214-1983. CLS and
Steel Climaseal
Steel Mechanically
MGAL
to
AS1214-1983.
Minimum
✓
HotAS4680-2006
Dipped Galvanised Climaseal
CLS
thickness
to AS4680-2006
Steel Mechanically Galvanised
Galvanised
7.5 Minimum
microns.
✓ Stainless
thickness 7.5 Steel
HCR
Corrosion
microns.
Stainless
High Corrosion
resistant. SteelCorrosion
resistance.
Indicates High
the suitable
✓
resistant.
Corrosion resistance.
positioning
Suitable for
Suitable
wallandapplications.
other
for wall
Suitable for overhead Suitable
installation
using fixture
applications.
applications.
asfor
related hollow
requirements.
template.
✓
brick/block and hollow
Anchorsapplications.
suitable
Anchors
AnchorsSuitable
filled
for with
suitableforforuse
use water.
suitable infor
dampSuitable
useinincored
use holes.
holesholes.
for use
in damp in drilled
holes. Anchor
hole
MGAL Minimum
Minimum thickness 42 Minimum
thickness 42Minimum
thicknessmicron. thickness
42 micron. HCR 42 micron.
HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565. Not recommended
HCR Gradefor1.4529/1.4565.
Not recommended direct exposure to sunlight. for direct exposure to core sunlight.concrete applications. Suitable for overhead
filled w
RamPlug™ Anchor For external
micron.For internal
For applications. ✓For
external applications. ✓ ✓
applications.
external For internal
applications. applications.
Suitable for floor applications.
✓ Anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Climaseal Climaseal SuitableSuitablefor hollow brick/block
for AAC and hollow
and lightweight concrete Suitable for contactholes.with drinking wate
Reo 502™ SA Injection & Stud ✓
MGAL
Steel Mechanically
CLS thickness
Minimum MGAL
Minimum ✓
INSTALLATION
For
Steel Mechanically
Galvanised
CLS thickness
thickness
42 Minimum
internal
micron. ✓
7.5Minimum
applications.
microns.
RELATED ✓
Galvanised
INSTALLATION
For
thickness 7.5 microns.
42 micron.
internal
SYMBOLS
applications.
✓ ✓
RELATED
Corrosion resistant. Corrosion resistant.
SYMBOLS
Not recommended Not recommended
for direct exposure to sunlight.
✓ ✓ ✓
Suitable for Suitable
for direct exposure to sunlight.
overhead core concrete
for overhead
Anchor
applications.
applications.
can be through fixed
applications.
applications.
Suitableintofor
substrate
core concrete filled
Anchors
hollow suitable
Anchors
brick/block
withfilled
applications. water.
Suitable
for
suitable
and
with water.
use forinfor
hollow
for human
use
holes in drilled
use in holes
consumption.
Suitable for use in coredSuitab holes
For external applications. For external applications.
Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation
positioningrelated requirements.
Reo 502 SA Injection & Rebar
™
Climaseal
✓ Climaseal
✓ ✓
Indicates the suitable
✓ and other installation related requirements. Suitable for wall applications.
Suitable for useSuitable
in coredfor
holes.
Anchors suitable for use in damp holes.
Suitable forSuitable
hollow forbrick/block
hollow Suitable
brick/block
and forand
hollow AAChollow
and lightweight
Anchor canconcrete
beSuitable
throughforfixed contact with drink
CLS CLS 7.5RELATED
Minimum thickness
for floor7.5 microns. using fixture
use inas template. useinto
Suitable inforsubstrate
drilled
use inholes.
drilled holes.
For internal ✓ For✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Minimum thickness Suitable
microns.
INSTALLATION applications.
RELATED SuitableSYMBOLS
for floor applications. Anchors suitable for useAnchors in dry holes.
suitable for dry holes. Suitab
ChemSet Reo 502 Injection & Stud
™ ™
INSTALLATION applications.
SYMBOLS
internal applications. core concrete
core concrete
applications. using fixture as template. for human consumption.
Indicates the suitable Indicates
positioning theandsuitable
other positioning
installation and
relatedother installation related requirements.
requirements. Anchors suitable for use in holes
filled with water.
ChemSet Reo 502 Injection & Thr'd Insert
™ ™
✓Suitable for floor
✓Suitable Suitable
for for floor
wall applications. applications.
✓
for wall applications.Anchors suitable for useAnchors
Anchors suitable
✓Anchor
suitable
for
in dry holes.
can
infor
useAnchors
Anchor
damp
Suitable
be through
can be fixed
applications.
usesuitable
in dry
holes. holes.
for
for AAC
through
and
intofixed
lightweight
substrate ✓ for AACSuitable
concrete
into substrate Suitable
for
Suitable
and lightweight
useforinfor
Suitable human
cored
for
concrete
contact with
consumption.
use holes.
in cored holes.
drinking water
Suitab
INSTALLATION RELATEDINSTALLATION SYMBOLS applications.
RELATED SYMBOLS Suitable using fixture
using asfixture asuse
template. in damp holes.
template. applications. for hum
✓ theandsuitable
EPCON C8 Injection & Stud Indicates the suitable positioning
™
Indicates ✓ installation
other positioning related
and other ✓ requirements. ✓ ✓
installation related
requirements. ✓ ✓ ✓
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow
Suitable for use in drilled holes.
EPCON C8 Injection & Rebar Suitable for ✓ ✓for wallapplications.

✓ for overhead ✓applications. ✓ usePERFORMANCE RELATED Suitable SYMBOLS
™ Anchors suitable for Suitable for
Suitable
AAC and
for AAC
lightweight
andinlightweight
concrete concrete for
Suitable
contact forwith
contact
drinking
with water
drinking water
Suitable
floor Suitable
for for floor
Suitable
wall
Suitable
for overhead
Suitable Anchors Anchors
suitable Anchors
for usesuitable for
in dry holes.useAnchors
suitable infor use
damp inuse
suitable
dry
holes.
infor
holes
Anchors
holes. suitable
in dampforholes.use holes
filled with water. applications. applications.
filled with water. for human forconsumption.
human consumption.
Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related s Suitable for use in cored holes.
EPCON C6 Injection & Stud
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Suitable for hollow brick/block and

for hollow
Suitableapplications.
hollow brick/block and hollow
Anchors suitable for Anchors
useforinuse
holes suitable for use in holes
EPCON C6 Injection & Threaded Insert Suitable for ✓
™ Suitable
wall for
✓coreforconcrete
Suitable
overhead
applications. wall applications.
Suitable
applications.for overhead
applications.
Anchors suitable for useAnchors
✓ filled with water.
in damp suitable
Suitableholes. for use in damp
in drilled
filled with✓ water.
holes.
holes.
Suitable for use in drilled holes. Has good resistance ✓ to cyclic and dynamic
ChemSet 801 Injection & Stud
™
✓Suitableapplications.
Suitable for overhead
✓Anchorbrick/block
for hollow Suitable
can for hollow
be through
and fixed
hollow
brick/block
Anchorintocansubstrate ✓hollow
and
beAnchors
through Anchors
fixed intoforsubstrate
suitable
Suitable useforinuse
holes suitable
Suitable
for use✓
Suitable
for
in drilled use infor
holes.
inuse
holes
cored in drilledforholes.
holes.
Suitable use in cored holes.
✓ ✓
core concrete using coreas
fixture
applications. concrete
template. applications.
using fixture asfilled
template. filled with water. Anchor has an effective pull-down feature,
Structaset 401 Injection & Stud
™
✓ ✓ ✓with water. ✓ ✓ or is a ✓ stud anchor. ✓It has the ✓ability to clamp
Structaset 401 Injection & Thr'd Insert
™ Suitable for
✓applications.
Anchor
hollow
core✓
Suitable
can be
brick/block for
through
Suitable
and Anchor
hollow
fixed
for AAC can
and be
brick/block
into through
and
substrate
lightweight
Suitable fixed
hollow into
concrete
for AAC
template. Suitable ✓ for useSuitable
substrate
and lightweight concrete
in drilled
Suitable
Suitable
for use infor
holes.
for
use
cored
contact
✓holes.
in drilled
Suitable
holes. for with drinking
Suitable PERFORMANCE
water
for
use in cored holes. contact with the
drinking fixture
water RELATED
to the
✓base SYMBOLS
material and provide
core concrete using fixture asconcrete using
template.
applications. fixture asapplications.
applications. for human consumption.for human consumption. high resistance to cyclic loading.
Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related s
ChemSet 101 Plus Injection & Stud
™
✓ Anchor ✓can be through fixed into substrate ✓ ✓ Suitable ✓for use in✓seismic design according
Anchor can beSuitable
through for
fixed
AAC into Suitable for
substrate
and lightweight AAC and lightweight concrete Suitable for
concrete contact Suitable
forwith drinkingforwater
contact with drinking water
to ANZ Standards
PERFORMANCE
ChemSet Maxima Spin
™
RELATED SYMBOLS
Capsule & Stud
™ using fixture✓ ✓ applications.
using fixture as
asapplications.
template. template. Suitable for use in coredSuitable
✓ for human holes. consumption.
use in cored
for human✓
holes.
consumption. Has good
independent
loading.
✓ ✓(egtoperformance
resistance
seismic
Resists
AS/NZ
loosening
cyclic1170.4)
and dynamic
data
under vibration.
or
Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations.
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete Suitable for contact withSuitable
available from either an ICC Evaluation
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete drinkingforwater
contact with drinking water
applications. Fire ratedforinhuman
accordance with the applicable
for human consumption. LEGEND
report
Anchor orhas
European = Recommended
✓Technical
an effective Assesment.
pull-down feature,
Has good resistance to cyclicapplications.
and dynamic consumption.
standard or independent approval (i.e. Australian or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp
loading. Resists loosening under vibration. Cracked concrete.
LS PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS Standards or European Technical Approval) the fixture to the base material and provide
Indicates
es of performance thesituations.
related suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations. high resistance to cyclic loading.
or
Fireisrated
a stud anchor. It haswith
the ability to clamp Fire rated
May in accordance
be used with (or
close to edges the another
applicable Suitable for use in seismic design according
namic Has good in accordance
resistance cyclicthe
the basetomaterial and applicable
dynamic
ation.
the fixture
standard
loading. ortoindependent
Resists loosening approval
under
and
(i.e.provide
Australian
vibration.
standardwithout
anchor) or independent approvalthe
risk of splitting (i.e.concrete.
Australian MATERIALto ANZ Standards (eg AS/NZ 1170.4) or
SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS
high resistance
Standards to cyclicTechnical
or European loading.Approval) Standards or European Technical Approval) Indicates the available
base material and surface
from either an ICC finish to assist in selection with reg
Evaluation
ature, Suitable
Anchor has for anuseeffective
in seismic design according
pull-down feature, report or European
Steel Zinc Plated Technical Assesment.
to
or ANZ Standards
is abestud (eg AS/NZ
the1170.4) toorclamp Temporary or close
removable anchor.
o clamp May usedanchor.
close toIt has
edges ability
(or another May be used to edges (or another Minimum thickness 5 micron.
independent
the fixture to seismic
baseofperformance
therisk material data Cracked concrete.
provide anchor) without splitting and provide
the concrete. anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete. Recommended for internal applications only.
available from either
high resistance an ICC
to cyclic Evaluation
loading.
report or European Technical Assesment. Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006
cording Suitable for use in seismic design according
Cracked concrete.(eg AS/NZ 1170.4) or and AS1214-1983.
or to ANZ Standards
Temporary or removable anchor. Temporary or removable anchor. HCR
ata independent seismic performance data MATERIALMinimum SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS
thickness 42 micron.
on available from either an ICC Evaluation Indicates the For
baseexternal applications.
material and surface finish to assist in selection with reg
ment. report or European Technical Assesment. Steel Zinc
Mechanically
Steel Plated Galvanised
MATERIALCracked
SPECIFICATION
concrete. SYMBOLS MGAL Minimum thickness
Minimum thickness 542micron.
micron.
Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues. For external applications.
Recommended for internal applications only.
Steel Zinc Plated AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive Climaseal
Minimum thickness 5 micron. agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants. CLS Minimum
and thickness 7.5 microns.
AS1214-1983.
HCR
LS MATERIALRecommended
SPECIFICATION for internalSYMBOLS
applications only. Recommended for internal or external applications For internalthickness
Minimum applications.
42 micron.
Indicates
assist in selection the base
with regard to material
corrosion and
or surface finish to
environmental issues. in marine
assist in selection with regard or corrosive
to corrosion environments.issues.
or environmental For external applications.
and
SteelAS1214-1983.
AISI Grade
Zinc 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive
Plated AISI GradeSteel
Stainless 316 Stainless Steel, resistant
High Corrosion to corrosive
resistance. Steel Mechanically Galvanised
HCR chlorides and industrial pollutants. INSTALLATION
Minimum
Minimum thickness
agents including 542micron.
chlorides
thickness micron.
and industrial pollutants. agents
HCR including
Grade 1.4529/1.4565. MGAL MinimumRELATED
thickness 42SYMBOLS
micron.
ns only. For external applications.
Recommended
Recommended for
forinternal
internalorapplications
external applications
only. Recommended for internal or external applications Indicates the suitable positioning
For external and other installation related requirements
applications.
in marine or corrosive environments. in marine or corrosive environments.
80-2006 Hot Dipped Galvanised
Steel Mechanically Galvanised to AS4680-2006 Corrosion resistant. Climaseal
MGAL and AS1214-1983.
Minimum
Stainless thickness
Steel High 42 micron.resistance.
Corrosion Stainless Steel HighforCorrosion resistance. Suitable
Minimumforthickness
floor applications.
HCR HCR Not recommended
HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.
direct exposure to sunlight. CLS 7.5 microns.
Minimum
For Gradethickness
HCRexternal 42 micron.
applications.
1.4529/1.4565. For internal applications.
Climaseal
CLS Steel
MinimumMechanically
Corrosion resistant.Galvanised
thickness 7.5 microns. Corrosion resistant. Suitable for wall applications.
MGAL
18 Minimum
For thickness
Not internal 42direct
www.ramset.com.au
applications.
recommended for
micron.
1300 780 063 Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight. INSTALLATION
exposure to sunlight. www.ramset.co.nz RELATED SYMBOLS 0800 RAMSET
Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements
4.4 Anchor Application
GUIDE
4.4 Anchor Application Guide
PRODUCT APPLICATIONS

Ramset™ Undercut Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS✓
SpaTec™ Plus Safety Anchor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
Indicates
Boa Coilthe
™ suitability of product to specific types
Anchor ✓of performance
✓ related
✓ situations. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fire rated in accordance with the applicable
TruBolt Anchor
™
Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic ✓ ✓ ✓ standard or✓ ✓ ✓
independent approval (i.e. Australian
✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
AnkaScrew Screw-In Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ Standards ✓ or✓European✓Technical Approval) ✓ ✓
Tapcon & SAMMYS
® ®
✓ ✓ ✓ May
or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp
✓ be used✓close to✓edges (or another ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ anchor) without
the fixture to the base material and provide
DynaBolt Anchor
™
✓ risk ✓ of splitting✓ the concrete. ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
high resistance to cyclic loading.
Suitable for use in seismic design according ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
DynaBolt Anchor Hex Bolt
™
DynaSet Drop-In
™ Standards (eg AS/NZ 1170.4) or✓
to ANZAnchor ✓ ✓ Temporary or ✓ ✓
removable anchor. ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
available from either an ICC Evaluation✓
RamPlug Anchor
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
report or European Technical Assesment.
Reo 502™ SA Injection & Stud
Cracked concrete.
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reo 502™ SA Injection & Rebar ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ Injection & Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MATERIAL
ChemSet ReoSPECIFICATION
™
502 Injection & Thr'dSYMBOLS
™
Insert ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues.
EPCON C8 Injection & Stud
™
✓ ✓ ✓ AISI Grade 316 Stainless ✓Steel, resistant
✓ to ✓ corrosive
✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
Steel Zinc Plated
EPCON C8 Injection
™
& Rebar
Minimum thickness 5 micron. ✓ ✓ ✓ agents including ✓
chlorides and ✓
industrial ✓
pollutants. ✓ ✓
Recommended Recommended for internal or external applications
EPCON C6 Injection
™
& Studfor internal applications only.
✓ ✓ ✓ in marine or corrosive✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
environments.
EPCON C6 Injection
™
& Threaded
and AS1214-1983. Insert ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainless Steel High Corrosion ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
resistance. ✓
HCR HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.
ChemSet 801 Injection & Stud
™
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
Structaset 401 Injection & Stud
™
Steel Mechanically Galvanised ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Corrosion resistant.
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
MGAL Minimum thickness 42
Structaset 401 Injection & Thr'd Insert
™

micron. ✓ ✓ Not recommended for✓ ✓ to ✓
direct exposure sunlight. ✓ ✓ ✓ Stainess Steel
ChemSet 101 Plus Injection & Stud
™
Climaseal
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
CLS Maxima
ChemSet ™
MinimumSpin ™
Capsule
thickness 7.5&microns.
Stud ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
For internal applications.
LEGEND ✓ = Recommended
Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements.
Suitable for floor applications. Anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Suitable for wall applications. Anchors suitable for use in damp holes.
Anchors suitable for use in holes

filled with water.
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow Suitable for use in drilled holes.

Suitable for use in cored holes.

4.5 Chemical Resistance
GUIDE
Resistance of anchors exposed to:

Adhesives Fixings
ChemSet™ Structaset™ ChemSet™
Chemical Environment Concentration Reo 502™ Maxima SS Gal Zinc
101 Plus 401 801
Acetic Acid Aqueous Solution 10% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - ✓ ✗ ✗
Acetic Acid Glacial 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ - ✗ ✗

Acetone 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ - - -
Ammonia 100% - - - - ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Ammonium Hydroxide 5% ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Ammonium Hydroxide 9% - - - C - - - -
Aniline 100% - - - - ✗ - - -
Aqueous Solution Aluminium Chloride Saturated ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - -
Aqueous Solution Aluminium Nitrate 10% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - -
Beer 100% - - - - ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Benzene 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ - ✗ ✓ - -
Benzoic Acid Saturated ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Benzyl Alcohol 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ - - - - -
Butyl Alcohol 100% C C C - - - - -
Butyl Lactic Acid 100% - - - - ✗ - - -
Calcium Sulphate Aqueous Solution Saturated ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Carbon Dioxide 100% - - - - ✓ ✓ - -
Carbon Monoxide Gas ✓ ✓ ✓ - ✓ ✓ - -
Carbon Tetrachloride 100% C C C - - ✓ - -
Caustic Soda 20% - - - ✓ - - - -
Cement in suspension Saturated - - - - ✓ ✓ - -
Chlorine Water Saturated ✗ ✓ ✓ - - ✓ - -
Chloro Benzene 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ - - - - -
Citric Acid Aqueous Solution Saturated ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - ✗ ✗
Cyclohexanol 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Diesel fuel 100% C ✓ ✓ - - ✓ - -
Diethylene Glycol 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Ethanol 95% ✗ C C - - - - -
Ethanol Aqueous Solution 20% C C C - ✗ ✓ - -
Ethanol Aqueous Solution 15% - - - - ✓ ✓ - -
Ethyl Acetate 100% - - - - ✗ ✓ - -
Ethylene Glycol 100% - - - - ✓ - - -
Heptane 100% C ✓ ✓ - ✓ ✓ - -
Hexane 100% C C C - ✓ - - -
Hydrochloric Acid 4% ✓ ✓ ✓ C - - ✗ ✗
Hydrochloric Acid 15% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - ✗ ✗
Hydrochloric Acid 25% C C C - - - ✗ ✗
Hydrogen Fluoride 20% - - - - ✓ - ✗ ✗
LEGEND
✓ = Retains 80% of properties when exposed up to 75°C
✗ = Not Resistant
C = Occasional contact up to 25˚C
- = Information not available at time of publication

4.5 Chemical Resistance
GUIDE
Resistance of anchors exposed to:

Adhesives Fixings
ChemSet™ Structaset™ ChemSet™
Chemical Environment Concentration Reo 502 ™
Maxima SS Gal Zinc
101 Plus 401 801
Hydrogen Peroxide (Bleach) 5% - - - - ✓ - ✗ ✗
Hydrogen Peroxide (Bleach) 40% - - - - -

✓ ✗ ✗
Hydrogen Sulphide Gas 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Isopropyl Alcohol 100% ✗ C C - - ✓ - -
Jet Fuel 100% ✗ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Linseed Oil 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - ✓ ✗ ✗
Lubricating Oil 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - ✓ - -
Methanol 15% - - - - ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Methanol 100% - - - ✗ ✗ ✓ - -
Methylene Chloride 100% - - - ✗ - - - -
Mineral Oil 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - ✓ - -
Nitric Acid < 20% - - - - ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Nitric Acid 20 - 70% - - - - ✓ - ✗ ✗
Parafin / Kerosene (Domestic) 100% C ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Perchloroethylene 100% - - - - ✓ ✓ - -
Petroleum 100% - - - ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Phenol Aqueous Solution 1% ✗ ✗ ✗ - - ✓ ✗ ✗
Phenol Aqueous Solution 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ - ✗ - ✗ ✗
Phosphoric Acid 9% ✓ ✓ ✓ C ✓ - ✗ ✗
Phosphoric Acid 50% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - ✗ ✗
Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) 10% / pH 13 C C C - - ✓ - -
Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) 100% - - - - ✓ - - -
Sea Water 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ - ✓ ✗ ✗
Sodium Hydroxide 20% - - - ✓ - - - -
Sodium Hypochlorite Solution 5 - 15% ✓ C C - - - - -
Styrene 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ - - - - -
Sulphur Dioxide (40°C) 5% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Sulphur Dioxide Solution 10% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Sulphuric Acid 10% ✓ ✓ ✓ C ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Sulphuric Acid 30% ✓ ✓ ✓ - ✓ - ✗ ✗
Sulphuric Acid 50% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - ✗ ✗
Suphurous Acid 100% - - - - ✓ - ✗ ✗
Toluene 100% - - - C ✗ ✓ - -
Turpentine 100% C C C - - ✓ - -
Washing Powder 100% - - - - ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Water 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
White Spirit 100% ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - - -
Xylene 100% ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗
LEGEND
✓ = Retains 80% of properties when exposed up to 75°C
✗ = Not Resistant
C = Occasional contact up to 25˚C
- = Information not available at time of publication

5.1 Derivation of Capacity
ANCHORING TECHNOLOGY
Anchoring
Technology
Anchoring Techology
5.1 DERIVATION OF CAPACITY

Internationally, design standards are becoming more probabilistic in nature
and require sound Engineering assessment of both load case information
and component capacity data to ensure safety as well as economy.
Published capacity data for Ramset™ Fasteners anchoring products are

derived from Characteristic Ultimate Capacities.
Quantity of test results
From a series of controlled performance tests, Ultimate Failure Loads are

established for a product.
Obviously, the value obtained in each test will vary slightly, and after
obtaining a sufficient quantity of test samples, the Ultimate Failure Loads
are able to be plotted on a chart.
Test values will typically centre about a mean value.
Once the mean Failure Load is established, a statistically sound derivation

is carried out to establish the Characteristic Ultimate Capacity which allows Xuc x
for the variance in results as well as mean values.
Tested ultimate load
The Characteristic Value chosen is that which ensures that a 90%
confidence is obtained that 95% of all test results will fall above x = Mean Ultimate Capacity
this value. Xuc = Characteristic Ultimate Capacity
From this value, and dependent on local design requirements, the design
professional may then undertake either a strength limit state or working
load design assessment of the application at hand, confident that they are
working with state of the art capacity information.

5.2 Anchoring Principles
5.2.1 GENERAL 5.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS

Ramset™ anchors are high quality, precision made fastenings secured SpaTec™ Plus, TruBolt™, and DynaBolt™ Plus anchors are inserted
with either a torque induced setting action, a displacement induced through the hole in the fixture, into a hole drilled into the concrete, and
setting action or a chemical bonding action. are set by the application of assembly torque to the nut or bolt head.
Anchoring Techology
Resistance to tensile loads is provided by mechanisms which depend The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer
upon the type of anchor and its method of setting. Information on the diameter of the anchor. When torque is applied to the bolt head or
elements that comprise the resistance mechanisms is given separately nut of the anchor, the cone is drawn up into the sleeve to expand its
for each type of anchor. effective diameter. The wedge action of the cone nut in the sleeve
increases with increasing torque. The reaction of the concrete against
Generally, shear load resistance mechanisms are more uniform amongst the expanded sleeve of the anchor creates a high friction force
anchors, and comprise these elements: between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole. The body of the
concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. The application
• the bolt or stud, and in some cases, the steel spacer of the anchor. of assembly torque produces a preload between the fixture and the
• the ability of the anchor to resist the bending moment induced by concrete.
the shear force.
• the compressive strength of the concrete.
• the shear and tensile strength of the concrete at the surface of the
potential concrete failure wedge.
When loaded to failure in concrete shear, an anchor located near an

edge breaks a triangular wedge away from the concrete.
Anchor •
Drilled hole
Load
Concrete Wedge TORQUE SETTING ACTION

SpaTec™ Plus, TruBolt™ & DynaBolt™ Plus Anchors
If increasing load were to be applied to the fixture, preload would

reduce and finally be removed. At this point, the steel cone would
CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE begin to be drawn further into the expansion sleeve. When loaded to
failure in concrete tension, the failure mode of a correctly installed
anchor is characterised by the formation of a concrete cone, the apex
of which is located at the effective depth of the anchor.
Alternatively, if the tensile capacity of the steel is exceeded, the anchor

will break.

5.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS cont. 5.2.3 ROTATION SETTING ANCHORS

Effective depth is the effective length, Le of the anchor less the fixture The Boa™ Coil anchor is set by driving the anchor into the hole with
thickness, t. a hammer up to the “depth set” mark and then, using a spanner or
wrench, rotating the bolt through the coil, thereby setting the anchor.
h = Le - t
Anchoring Techology
The diameter of the drilled hole is a similar size to that of the anchor.
Note that for the purpose of calculating “h”, the fixture thickness “t”
should include the thickness of non structural grout, packing, etc. Resistance to tensile load is provided by the two (2) components which
make up the Boa™ Coil anchor, the “bolt” and the “coil”.
The reaction of the concrete against the expanded anchor creates a

high friction force and an undercut forms between the anchor and
the hole wall. The body of the concrete contains and restricts the
t expansion forces. The action of tightening the anchor bolt against the
fixture produces a preload between the fixture and the concrete.
As the applied tensile load increases, a commensurate decrease in

preload occurs, until at some point after all preload has been removed,
h first slip occurs.
Le
Concrete is locally crushed around the coil as it beds in further,
accompanied by an increase in load capacity.
When failure occurs in the concrete the mode of failure is a broaching

effect whereby load is still being held until the applied load is
equivalent to the shear and tensile capacity of the concrete, at this
point a cone of failure occurs.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by these elements:
• the anchor bolt or stud.

• the wedge action of the steel cone in the sleeve.
• friction between the expanded sleeve and the drilled hole.
• shear and tension at the surface of the potential concrete cone.
Applied tensile load

Anchor
CONCRETE CONE FAILURE MODE

5.2.4 DISPLACEMENT SETTING ANCHORS 5.2.5 CHEMICAL ANCHORS

DynaSet™ anchors are inserted into a drilled hole, and set ChemSet™ Injection Systems, ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules,
by the displacement of the expander plug. ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules anchors are set in a drilled hole by the
hardening of the chemical adhesive.
Anchoring Techology
Setting tool
CHEMICAL ANCHORING
The adhesive penetrates the pores and irregularities of the base

material and forms a key around the threads of the stud. The cured
DISPLACEMENT SETTING DYNASET™ ANCHORS adhesive becomes a hard, strong material that transfers load to the
base material via mechanical and adhesive bonds with the surface of
the drilled hole.
The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer
diameter of the anchor. When the expander plug is fully driven home When tested to failure, a shallow concrete cone may form at the top
(displaced), it expands the lower portion of the anchor body, to of the anchor. This cone does not necessarily contribute to the tensile
increase its effective diameter. Because the anchor is expanded by strength of the anchor, but simply registers the depth at which the
a series of blows from a setting punch, a certain amount of shock concrete cone strength happens to equate to the cumulative bond
loading is imparted to the concrete immediately adjacent. The reaction strength of the adhesive to the sides of the hole. For a given concrete
of the concrete against the expanded body of the anchor creates a strength, the stronger the adhesive bond, the deeper the cone.
high friction force between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole.
The body of the concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. Applied tensile loads are resisted by:
A bolt is subsequently screwed into the anchor.
• the stud.
The mode of failure in concrete tension is characterised by the formation • bond between the stud and the adhesive shear in the adhesive bond
of a shear cone, the apex of which is located at the effective depth of the between the adhesive and the concrete.
anchor. • shear and tension in the concrete.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by the following elements:
• the bolt.
• the steel annulus of the anchor. Anchor
Applied tensile load
• friction between the expanded anchor and the drilled hole.

• shear and tension at the surface of the potential Concrete cone
concrete cone.
Adhesive
covered stud
CONCRETE BOND FAILURE MODE

5.3 Base Materials
5.3.1 SUITABILITY Where structural base materials are covered with a non-structural
material such as plaster or render, anchors should be embedded to
Ramset™ anchors can be used in plain or in reinforced concrete. the design depth in the structural base material. Allowance must be
It is recommended that the cutting of reinforcement be avoided. The made for the thickness of the non-structural material when considering
specified characteristic compressive strength “f’c” will not automatically the application of shear loads, and in determining the moment arm of
be appropriate at the particular location of the anchor. The designer applied bending moments.
Anchoring Techology
should assess the strength of the concrete at the location of the anchor
making due allowance for degree of compaction, age of the concrete, In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled with concrete
and curing conditions. grout, Ramset™ anchors may be designed and specified similarly as in
concrete, provided the designer assesses the effective strength of the
Particular care should be taken in assessing strength near edges and masonry including the joints.
corners, because of the increased risk of poor compaction and curing.
Where the anchor is to be placed effectively in the cover zone of closely However, it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchors in
spaced reinforcement, the designer should take account of the risk of unfilled hollow masonry units (either bricks or blocks).
separation under load of the cover concrete from the reinforcement. These heavy duty anchors include all SpaTec™ Plus, TruBolt™ and
ChemSet™ capsule anchors, and DynaBolt™ Plus, Boa™ Coil anchor,
Concrete strength “f’c” determined by standard cylinders, is used DynaSet™, and Chemical Injection anchors greater than M12 in
directly in the equations. Where strength is expressed in concrete diameter. In any case the designer should assess the effective strength
cubes, a conversion is given in the following table: of the masonry including the joints, and determine how the loading
is to be transferred to the masonry structure. Load tests should be
conducted on site to assist in assessing masonry strength.
Cube Strength β (N/mm2) 20 30 40 50 60
Cylinder Strength f’c (MPa) 15 24 33 42 51 Ramset™ heavy and medium duty anchors are not recommended for
low strength base materials such as autoclaved aerated concrete,
except for ChemSet™ Injection System studs up to M12.
The design engineer is responsible for the overall
design and dimensioning of the structural element to
resist the service loads applied to it by the anchor.

5.3 Base Materials
5.3.2 ABSOLUTE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS

Spacings, edge distances, and concrete thicknesses are limited to The concrete thickness minima given below, does not include concrete
absolute minima, in order to avoid risks of splitting or spalling of cover requirements, and are not a guide to the structural dimensions
the concrete during the setting of Ramset™ torque, rotation and of the element. It is the responsibility of the design engineer to
displacement setting anchors. Absolute minima for stress-free proportion and reinforce the structural element to carry the loads
Anchoring Techology
anchorages such as chemical anchors are defined on the basis of and moments applied to it by the anchorage, and to ensure that the
notional limits, which take account of the practicalities of anchor appropriate cover is obtained.
placement.
In order to avoid ‘breakthrough’ during drilling of the hole into which
Absolute minimum spacing “am” and absolute minimum edge distance anchors will be installed, maintain a cover value to the base of
“em”, define prohibited zones where no anchor should be placed. The the hole equal to 2x the drilled hole diameter, dh. ie. for a hole of
prohibited spacing zone around an anchor has a radius equal to the 20mm diameter allow 40mm cover to the rear face of the substrate
absolute minimum spacing. The prohibited zone at an edge has a component.
width equal to the absolute minimum edge distance.
In certain circumstances, it may be possible to install anchors in
thinner concrete elements. If cover to the anchor is not required,
and a degree of spalling can be tolerated between the end of the
Free zone
expansion sleeve and the far surface of the concrete, embedment
•• close to the far surface may be feasible. More information on the
conditions for reduced concrete thickness may be obtained from
Ramset™ Engineers.
Prohibited
zone
Where an anchor is installed at the absolute minimum edge distance
“em”, substrate thickness must be a minimum of 2 * h.
•• Prohibited zone
Edge distance "e"

Concrete Edge
Minimum
PROHIBITED ZONES FOR SPACINGS AND EDGES concrete
thickness 2.0h
'bm'
Where an expansion anchor is placed at a corner, there is less em
resistance to splitting, because of the smaller bulk of concrete around
the anchor. In order to protect the concrete, the minimum distance 2em
from one of the edges is increased to twice the absolute minimum.
CONCRETE THICKNESS
2*em
Free zone
Prohibited zone
Prohibited •
zone •
Concrete Edge
PROHIBITED ZONES AT CORNER FOR

EXPANSION ANCHORS

5.4 Design
5.4.1 WORKING LOAD DESIGN 5.4.2 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN
Using the permissible stress method which is still valid in many Designers are advised to adopt the limit state design approach which
design situations: takes account of stability, strength, serviceability, durability, fire
resistance, and any other requirements, in determining the suitability
L (applied load) ≤ Ra (working load limit capacity) of the fixing. Explanations of this approach are found in the design
Anchoring Techology
standards for structural steel and concrete. When designing for

Working load limits are derived from characteristic ultimate capacities strength the anchor is to comply with the following:
and factor of safety:
ØRu ≥ S*
Ra = Ru / Fs
where:
Factors of safety are related to the mode of failure, and material type,
and the following are considered appropriate for structural anchoring Ø = capacity reduction factor
designs:
Ru = characteristic ultimate load carrying capacity
fss = factor of safety for steel in tension and bending
= 2.2 S* = design action effect
fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear ØRu = design strength

= 2.5
Design action effects are the forces, moments, and other effects,
fsc = factor of safety for concrete produced by agents such as loads, which act on a structure. They
= 3.0 include axial forces (N*), shear forces (V*), and moments (M*), which
are established from the appropriate combinations of factored loads as
detailed in the AS-NZS1170 “Minimum Design Load on Structures”
series of Australian/New Zealand Standards and NZS 4203 series of
New Zealand Standards.
Capacity reduction factors are given below, these typically comply with
those detailed in AS4100 - “Steel Structures” and AS3600 & NZS 3101
- “Concrete Structures”. The following capacity reduction factors are
considered typical:
Øc = capacity reduction factor, concrete tension

= 0.6
Øq = capacity reduction factor, concrete shear

= 0.6
Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension

= 0.8
Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear

= 0.8
Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending

= 0.8
Whilst these values are used throughout this document, other values
may be used by making the adjustment for Ø as required.

5.5 Tension
5.5.1 STEEL TENSION 5.5.2 CONCRETE CONE

The characteristic ultimate tensile capacity for the steel of an anchor is Characteristic ultimate tensile capacities for mechanical anchors vary
obtained from: in a predictable manner with the relationship between:
- hole diameter (dh)
Nus = As fu - effective depth (h), and
Anchoring Techology
- concrete compressive strength (f’c)
where:
within a limited range of effective depths, h.
Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (N)
This is typically expressed by a formula such as:
As = tensile area (mm2)
= stress area for threaded sections (mm2) Nuc = factor * dbfactor * h1.5 * √f’c
fu = characteristic ultimate tensile strength (MPa) Anchors may have constraints that apply to the effective depth of the
anchor or the maximum or minimum concrete strength applicable.
The tensile working load limit (permissible stress method) for the steel Anchor effective depth (h) is taken from the surface of the substrate
of a Ramset™ anchor is obtained from: to the point where the concrete cone is generated. In establishing the
effective depth for mechanical anchors, the designer should allow for
Nas = Nus / 2.2 any gap expected to exist between the fixture and the concrete prior to
clamping down.
air gap
h h
h
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete compressive strength “f’c” is the actual strength

at the location of the anchor, making due allowance for site conditions,
such as degree of compaction, age of concrete, and curing method.
Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress method) for

anchors are obtained from:
Nac = Nuc / 3.0

5.5 Tension
5.5.3 PULL-THROUGH 5.5.4 CONCRETE BOND

This mode of failure occurs in expansion anchors under tensile loading, Chemical Anchors
where the applied load exceeds the frictional resistance between either
the cone and the expansion sleeve, or the sleeve and the sides of the Characteristic ultimate tensile load carrying capacities for concrete
drilled hole in the concrete. Failures of this type are often associated bond failure in the compression zone varies with hole depth, effective
Anchoring Techology
with anchors that are improperly set, or used in larger diameter holes depth and concrete strength in a similar manner to concrete cone
drilled into the concrete with over-sized drill bits. failure in mechanical anchors.
The load carrying capacities of anchors with thick-walled expansion Effective anchor depth “h” is taken from the start of the adhesive,
sleeves such as SpaTec™ Plus and correctly set DynaSet™ anchors, (usually the surface of the concrete) to the bottom of the stud. For
are not sensitive to this mode of failure. chemical capsule anchors, it is not usual to deviate from the depths
given in the Section Properties and Data. Whilst it is essential to
The recommended limits on concrete strength “f’c” in the provide sufficient resin to fill the space between the stud and the
determination of concrete cone strength for DynaBolt™ and TruBolt™ concrete, the installer must avoid excessive overspill. Hole depths
anchors, act as a precaution against this mode of failure. for capsule anchors may be increased in increments related to the
volume of capsules available. It is recommended to seek advice from
Ramset™ Technical Staff before deviating from the recommended hole
depths or hole diameters.
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR CHEMICAL ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete strength “f’c” to be used in these equations,

is the actual strength at the location of the anchor, making due
allowance for site conditions, such as degree of compaction, age of
concrete, and curing method.
Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress method) for

Ramset™ chemical anchors are obtained from:
Nac = Nuc / 3.0

5.5 Tension
5.5.5 CRITICAL SPACING For anchors influenced by the cones of two other anchors, as a result
for example, of location internal to a row:
In a group of mechanical anchors loaded in tension, the spacing at
which the cone shaped zones of concrete failure just begin to overlap Xna = a / ac ≤ 1
at the surface of the concrete, is termed the critical spacing, ac.
Unequal distances (“a1” and “a2”, both < ac) from two adjacent
anchors, are averaged for an anchor internal to a row:
Anchoring Techology
ac a
Xna = 0.5 (a1 + a2) / ac
If the anchors are at the ends of a row, each influenced by

the cone of only one other anchor:
Anchors
Cone of Failure
Xna = 0.5 (1 + a/ac) ≤ 1
For chemical anchors the critical spacing is determined by interference The cone of anchor A is influenced by the cones of anchors
between the cylindrically shaped zones of stress surrounding the B and C, but not additionally by the cone of anchor D. “Xna” is the
anchors. appropriate reduction factor as a conservative solution.
ac a Critical spacing (ac) defines a critical zone around a given anchor,

Bond cylinders
Anchors for the placement of further anchors. The critical spacing zone has
a radius equal to the critical spacing. The concrete tensile strengths
of anchors falling within the critical zone are reduced. For clarity, the
figure includes the prohibited zone as well as the critical zone.
A B
At the critical spacing, the capacity of one anchor is on the point of
being reduced by the zone of influence of the other anchor. Ramset™
anchors placed at or greater than critical spacings are able to develop
their full tensile capacity, as limited by concrete cone or concrete bond
capacity. Anchors at spacings less than critical are subject to reduction C D
in allowable concrete tensile capacity.
Both ultimate and working loads on anchors spaced between the ANCHOR GROUP INTERACTION
critical and the absolute minimum, are subject to a reduction factor
“Xna”, the value of which depends upon the position of the anchor
within the row: CRITICAL REDUCTION PROHIBITED
Nucr = Xna * Nuc
for strength limit state design.
And, for permissible stress method analysis: a ≥ ac ac > a > am a < am

No influence. Interaction Risk of cracking.
Nar = Xna * Nac occurs between
failure cones.
Capacity reduction
necessary.
Cone of Failure a a a
Anchors
ANCHORS IN A ROW

5.5 Tension
5.5.6 CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE Chemical and Screw In Anchors
At the critical edge distance for anchors loaded in tension, reduction in For chemical and screw in anchors the critical edge distance is
tensile capacity just commences, due to interference of the edge with determined by interference between the edge and the cylindrically
the zone of influence of the anchor. shaped zones of stress surrounding the anchors.
Expansion Anchors
Anchoring Techology
ec = 4 * db
The critical edge distance (ec) for expansion anchors is taken as one ec
Anchor
and a half times effective depth:
ec = 1.5 * h Bond cylinder
ec
Anchor
Cone of Failure e
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH BOND CYLINDER
If the edge lies between the critical and the absolute minimum
distance from the anchor, the concrete tensile load reduction
co-efficient “Xe”, is obtained from the following formula:
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH CONCRETE CONES
Xe = 0.3 + 0.7 * e / ec ≤ 1
Rotation Set Anchors Applies to em ≤ e ≤ ec
The critical edge distance for Boa™ Coil anchor is taken as: where:
ec = 6 * db Xe = edge reduction factor tension
Critical edge distances define critical zones for the placement

of anchors with respect to an edge. The critical edge zone has a width
equal to the critical edge distance. The concrete tensile strengths of
anchors falling within the critical zone are reduced. For clarity, the
figure includes the prohibited zone as well as the critical zone.
em Concrete Edge
ec
Free zone Critical zone
Prohibited zone
CRITICAL EDGE ZONE

5.6 Shear
5.6.1 ANCHOR STEEL SHEAR The designer should also take into account any conditions that
may cause bending moments and unbalanced forces to be applied
For an anchor not located close to another anchor nor to a free simultaneously. Any tendency of the fixture to lift away from the
concrete edge, the ultimate shear load will be determined by the surface under load will generate moments and tension forces.
steel shear strength of the anchor, provided the effective depth of the
anchor is compliant with the following: The characteristic ultimate shear capacity (Vus) for the steel of an
anchor is obtained from:
Anchoring Techology
SpaTec™ Plus
Vus = 0.62 * As * fu
(N)
h ≥ 4 * dh
4 * dh
Minimum for bolt shear 5.6.2 CONCRETE EDGE SHEAR
Where load is directed either towards or parallel to an edge, and the
dh
anchor is located in the proximity of the edge, failure may occur in the
concrete.
1.25 * dh
Minimum for bolt
and spacer shear Anchor •
MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR Drilled hole
Load
For SpaTec™ Plus it is required that the bottom end of the spacer
is inserted at least one and a quarter times hole diameter Concrete Wedge
(1.25 * dh) in order for the shear strength of the spacer to be allowed
as contributing to the shear strength of the anchor.
Boa™ Coil
CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE
For full bolt shear,
h ≥ 6 * dh
A reduced shear capacity is applicable down to a minimum

value of 3 * dh
h = 3dh For min. bolt shear

h = 6dh For max. bolt shear
h = 3 * dh
Minimum for bolt shear
dh
MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR
TruBolt™
h ≥ 4 * dh
DynaBolt™
h ≥ 3.5 * dh
DynaSet™ anchors are not normally embedded to four times the

diameter of the drilled hole, and their characteristic shear capacities
relate to the bending strength of the anchor or shear of the inserted bolt.

5.6 Shear Failure wedge
a a
Concrete edge e
5.6.3 SPACING UNDER CONCRETE SHEAR Two anchors installed on a line normal to the edge, and loaded in
shear towards INTERFERENCE
the edge, are treated as a special
BETWEEN SHEAR case. Where the
WEDGES
At a spacing of at least 2.5 times edge distance, there is no interference anchors are loaded simultaneously by the same fixture, the ultimate or
between adjacent failure wedges. Where anchor spacing is less than the concrete edge shear capacity for each anchor will be influenced by
2.5 times edge distance, the shear load capacities in the concrete are the other anchor. Where the spacing “a” between anchors A and B is
subject to a reduction factor “Xva”. less than or equal to “eB” the edge distance of anchor B, the ultimate
edge shear for anchor A is equal to anchor B, despite the longer edge
Anchoring Techology
Failure wedge distance of anchor A:

a a Failure wedge
a a
Shear force
Concrete edge e Concrete edge e
A
a Failure wedge
B
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES Concrete edge
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES
eB
Xva = 0.5 ( 1 + a / (2.5 * e)) ≤ 1

ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE
The direction of the shear load towards an edge will influence the
concrete edge shear capacity. This is accounted for with the factor Xvd.
For an anchor located at a corner and where the second edge is
parallel to the applied shear, interference by the second edge upon the
Shear force
shear wedge is taken into account by the following reduction factor:
Shear force
α A Xvs = 0.30 + 0.56 * e1 / e2 ≤ 1 A
aV* Failure wedge a Shear Force Failure wedge
B e1
B
Concrete edge Concrete edge
eB
An anchor is considered to ebeB at a corner if the ratio of the edge
distance parallel to the direction of shear to the edge distance in the
direction of shear is less than 1.25. e2
When a row of anchors
ANCHORSis subject to TOWARDS
IN LINE a shear loadANacting
EDGEtowards an ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDSFailure
AN EDGE
wedge
edge, the distribution of each anchor's capacity in the anchor group is
derived by using the factor Xvn. If:
e1 then apply
Concrete reduction
edges
e2 < 1.25 factor Xvs shown above
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
e1 acceptable Xvs = 1.00
e2 > 1.25
e1 Shear Force Shear Force

e1
e2 e2
V*A = V*B = V*C Failure Failure
wedge wedge
ØVur ≥ V*A, V*B, V*C
Concrete edges Concrete edges
ANCHOR AT A CORNER ANCHOR AT A CORNER

5.7 Bending
The designer must allow for bending, when an anchor is exposed to a In the case of working load limit design, applied moments (M)
shear force that will result in the anchor going into bending. are calculated as follows:
For this to occur, the fixture plate must be free to rotate around the
bolt as shown due to an air gap or non-structural material between the M = V * ( dh + g + t / 2)
fixture and the concrete surface.
Where the anchor is part of an array of anchors that prevent the fixture V = applied shear force (N)
from rotating, or if the gap is filled with grout, then bending cannot
Anchoring Techology
occur. Characteristic ultimate bending capacities (Mu), are obtained
Note: Where an incompressible layer such as grout is used, it does from the following formula:
not contribute to the pullout capacity of the anchor, hence the layer
thickness is to be added to the fixture thickness when calculating the Mu = fy * Z
anchor effective depth.
where:
The designer’s calculation of the design bending moment (M*) should
include an allowance in the moment arm of one hole diameter inwards
fy = characteristic yield strength (MPa)
from the face of the concrete:
Z = section modulus of the anchor (mm3)
M* = V* * ( dh + g + t / 2)
and for working load limit bending moment (Ma):
where:
Ma = Mu / fss
V* = shear design action effect (N)
= Mu / 2.2
g = gap between fixture and concrete surface (mm)
t = fixture thickness (mm)
dh = drilled hole diameter (mm)

Non-structural
One hole diameter material or gap
Fixture
Applied load
Moment arm
DESIGN BENDING MOMENT

Anchor moments need only be considered if there is a non-structural
material or gap between the fixture and substrate that results in
application of a moment to the anchor itself.
ANCHOR UNDER BENDING ANCHOR NO BENDING ANCHOR NO BENDING
Non-structural
material or gap Grout
Fixture Fixture
Fixture
Applied load Applied load

Applied load
Max Gap ≤ df
(fixture hole diam.)

5.8 Combined Loading
5.8.1 TENSION AND BENDING 5.8.3 TENSION AND SHEAR

Where an anchor is subjected to combined tension and bending, Design for combined tension and shear, requires firstly the
ultimate tensile capacity for the steel is determined as follows: determination of anchor capacities. Strength limit state design
capacities are taken as:
Nusr = Nus * (1 - (M* / ØmMu))
ØNur = ØcNurc ≤ ØnNus
Anchoring Techology
where: ØVur = ØqVur ≤ ØvVus
Øm =
capacity reduction factor, steel bending, recommended as 0.8 where:
Ø = capacity reduction factor
ØNur = design reduced ultimate tensile capacity

Applied ØVur = design reduced ultimate shear capacity
tension
Øc = capacity reduction factor concrete tension
Applied moment Øq = edge capacity reduction factor concrete shear, recommended
as 0.6
Moment arm
Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension, recommended as 0.8
COMBINED TENSION, SHEAR AND BENDING
Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear,
Factored working load limit steel tensile capacities, to allow recommended as 0.8
for the effects of bending moments are given by:
Working load capacities are determined as follows:
Nasr = Nas * (1 - M / Ma)
Na = Nar ≤ Nsr
where: Va = Var ≤ Vas
Nasr = factored working load limit steel tensile capacity (N) where:
Na = working load limit tensile capacity

5.8.2 SHEAR AND BENDING
Va = working load limit shear capacity
There is no reduction in shear capacity in the case of combined Strength limit state combination of tension and shear complies with the
bending and shear. Shear capacity and bending capacity are checked following:
independently.
N* / ØNur ≤ 1
V* / ØVur ≤ 1
N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2
The following formulae are used for working load combination:
Applied shear N / Na ≤ 1
Moment arm V / Va ≤ 1
COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR
N / Na + V / Va ≤ 1.2
where:
N = applied tensile load
V = applied shear load

5.9 Anchor Groups
This information deals specifically with the design of individual For a row of anchors subject to a shear force component towards an
anchors, loaded either as a single anchor or as a member of edge, the design tables assume that the design load case is evenly
a group. Under the relevant loading condition, as a general principle, distributed to all anchors in the group and calculates the averaged
all load reduction factors applicable to an individual anchor in the shear capacity for each anchor.
group should be multiplied together to account for the combined
effects on the anchor of multiple loads, group layout, and base
material geometry. In the application of loads, due allowance should V*A = V*B = V*C
Anchoring Techology
be made for eccentricities in the lines of action of loads relative to the V*A V*B V*C
centroid of the group, and for any other conditions likely to cause a n=3
magnification of load to an anchor, i.e. prying forces.
ØVur = per anchor
In a group loaded in shear there is a risk of uneven loading, V*TOTAL capacity
particularly where more than two anchors are arranged one behind
the other in the direction of the load. The designer should assess and
make appropriate allowance for the ability of the fixture to distribute
the load to anchors in the group. The design tables are unable to verify capacity for anchors in
the following configurations:
The simplified strength limit state design process detailed in this
document is intended to cover a wide range of applications. • Anchors subject to a moment.
It is suitable for verifying capacity of single anchors or groups of
anchors, however it must be remembered that the capacity data given • Anchors in a line towards an edge with a shear load component
is PER ANCHOR and load cases must be distributed to all anchors in a acting towards that edge, unless it is assumed that the anchor
group and each anchor verified as being suitable. closest to the edge takes all of the shear load, V*TOTAL
The simplified design process allows verification of:
Single anchors subject

to shear and/or tension.
N*
V*
V*TOTAL
Groups of anchors (row, rectangular array etc.) subject to tensile

loading and/or shear loading not towards an edge. For these cases, please refer to the Ramset™ Anchor Design software
or contact your local Ramset™ Engineer for advice.
V*TOTAL
N*TOTAL
Groups of anchors subject to tensile and/or shear loading where the

line of anchors parallel to (and closest to) the edge are considered to
take the total shear load.
These anchors assum ed

to be in slotted holes
A B C N*TOTAL
V*A + V*B + V*C = V*TOTAL

V*TOTAL

5.10 Assembly Torque
AND PRELOAD
The application of assembly torque to a well designed anchor, results Boa™ Coil anchors and stud anchors such as TruBolt™ anchors and
in the generation of a preload or clamping force between the fixture chemical anchors also have the capability to clamp the fixture to the
and the concrete. Because the fixture supports the concrete and concrete.
suppresses cone failure, preload may exceed concrete cone failure
load. The concrete experiences an elastic compression beneath the Torque controlled expansion anchors without an adequate pull-
fixture. Under external loading of the fixture, the surfaces of the joint down capability, suffer from loss of preload to the spacer or sleeve,
will not separate until the applied load exceeds the preload. Although whenever there is a gap between the mating surfaces. This results in
Anchoring Techology
the magnitude of the preload influences the deformation of the fixing a reduction in the preload available for compression of the concrete.
under load, it does not in general, affect the ultimate static load Such anchors may perform under cyclic loads as if there were an
capacity of the fixing. inadequate preload, even though the specified assembly torque may
have been carefully applied. In some instances it is possible for the
fixture to be loose against the concrete surface from the time of initial
Clamped material assembly of the fixing.
Preload or clamping load Applied load
Initial preload (PLi) which is developed immediately after the application
of assembly torque, is calculated for Ramset™ anchors as:
PLi = α * Pr
where:
PRELOADING OF FIXTURE TO CONCRETE
α = proportion of proof load as initial preload
65% for mechanical anchors
Heavy and medium duty sleeve anchors with a fully functioning
pull-down mechanism such as Ramset™ SpaTec™ Plus and
Pr = bolt or anchor proof load (kN)
DynaBolt™ Plus anchors, ensure that loss of preload to the spacer or
= As * fy
sleeve is negligible, even where a substantial gap may have existed

between the concrete and the fixture, due to unevennesses in the
Assembly torques required (Tr) to develop initial preloads are given by
mating surfaces. After the expansion sleeve has enlarged to grip the
the following formula:
sides of the hole, the pull-down mechanism allows the gap to be
closed and the fixture to be clamped against the concrete.
Tr = µT * db * PLi
where:
µT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction

* 0.32 for cold-formed anchors and
stainless steel anchors
* 0.37 for machined anchors
SpaTec™ Plus and DynaBolt™ Plus Anchors

PULL DOWN MECHANISMS

5.11 Long Term Preload
DEGRADATION
In considering the long term performance in concrete of expansion

anchors under cyclic loading, account must be taken of concrete creep
which causes a degradation of preload over time. Immediately after the
application of assembly torque and the establishment of initial preload,
there is a rapid initial reduction in preload, followed by a continued
gradual reduction over time, towards a long term limiting value of “PL”,
at “λ” % of initial preload. As a guide, “λ” may be taken as typically
Anchoring Techology
70% for SpaTec™ Plus anchors, and as 40% for DynaBolt™ and
TruBolt™ anchors.
In a particular application, the proportion of preload permanently

retained will depend upon concrete strength, concrete quality including
curing, level and direction of concrete stress, applied load level, timing
of applied loads, and the value of the total spring rate for the anchor/
fixture/base material system.

5.12-13 Slip/Cyclic Loading
5.12 SLIP AND CYCLIC LOADING

Provided the applied load is less than the remaining preload, slip The Boa™ Coil anchor performs more like a slight undercut anchor
virtually does not occur, and the fixing experiences the applied load as where the first slip measured at 0.1mm is close to the ultimate load of
a reduction in elastic compression of the concrete. When the applied the anchor in concrete. The Boa™ Coil anchors ability to sustain cyclic
load exceeds the preload, the clamped material can separate from loads depends primarily upon the interaction of the Boa™ Coil and the
the concrete and slippage of the joint can commence. If the design concrete sides of the hole.
Anchoring Techology
requirement is for negligible slip (say 0.1mm), the assembly torque It is this unique interaction that enables the Boa™ Coil anchor to
should be both carefully specified and applied. It is recommended that achieve high first slip loads. To ensure long life of the fastener under
anchor capacity be limited to a percentage of the expected preload cyclic loading the designer should ensure (as for slip loads), that the
after allowing for long term degradation. applied load does not exceed 65% of the first slip load, called the
reduced characteristic ultimate slip load. When the applied load is less
than the reduced characteristic ultimate slip load the Boa™ Coil anchor
has the ability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of the
applied load.
Ultimate load
Long term preload

= slip load
The ability of an anchor to sustain cyclic loads depends (as for slip Applied 65% of slip load
load
loads) primarily upon the relationship between the applied load and
the effective preload in the anchor. Where the applied load is less
than both the preload and the static working load, the fastening has
the ability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of the applied
load. The cyclic loading is experienced as changes in pressure at the
Displacement
interface of the fixture and the concrete, and the stress range in the
anchor should never approach the endurance limit. To ensure long SLIP LOAD
life of the fastening under cyclic loading, the designer should ensure
(as for slip loads), that the applied load is less than “η” % of the Note: η = ratio of allowable slip or cyclic load to expected long term limiting preload
expected long term preload after allowing for degradation.
5.13 LONG TERM, SLIP & CYCLIC LOADING OF MECHANICAL & CHEMICAL ANCHORS
This section expands on the information stated under Sections 5.11 For the deemed heavier duty Ramset™ anchor systems an applied
"Long Term Preload Degradation" & 5.12 "Slip Load and Cyclic load up to Working Load Limit, WLL (Nuc/3) will never exceed the axial
Loading". preload if installed as specified. Other systems (notably so-called "light
Mechanical and chemical anchorages, once installed, may be used to sleeve anchors") have a lower limit on tensile load if exceeding preload
clamp down the fixture and so are loaded axially. The recommended is of concern. The table below shows the allowable slip or cyclic axial
initial setting or tightening torque is specified in each anchoring section load (Ny) as a function of WLL (refer SRB) for various systems where
of this book which creates the axial clamp down. The anchorage must infinite cycles of applied tensile load and retention of positive preload
resist this setting load and any additional applied load through the are considered:
fixture itself.
The known behaviour of all loaded post-installed anchor systems is System Ny (allowable slip / cyclic axial load)
such that complex creep mechanisms are at work in the concrete and Ramset™ Undercut Anchor WLL
both system types (mechanical & chemical) display a limited relaxation SpaTec™ Plus WLL
of the installed tightening torque. This translates to a reduction (to a TruBolt™ 0.35 x WLL
limit) of the installed clamping force and the resisting anchorage force. Boa™Coil WLL
This is the "long term preload degradation". All Ramset™ systems are ChemSet™ Reo 502™ WLL
rated for the long term case and only this information is published. EPCON™ C6 WLL
In some load cases, particularly with combined & repetitious applied Maxima™ Spin Capsule WLL
axial and shear loads, it is important that the applied axial load does AnkaScrew™ WLL
not overcome the installed axial preload. This does not cause a EPCON™ C8 WLL
structural failure as such but may allow some shear slippage of the
fixture, depending on the surface & friction conditions. Precast panel Note: AS1170 relies on a 1.5 factor between Strength Limit State
prop anchors and roof structure anchors in cyclonic conditions are Design & WLL values.
possible examples where this may be a concern.

5.14-15 Corrosion / Fire
5.14 CORROSION
During their service life, fasteners may be subjected to a range of The term “galvanised” in this document refers to hot dip galvanising
corrosive agents and environments. Atmospheric environments may according to the Australian Standards listed in the table below.
include the benign, such as indoors in dry conditions. The less benign
outdoor areas are exposed to rain and/or humidity. The chloride Note that other publications may use the term “galvanised” when
Anchoring Techology
bearing atmospheres under the influence of sea winds are more referring to zinc electroplated anchors, which provides inferior
corrosive. The polluted atmosphere in some industrial areas, and the corrosion protection. To ensure adequate corrosion protection, verify
marine environment over the sea, at the shore, or within the splash that the plating thickness complies with the thickness value required by
zone, may be highly aggressive. Fastenings may be required to be the relevant Australian Standard. AS1214 - 1983 requires a minimum
placed under fresh water, salt water, or in contact with a whole range of 42 micron thickness for “hot dip galvanised” threaded items.
of potentially corrosive liquids. Ramset™ anchors are supplied with a
range of corrosion resistances suitable for various applications.
ENVIRONMENT CORROSION SPECIFICATION
PROTECTION
There is a large number of specialist texts on the subject of corrosion, Indoors, Zinc plated
to which the reader is referred. under cover
Low humidity Plating Minimum thickness
The stainless steel specification for Ramset™ anchors has a high 5 micron
molybdenum content, which gives superior resistance against chlorides Exposure to
and common industrial pollutants. moisture likely
Hot dipped to
Stainless steel anchors should be insulated from the zinc coating, Exposed to weather AS4680-2006
AS1214-1983
when securing galvanised steelwork, because of the possibility of
Galvanising Minimum thickness
galvanic corrosion. Industrial pollution
42 micron
Marine
Care must be taken to ensure selected fasteners meet the appropriate environments
standards and are also correctly described.
Chemical plants ISO3506-1979
Aggressive Stainless steel Grade A4,

environments Prop Class 70
At the sea (AISI 316)
5.15 FIRE
When exposed to heat so that it reaches a temperature of about Fire induced deformations of wall panels, and the behaviour of the
550°C, steel retains about half of its original strength. Designers structural frame under fire, should be carefully considered in the
have traditionally adopted this limiting temperature for the retention design. Spread of the fire to adjoining properties will be prevented, as
of structural integrity. Expansion and cast-in anchors manufactured long as the panels remain fixed to the structural frame. The connection
in steel, are subject to the same limit, except that conditions are between a heavy structural steel frame and the wall panels should be
generally more favourable to the retention of structural strength for via deformable ties.
these anchors, than other components of an unprotected structure.
For example, in circumstances where heat can be expected to vent The limiting operational temperature for chemical anchors is 80°C.
through the roof sheeting, there is little risk of the fixings at the When used for anchoring reinforcing steel, chemical systems are
supports of steel beams, reaching the same temperature as the provided with concrete cover, and may be designed to provide the
most critical part of the main steel structural elements. Generally, desired fire rating, by limiting the temperature rise at the anchor
fixings reach significantly lower temperatures than the main structural points. Where protection is required for the steel structure, special
elements. fireproofing material is specified. The same protection should be
extended to any exposed fixings to the concrete structure.
Part of an anchor is always embedded in and insulated by the
concrete, which increases the time for the heat to flow to the
anchoring element of the anchor, and because of the heat sink of the
concrete mass which takes heat from the anchor, there is an increase
in the time for its temperature to rise.

Introduction
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - ANCHOR STUDS
Chemical Anchoring
Chemical Anchoring - Anchor Studs
Anchor Studs
The key advantage of ChemSet™ chemical anchors is that they do not The superior strength of grade 5.8 carbon steel threaded stud anchors
impart an expansion stress on the surrounding substrate. This makes gives the ChemSet™ chemical anchor systems greater steel capacity
chemical anchoring ideal for close to edge fixings or for close anchor than regular grade 4.6 threaded rod.
spacings.
The Ramset™ ChemSet™ range of chemical anchoring systems
The superior bond of ChemSet chemical anchors makes them ideal
™
provide different options of cost and performance for the designer and
for installing starter bars, because the required pull out strength for the applicator.
is achieved in shallower holes than is possible with cementitious
For the designer, selection of the correct chemical anchoring solution
mortars.
to his or her design problem will often be based upon the strength
The ability of ChemSet™ chemical anchors to sustain cyclic tensile capacity of the system, but may also involve issues such as chemical
loads depends on adhesive bond, not on preload or tightening torque. resistance.
The adhesive bond does not deteriorate or change over time making The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the
Chemset™ chemical anchors ideal for cyclic and vibrating load cases. components of the ChemSet™ chemical anchoring range and provides
information to allow selection of the anchor with the right capacity for
various environmental conditions.
Estimating Chart For design requirements relating to Safety Critical Applications
Fixings per cartridge for ChemSet™ Injection: and SA TS101:2015 refer to section 58 of this Handbook.

Anchor Nominal Nominal Number of fixings
size hole diameter hole depth Epcon™ C8 Reo 502™ ChemSet™ 801 Structaset™ 401 ChemSet™ 101
(mm) (mm) 450ml Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo
M8 10 80 115 193 91 193 96 195 96 195
M10 12 90 79 132 62 132 66 133 66 133
M12 14 110 51 86 41 86 43 87 43 87
M16 18 125 32 54 26 54 27 55 27 55
M20 24 150 13 22 10 22 11 22 11 22
M24 26 160 14 24 11 24 12 24 12 24

6.1-3 ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
6.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Product
Steel threaded studs for use with all ChemSet™ HCR
anchoring products, capsules and injection adhesives.
Benefits, Advantages and Features

L
Ensures maximum performance from ChemSet™
chemical anchors:
• Made from high performance Grade 5.8 Steel. db
Superior corrosion resistance:
• AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel. dh
Outstanding exterior resistance: h
t
• 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised.
Convenient:
• Supplied with nuts and washers and setting tool for
spin capsules.
• Depth setting mark to ensure correct embedment.
6.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS

ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Thread Size Description Box
Quantity
M8 ChemSet™ Anchor Stud M8 x 110 CS08110 CS08110GH CS08110SS 10

M12 ChemSet Anchor Stud M12 x 160
™
CS12160 CS12160GH CS12160SS 10
M12 ChemSet™ Anchor Stud M12 x 180 CS12180 10
™
CS16190 CS16190GH CS16190SS 10
™
CS24300 CS24300GH CS24300SS 6
Other sizes and steel types available on request. (Maybe subject to lead time)
6.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES

ChemSet™ Anchor Studs - Typical Properties
See working loads of each anchoring adhesive in previous pages Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Thread Overall Length, Effective Max Fixture Yield Strength, Carbon Steel Yield Strength, Stainless Steel Section
Size L (mm) Length, Le Thickness, t fy UTS, fu fy UTS, fu Modulus, Z
(mm) (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M8 110 95 15 430 540 450 650 31.2
M10 130 115 25 430 540 450 650 62.3
M12 160 140 30 430 540 450 650 109.2
M12 180 160 50 430 540 450 650 109.2
M16 190 165 40 420 520 450 650 277.5
M20 260 225 80 420 520 450 650 540.9

Notes

7.1 ChemSet™ Reo 502™
CHEMICAL INJECTION ANCHORING
AVAILABLE IN AUSTRALIA ONLY (New Zealand refer to Epcon™ C6)

PERFORMANCE RELATED INSTALLATION RELATED
Product
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ is an extra heavy duty pure
epoxy anchoring adhesive.
Tested in accordance with SA TS101:2015 Appendix B
Approved for Rail Sleeper Repair
• Repeated load tested for a total of 3 million cycles as per
AS1085.19-2003 table A1
Greater productivity:
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes – no weather delays
• Fast 3 hour cure time (REO502J)
Greater security: Principal Applications
• High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs • Reinforcing bars
Versatile pure epoxy: • Deformed bars
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes • Starter bars
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes • Anchoring structural steel to concrete
• For tropical and temperate climates • Anchoring stadium seating
• Oversized holes up to 2.25 x db • Rail Sleeper Repair
• Electrical Insulator • Rail Gantries
• Easy flow version for easy cold dispensing (Reo502™EF) • Road Stitching
Greater safety: • Light Poles
• Low odour
• VOC Compliant Installation temperature limits:
• Non-flammable for transport and storage REO502™ REO502™EF
• Rated for Sustained Loading ASTM E 1512-01 (2007) • Substrate: 5°C to 40°C. • Substrate: 5°C to 30°C.
Note: For reinforcing bar design, refer to Reinforcing Bar Technology • Adhesive: 20°C to 40°C. • Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C.
section of this document Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has
Australian Made sufficiently cured as specified.
Installation Service temperature limits:
-40°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
Reo 502™ Reo 502™EF
Working Time Cure Time Working Time Cure Time
(mins) (hrs) (mins) (hrs)
5 6
40°C
Substrate Temperature
1 2 3 4 30°C 8.5 2 8.5 6

1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 25°C 12 2.5
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes 20°C 20 3 13 12
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire 15°C 23 5 17 22
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush 10°C 27 8 22 48
x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 5°C 32 96
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth 0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 20°C.
slowly, ensuring no air pockets form.
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole Note: Cure time is extended in flooded conditions.
while turning. Refer to Technical Data Sheet.
5. Allow ChemSet™ Reo 502™ to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture.

7.2-3 ChemSet™ Reo 502™
AVAILABLE IN AUSTRALIA ONLY

Installation and performance details:
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Installation details Optimum dimensions*

Anchor size,
db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Concrete substrate
(mm)
dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) thickness, bm (mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120

M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270
M30 32 32 270 650 120 180 300
M36 38 38 330 1150 145 220 365
*Note: F or shear loads acting towards an edge or where these optimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
Reduced Characteristic Capacity#

Grade 5.8 Steel Studs Grade 8.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete
Anchor size, db
Tension, ØNuc (kN)**
(mm)
Shear, ØVus(kN) Tension, ØNus(kN)*** Shear, ØVus(kN) Tension, ØNus(kN)*** Shear, ØVus(kN) Tension, ØNus(kN)*** Concrete compressive strength, f’c
20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
M8 8.9 14.3 14.5 23.4 10.7 14.9 10.4 11.4 11.9
M10 14.1 22.7 23.0 37.1 17.0 23.8 21.4 23.5 24.6
M12 21.0 33.8 33.5 54.0 25.3 35.3 31.2 34.2 35.8
M16 39.7 64.7 62.3 100.5 49.6 69.3 49.8 54.7 57.2
62.2 68.3 71.4
M20 59.9 97.6 97.2 156.8 74.9 104.6
70.4 77.4 80.9
67.0 73.6 76.9
M24 86.8 141.3 140.1 225.9 108.5 151.4
100.4 110.3 115.4
M30 - - 222.6 359.0 - - 118.6 130.3 136.2

M36 - - 324.2 522.9 - - 166.3 182.7 191.0
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these optimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
**Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity = ØNuc where Ø = 0.6 and Nuc = Characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity.
For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY ØNuc x 0.55
***Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity = ØNus where Ø = 0.8 and Nus = Characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (carbon steel).
For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY ØNus x 0.45
#
Note: Design Tensile Capacity ØNur = minimum of ØNuc and ØNus WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc x 0.7

Description Cartridge Size Part No.
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ 750 ml REO502J
ChemSet™ Reo 502EF™ 750 ml REO502JEF
Effective depth, h (mm) Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
Preferred h = hn otherwise, bm = greater of: 1.25 x h,

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
h1 = h
t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened. h = Effective depth
Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on page 43.


Table 1a Indicative combined loading – interaction diagram
Notes:
200
~ Shear limited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity.
~ Tension limited by concrete capacity
120 using nominal depths.
~ No edge or spacing effects.
80 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M36
70
Design tensile action effect, N* (kN)
M30
60
50 M24
40 M20
30
M16
20
M12
10 M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 125 225
Design shear action effect, V* (kN)
Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm)
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36

Ramset ANZ Meth. em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75 90 110
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA N/A N/A
Step 1c Calculate anchor effective depth, h (mm)

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on page 43.
Effective depth, h (mm)
Preferred h = hn otherwise,
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened.
1 Anchor size determined, absolute minima compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.

Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor

STEP 2
Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26 32 38
60 8.6
65 9.3
70 10.0 18.3
80 11.4 20.9
90 12.8 23.5 28.0
100 14.3 26.1 31.1
110 15.7 28.8 34.2 48.2
120 31.4 37.4 52.5
125 38.9 54.7
140 43.6 61.3
150 65.7 68.3
160 70.0 72.8 73.6
170 77.4 78.2
180 81.9 82.8
190 86.5 87.4 91.7
220 101.2 106.2
240 110.3 115.8 132.9
270 130.3 149.5
330 159.2 182.7
350 193.8
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths. For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc * Xtsn.Refer Section 58.4.2.
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. Wet holes: Multiply ØNuc * 0.7.
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.91 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.09
Table 2c Edge distance effect, tension, Xne
Edge distance, e (mm)
25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
90 0.96 0.83
100 1 0.88
110 0.94 0.83
120 1 0.88
145 1
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension, Xnae For single anchor design, Xnae = 1.0
Anchor Spacing, a (mm)
25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
95 1 0.90 0.83 0.76
120 1 0.92 0.83 0.78
145 1 0.90 0.84
180 1 0.92
220 1


Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai For single anchor design, Xnai = 1.0

25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
95 1 0.79 0.66 0.53
120 1 0.83 0.67 0.56
145 1 0.81 0.67
180 1 0.83
220 1
2 Design reduced ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai )

Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8
ChemSet Anchor Stud
™

Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3 ~ ~
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud

A4/316 Stainless Steel 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4 ~ ~
Typical Threaded Rod

Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 23.4 37.1 54.0 100.5 156.8 225.9 359.0 522.9
Step 3b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN)
Not appropriate for this product.
3 Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur
ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus

Tensile performance conversion table

Concrete Tensile Performance Steel Tensile Performance
Performance Required Concrete Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Notation Notation
Tension Capacity Tension Capacity Tension Capacity
Strength Limit State ØNurc MULTIPLY ØNurc x 1.00 ØNus MULTIPLY ØNus x 1.00 MULTIPLY ØNus x 1.00
Working Load Limit Nac MULTIPLY ØNurc x 0.55 Nas MULTIPLY ØNus x 0.45 MULTIPLY ØNus x 0.50
Cyclic Loading Nyc MULITPLY ØNurc x 0.55 Nys MULITPLY ØNus x 0.45 MULITPLY ØNus x 0.50
Fire Resistance NRk,c,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 NRk,s,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 Refer to pages 238-257
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone N0Rd,p Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,s Refer to pages 258-298 Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0
Refer to pages 299-325 NRd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325 Refer to pages 299-325
NOTE: Design Tensile Capacity is the minimum of Concrete Tension and Steel Tension Capacities


Table 4a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVuc (kN), Øq = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
Slab Edge
25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2 100 50
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7 15.2
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5 32.7 steel35.7
angle
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7 66.3 72.2
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7 121.7 132.6
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9 187.4 204.2
500 146.4 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1 261.9 285.4
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3 344.3 375.1
750 269.0 294.6 318.2 360.8 416.7 433.1 481.1 524.3
900 353.5 387.3 418.3 474.3 547.7 570.1 632.4 689.2
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØVuc * Xtsv.Refer Section 58.4.3.
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, concrete edge shear, Xvc

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
Table 4c Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Load direction effect, Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
conc. edge shear, Xvd
180 - 90 degrees
Table 4d A
nchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva
Note: For single anchor designs, Xva = 1.0
Edge distance, e (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900
Anchor spacing, a (mm)
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.54
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.57
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.59
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.61
625 0.92 0.81 0.71 0.64
750 1.00 0.88 0.75 0.67
875 0.94 0.79 0.69
1000 1.00 0.83 0.72
1250 0.92 0.78
1500 1.00 0.833
2250 1.00

7.4
Failure wedge
ChemSet™ Reo 502™
a a
Concrete edge e

Table 4e M
ultiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn

Note: For single anchor designs, Xvn = 1.0
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
Edge distance, a / e
Number of anchors, n
Shear force 2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
A 3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
a Failure wedge
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
B
Concrete edge 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
eB
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE 8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Shear Force
e1
Table 4f A
nchor at a corner effect, concrete edge shear, Xvs
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e2
Failure Edge distance, e2 (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900
wedge
Edge dustance, e1 (mm)
Concrete edges
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
ANCHOR AT A CORNER 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86
4 Design reduced ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVurc

ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn * Xvs
THERE IS MORE TO THE
FORMULA YOU HAVE
STEP 5 Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor Vuc
Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8
ChemSet Anchor Stud
™

Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 8.9 14.1 21.0 39.7 59.9 86.8 ~ ~

A4/316 Stainless Steel 10.7 17.0 25.3 49.6 74.9 108.5 ~ ~

Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 14.5 23.0 33.5 62.3 97.2 140.1 222.6 324.2
For Design Method to TS101:2015, Øv = 0.66 therefore Multiply ØVus * 0.83 . Refer Section 58.
Step 5b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, ØVsf (kN)

5 Design reduced ultimate shear capacity, ØVur

ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus

Check V* / ØVur ≤ 1, if not satisfied return to step 1
Shear performance conversion table

Concrete Shear Performance Steel Shear Performance
Notation Notation
Shear Capacity Shear Capacity Shear Capacity
Strength Limit State ØVuc MULTIPLY ØVuc x 1.00 ØVus MULTIPLY ØVus x 1.00 MULTIPLY ØVus x 1.00
Working Load Limit Vac MULTIPLY ØVuc x 0.55 Vas MULTIPLY ØVus x 0.50 MULTIPLY ØVus x 0.52
Cyclic Loading Vyc MULITPLY ØVuc x 0.55 Vys MULITPLY ØVus x 0.50 MULITPLY ØVus x 0.52
Fire Resistance VRk,c,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 VRk,s,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 Refer to pages 238-257
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone V0Rd,c Refer to pages 258-298 V0Rd,s Refer to pages 258-298 Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
Refer to pages 299-325 V Rd,s,sis
0
Refer to pages 299-325 Refer to pages 299-325
NOTE: Design Shear Capacity is the minimum of Concrete Shear and Steel Shear Capacities
6 Check

Specify – Threaded Stud

Anchors
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Reo 502™ with
(Anchor Size) grade 5.8
((Anchor Stud Part Number)).
Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset ChemSet™ Reo 502™ with
™
M16 grade 5.8

ChemSet Anchor Stud (CS16190GH).
™
Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.

Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
™

8.1 EPCON™ C8

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL INSTALLATION RELATED
HCR
Epcon C8
Product ETA ETA

EPCON™ C8 is a High Performance Pure Epoxy Anchoring adhesive for
European Technical Approval European Technical Approval
use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For structures subject to ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1
ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549
ETAG 001 Part 5 TR023
ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
external exposure , permanently damp or aggressive conditions .

Structaset 401 Chemset Maxima
Benefits, Advantages and Features ETA ETA
European Technical Approval option1 for use in European Technical Approval European Technical Approval
cracked and non cracked concrete – ETA-10/0309: ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1
PENDING
ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 7
ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
• Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
• 100 Year design life

• Approved for flooded holes ETA
• Approved for floor, wall & overhead applications European Technical Approval
• Data for Sustained Loading

Galvanised And Stainless Steel
Anchors ETA-13/0681
1020-CPD-090-029852
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes
• No weather delays Principal Applications
• Fast and easy dispensing • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
Greater security: • Road barrier hold down bolts
• Highest performance in cracked concrete • Bridge refurbishment
Versatile pure epoxy: • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions • Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm
• Oversized holes • Starter Bars
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes • Threaded studs from M8 to M30
• For tropical and Cold weather conditions • Threaded Stud material: Zn, A4 316, HCR steels
• Threaded Stud material: 5.8, 8.8, 10.9 grade
Greater safety:
• Low odour
• Non-flammable
Fire Rated : Refer Fire rated anchoring section Installation temperature limits:
• Substrate: 5°C to 40°C
Installation • Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C
Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently
cured as specified.
Service temperature limits:
-40°C to 80°C
Setting Times EPCON™ C8

Temperature of Curing time in Curing time in
Gel Time
base material dry concrete wet concrete
5°C - 9°C 20 min 30 h 60 h
1 2 3 4 5 6
10°C - 19°C 14 min 23 h 46 h
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 20°C - 24°C 11 min 16 h 32 h
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes 25°C - 29°C 8 min 12 h 24 h
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire 30°C - 39°C 5 min 8h 16 h
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush 40°C 5 min 6h 12 h
x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4.
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to
bottom of hole while turning.
5. Allow EPCON™ C8 to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture.

8.2-3 EPCON™ C8

EPCON™ C8™ and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs

Anchor size,
db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Substrate thickness bm
(mm)
dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120

M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270
M30 32 32 280 650 120 180 350

Anchor size, db
(mm)
M8 8.9 14.3 14.5 23.4 10.7 14.9 17.9 18.8 19.6
M10 14.1 22.7 23.0 37.1 17.0 23.8 25.0 26.6 27.9
M12 21.0 33.8 33.5 54.0 25.3 35.3 36.6 39.4 41.4
M16 39.7 64.7 62.3 100.5 49.6 69.3 38.7 49.0 54.8
50.9 64.4 72.1
M20 59.9 97.6 97.2 156.8 74.9 104.6
61.4 77.7 87.0
56.0 70.9 79.4
M24 86.8 141.3 140.1 225.9 108.5 151.4
84.2 106.6 119.4
M30 - - 222.6 359.0 - - 129.7 164.2 183.9
#
Note: Design Tensile Capacity ØNur = minimum of ØNuc and ØNus
Data is based on a service temperature limit of -40°C to +40°C
WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc x 0.5

EPCON™ C8 450 ml C8-450

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h1 = h

8.4 EPCON™ C8

180
Notes:
160 ~ Shear limited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity.
using nominal depths.
140 ~ No edge or spacing effects.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
120
M30
100
80
M24
60
M20
40
M16
20 M12
M10
M8
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Ramset ANZ Meth. em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75 90
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 40 50 60 80 100 120 150

h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

8.4 EPCON™ C8

STEP 2 Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.56, f’c = 32 MPa
Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance - ØNucp

Concrete Cone
Resistance -
Drilled hole dia, dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 25 28 35
ØNucc
65 15.2 18.4
70 16.4 20.7 20.5
80 18.8 23.7 25.1
90 21.1 26.6 32.3 29.9
100 23.5 29.6 35.9 35.0
110 25.8 32.6 39.4 50.2 40.4
120 28.1 35.5 43.0 54.8 46.1
125 29.3 37.0 44.8 57.1 49.0
140 32.8 41.4 50.2 63.9 58.0
150 35.2 44.4 53.8 68.5 81.4 64.4
160 37.5 47.4 57.4 73.1 86.8 98.5 70.9
170 50.3 61.0 77.6 92.2 104.6 77.7
180 53.3 64.5 82.2 97.6 110.8 84.6
190 56.2 68.1 86.7 103.1 116.9 91.8
200 59.2 71.7 91.3 108.5 123.1 99.1
210 62.2 75.3 95.9 113.9 129.2 165.8 106.6
240 86.1 109.6 130.2 147.7 189.5 130.3
280 127.8 151.9 172.3 221.1 164.2
320 146.1 173.6 196.9 252.7 200.6
350 189.9 215.4 276.4 229.4
400 217.0 246.1 315.8 280.3
450 276.9 355.3 334.5
480 295.4 379.0 368.5
550 434.3 452.0
600 473.8 515.0
Wet holes: Multiply ØNuc x0.5
If Service temperature limit is -40°C to +80°C then

ØNuc = ØNucp

Refer to Checkpoint 2
Table 2b-1 Concrete service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns

Service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns Xns
where ØNuc = ØNucp (from Table 2a) where
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 ØNuc = ØNucc
Service temperature (ºC) Service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns (from Table 2a)
-40˚C to +40˚C 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
-40˚C to +80˚C 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.57 0.57 0.58 0.54 1.00
Table 2b-2 Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc Xnc
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 ØNuc = ØNucc
f'c (MPa) Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc (from Table 2a)
20 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.86 0.79
25 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.95 0.94 0.92 0.88
32 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
40 1.04 1.05 1.05 1.07 1.09 1.10 1.12 1.12
50 1.06 1.08 1.09 1.11 1.14 1.16 1.21 1.25

8.4 EPCON™ C8


25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
90 0.96 0.83
100 1 0.88
110 0.94
120 1
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension, Xnae
For single anchor design, Xnae=1.0
25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
95 1 0.90 0.83 0.76
120 1 0.92 0.83
145 1 0.90
180 1
Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai
For single anchor design, Xnai = 1.0
25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
95 1 0.79 0.66 0.53
120 1 0.83 0.67
145 1 0.81
180 1

ØNurc = ØNuc*Xns*Xnc*Xne*(Xnae or Xnai)
ØNurc = minimum of ØNucp*Xns*Xnc*Xne*( Xnae or Xnai ) and ØNucc*Xns*Xnc*Xne*( Xnae or Xnai )

ChemSet Anchor Stud
™

Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3 ~

A4/316 Stainless Steel 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4 ~

Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 23.4 37.1 54.0 100.5 156.8 225.9 359.0

8.4 EPCON™ C8



Notation Notation
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0

25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7 15.2
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5 32.7
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7 66.3
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7 121.7
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9 187.4
500 146.2 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1 261.9
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3 344.3
750 269.0 294.6 318.2 360.8 416.7 433.7 481.1

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

8.4 EPCON™ C8
Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.54
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.57
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.59
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.61
625 0.92 0.81 0.71 0.64
750 1.00 0.88 0.75 0.67
875 0.94 0.79 0.69
1000 1.00 0.83 0.72
Failure wedge 1250 0.92 0.78
a a
1500 1.00 0.833
2250 1.00
Concrete edge e
Table 4e M
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Shear force 3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
A
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
a
B
Failure wedge 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
e1 Shear Force
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Edge distance, e2 (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900
e2 Edge dustance, e1 (mm)
Failure
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

8.4 EPCON™ C8


ChemSet Anchor Stud
™

Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 8.9 14.1 21.0 39.7 59.9 86.8 ~

A4/316 Stainless Steel 10.7 17.0 25.3 49.6 74.9 108.5 ~



Notation Notation
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
Example
STEP 6 Combined loading and specification Ramset™ Epcon™ C8 with
M16 grade 5.8
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190GH).
6 Check To be installed in accordance with
™

Specify – Threaded Stud Anchors
Ramset™ Epcon™ C8 with (Anchor Size)
grade 5.8

9.1 EPCON™ C6
AVAILABLE IN NEW ZEALAND ONLY (Australia refer to ChemSet™ Reo 502™)

Product
Epcon C6 is a versitile pure epoxy anchoring
adhesive
Features
• Superior strength in shallow embedment.
• Close to edge, stress free anchoring.
• Suitable for use with zinc plated, hot dipped galvanized or stainless
steel Chemset Anchor Studs.
• Resistant to cyclic loading and vibration.
• Resistant to alkaline conditions. Principal Applications
• Suitable for use in core drilled holes.
• Structural beams and columns
• Superior strength with grade 5.8 steel Chemset Anchor Studs.
• Batten fixing
• Suitable for underwater installations. • Installing, handrails, balustrades and gates
• Racking
• Safety barriers
• Stadium seating
• Machinery and heavy plant hold down
Installation
Installation temperature limits:

• Substrate: 5°C to 40°C.
• Mortar: 15°C to 35°C.
Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has
sufficiently cured as specified.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole.

2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire
Approximate Setting Times
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush Epcon C6
x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. Gel Time Loading Time
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. (mins) (hrs)
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly,
40°C - -
ensuring no air pockets form.
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to 30°C 11 2

bottom of hole while turning. 25°C 15 2.5
5. Allow to cure as per setting times. 20°C 20 3
6. Attach fixture. 15°C 32 6
10°C 45 12
5°C 60 24
0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 15°C.
Note: Cure time extended in

flooded conditions.
Refer to technical data sheet.

9.2-3 EPCON™ C6
AVAILABLE IN NEW ZEALAND ONLY

Epcon™ C6 Series and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs

Anchor size,
db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Substrate thickness bm
(mm)
dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120

M12 14 15 110 40 50 70 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270

Anchor size, db
(mm)
M8 8.9 14.3 14.5 23.4 10.7 14.9 15.2 17.6 18.7
M10 14.1 22.7 23.0 37.1 17.0 23.8 19.9 23 24.5
M12 21.0 33.8 33.5 54.0 25.3 35.3 29.0 33.5 35.7
M16 39.7 64.7 62.3 100.5 49.6 69.3 39.3 45.5 48.4
56.5 65.4 69.6
M20 59.9 97.6 97.2 156.8 74.9 104.6
68.2 78.9 84.0
66.9 77.4 82.4
M24 86.8 141.3 140.1 225.9 108.5 151.4
100.6 116.4 123.9
#
Note: Design Tensile Capacity ØNur = minimum of ØNuc and ØNus WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc x 0.7

Epcon™ C6EF 450 ml C6EF-450
Epcon™ C6 Nozzles - ISNE
Dispensing Tool - E108

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h1 = h

9.4 EPCON™ C6

90
Notes:
70
~ f'c = 32 MPa
60
M24
50
40 M20
30
M16
20
M12
10 M10
M8
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

9.4 EPCON™ C6

Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26
60 11.4
65 12.9
70 14.4 15.8
80 17.6 19.3
90 21.0 23.0 24.8
100 24.6 26.9 29.0
110 31.1 33.5 37.6
120 35.4 38.2 42.8
125 37.6 40.6 45.5
140 48.1 53.9 59.0
150 53.3 59.8 65.4
160 58.8 65.9 72.0 77.4
170 72.2 78.9 84.8
180 78.6 86.0 92.4
190 85.3 93.2 100.2
200 100.7 108.2
210 108.3 116.4
220 116.2 124.8
230 133.4
240 142.2
250 151.2
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1

For single anchor design, Xnae=1.0
25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1

9.4 EPCON™ C6

For single anchor design, Xnai=1.0

25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
150 1
Table 2f Service temperature effect, tension, Xns

Service Temp ºC
<45 50 55 60 65 70 >70
Xns 1.00 0.97 0.87 0.78 0.68 0.58 N/A
Table 2g Water in hole effect, tension, Xnw

Hole Condition Dry Damp Wet
Xnw 1.00 1.00 0.70
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai ) * Xns * Xnw

ChemSet Anchor Stud
™

Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3

A4/316 Stainless Steel 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4


9.4 EPCON™ C6



Notation Notation
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0

25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 146.4 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Load direction effect,

9.4 EPCON™ C6

Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
Failure wedge
1250 1.00 0.92
a a 1500 1.00
Concrete edge e

Table 4e M
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Shear force
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
A 4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
a Failure wedge 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
B
Concrete edge 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
eB
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Shear Force
e1 Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e2
Failure
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

9.4 EPCON™ C6


ChemSet Anchor Stud
™





Notation Notation
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
STEP 6 Combined loading and specification Example

Ramset Epcon™ C6 series with M16 grade
™
6 Check 5.8 ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190).

N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2, To be installed in accordance with
™
Specify – Threaded Stud

Anchors
Ramset™ Epcon™ C6 series with (Anchor Size)
grade 5.8 ChemSet™ Anchor Stud

10.1 ChemSet™ 801


Product
ChemSet™ 801 is a heavy duty Vinyl Ester anchoring adhesive.
Certified Performance
• European Technical Approval 001 Part 5-option 1
• 50 year design life
Suitable for structural applications:
• High bond strength
Suitable for use in contact with drinking water: Principal Applications
• Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999 • Structural steel
• Starter bars
Suitable for diamond cored holes: • Handrails
• Timber frames in domestic housing
Versatile:
• Suitable for cold and temperate climates
• VOC Compliant
High Productivity:
• Fast Cure
• Easy cold weather dispensing
Australian Made
Installation
• Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C.

-40°C to 80°C.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Setting Times
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes 801
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire GelTim e Loading Tim e
(m ins) (m ins)
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush
x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 40°C
Substrate Tem perature
– –
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole.
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 30°C 4 35
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole 25°C 5 40
while turning. 20°C 6 50
5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture. 10°C 10 85
5°C 18 145
Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 5°C.

10.2-3 ChemSet™ 801

ChemSet™ Injection 801 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs

Anchor size,
db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Concrete Substrate
(mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120

M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270
* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these optimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Anchor size, db
Tension, øNuc (kN)**
(mm)
Shear, ØVus (kN) Tension, ØNus (kN)*** Shear, ØVus (kN) Tension, ØNus (kN)*** Shear, ØVus (kN) Tension, ØNus (kN)*** Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c
M8 8.9 14.3 14.5 23.4 10.7 14.9 11.8 13.7 14.5
M10 14.1 22.7 23.0 37.1 17.0 23.8 15.3 17.8 18.9
M12 21.0 33.8 33.5 54.0 25.3 35.3 22.3 25.9 27.5
M16 39.7 64.7 62.3 100.5 49.6 69.3 30.3 35.2 37.3
43.5 50.6 53.6
M20 59.9 97.6 97.2 156.8 74.9 104.6
52.5 61.1 64.8
51.6 60.0 63.6
M24 86.8 141.3 140.1 225.9 108.5 151.4
77.6 90.2 95.6
**Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity = øNuc where ø = 0.6 and Nuc = Characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity. For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY øNuc x 0.55
***Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity = øNus where ø = 0.8 and Nus = Characteristic ultimate carbon steel tensile capacity . For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY øNus x 0.45
#Note: Design Tensile Capacity øNur = minimum of øNuc and øNus
DO NOT USE IN WET HOLES

ChemSet™ 801 Cartridge 380 ml C801C
ChemSet™ 801 Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml C801J
Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series – ISNE

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h1 = h

10.4 ChemSet™ 801

Notes:
60

~ f'c = 32 MPa
M24
40
30 M20
20 M16
M12
10
M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Ramset ANZ Meth. em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 35 40 50 65 80 96

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs page 43.

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

10.4 ChemSet™ 801

60 8.9
65 10.0
70 11.2 12.2
80 13.7 15.0
90 17.8 19.2
100 20.9 22.5
110 25.9 29.1
120 29.5 33.1
125 31.4 35.2
140 37.2 41.8 45.7
150 50.6
160 55.8 60.0
170 61.1 65.7
180 66.6 71.6
190 72.2 77.7
200 78.0 83.9
210 90.2
220 96.8
230 103.4
240 110.3
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. DO NOT USE IN WET HOLES.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.86 0.93 1.00 1.06 1.13

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1

For single anchor design, Xnae = 1.0

25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1

10.4 ChemSet™ 801


25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
145 1




Check N* / ØNur ≤ 1, if not satisfied return to step 1

Notation Notation
Cyclic Loading Refer to page 40 for suitable Refer to page 40 for suitable Refer to page 40 for suitable
Nyc Nys
anchor anchor anchor
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone N Rd,p
0
Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,s Refer to pages 258-298 Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0

10.4 ChemSet™ 801

25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 146.4 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØVuc * Xtsv. Refer Section 58.4.3.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d A
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

10.4 ChemSet™ 801
Failure wedge
a a
Concrete edge
AVAILABLE IN AUSTRALIA
e
ONLY
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES Table 4e M

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Shear force
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
A 4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
a Failure wedge 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
B
Concrete edge 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
eB
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
e1 Shear Force
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Failure
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86




10.4 ChemSet™ 801



Notation Notation
Strength Limit State ØVurc MULTIPLY ØVurc x 1.00 ØVus MULTIPLY ØVus x 1.00 MULTIPLY ØVus x 1.00
Working Load Limit Vac MULTIPLY ØVurc x 0.55 Vas MULTIPLY ØVus x 0.50 MULTIPLY ØVus x 0.52
Vyc Vys
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone V Rd,p
0
Refer to pages 258-298 VRd,s Refer to pages 258-298 Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic V0Rd,p,sis Refer to pages 299-325 VRd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325 Refer to pages 299-325
6 Check

Specify – Threaded Stud Example

Anchors Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 801
with M16 grade 5.8
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 801
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190).
with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8
((Anchor Stud Part Number)). Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
™

11.1 StructaSet™ 401
Structaset™ 401 is to be replaced during 2016 with the new improved Chemset™ 801 Xtrem™.
Contact your local ramsetreid™ engineer for further information.

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION INSTALLATION RELATED
HCR
Product DESIGN LIFE

Structaset™ 401 is a heavy duty Epoxy Acrylate for anchoring
threaded studs and reinforcing bar into cracked and uncracked
concrete.

• Fire rated
• Easy dispensing even in cold weather
• Fast 50 minute cure time
Greater security:
• Strong bond Principal Applications
• Rated for sustained loading • Threaded Studs
Versatile: • Starter Bars
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond drilled holes • Hollow Masonry Sleeves
• Cold and temperate climates • Threaded Inserts
Greater Safety: • Over-head installation
• Low odour styrene free • Steel Columns
• Suitable for contact with drinking water AS/NZS 4020 • Hand rails
• VOC Compliant • Road Stitching
Australian Made
Recommended Installation Temperatures
Minimum Maximum
Substrate 0°C 40°C
Installation Adhesive 5°C 40°C
Service Temperature Limits

-40°C to 80°C
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5 6 401
Gel Time Loading Time
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. (mins) (mins)
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire 40°C – –

3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. 25°C 5 40
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, 20°C 6 50
10°C 10 85
5. Allow Structaset™ 401 to cure as per setting times. Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 5°C.
6. Attach fixture.

11.2-3 StructaSet™ 401

StructaSet™ 401 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs

Anchor size,
db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Concrete Substrate
(mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120

M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270

Anchor Size,
Tension, ØNuc (KN)**
db (mm) Shear, ØVus Tension, ØNus Shear, ØVus Tension, ØNus Shear, ØVus Tension, ØNus
Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c
(kN) (kN)*** (kN) (kN)*** (kN) (kN)**
≥ 20 MPa
M8 8.9 14.3 14.5 23.4 10.7 14.9 12.3
M10 14.1 22.7 23.0 37.1 17.0 23.8 15.7
M12 21.0 33.8 33.5 54.0 25.3 35.3 21.9
M16 39.7 64.7 62.3 100.5 49.6 69.3 31.4
44.5
M20 59.9 97.6 97.2 156.8 74.9 104.6
50.4
53.6
M24 86.8 141.3 140.1 225.9 108.5 151.4
70.4
**Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity = ØNuc where Ø = 0.56 and Nuc = Characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity. For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY ØNuc x 0.60
***Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity = ØNus where Ø = 0.8 and Nus = Characteristic ultimate carbon steel tensile capacity. For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY ØNus x 0.45
#Note: Design Tensile Capacity ØNur = minimum of ØNuc and ØNus

Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
Structaset™ 401 380 ml S401C h1 = h
Structaset™ 401 750 ml S401J h = Effective depth

Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel Grade 316 (A4) Stainless Steel
Shank Section
Anchor Size, Stressed Yield Yield
diameter, ds Yield Strength modulus Z
db Area (mm²) Strength fy UTS fu MPa Strength fy UTS fu MPa UTS fu MPa
(mm) fy MPa (mm²)
MPa MPa
M8 6.5 33.2 430 540 640 800 450 650 31.2
M10 8.2 52.8 430 540 640 800 450 650 62.3
M12 10 78.5 430 540 640 800 450 650 109.2
M16 14 153.9 420 520 640 800 450 650 277.5
M20 17.2 232.4 420 520 640 800 450 650 540.9
M24 20.7 336.5 420 520 640 800 450 650 935.5


Table 1a Indicative combined loading - interaction diagram
60
Notes:
40 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M24
30
M20
20
M16
10 M12
M10
M8
0
0 20 40 60 80 100

TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 35 40 50 65 80 96

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for Chemset Anchor Studs (Page 43 of Ramset Specifiers Resource Book)

h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened
Substrate thickness, bm (mm)

bm = greater of: 1.25 x h,
h + (2 x dh)


Anchor Size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26
Effective Depth, h (mm)
60 9.2
65 10.0
70 10.8 12.2
80 12.3 14.0
90 13.8 15.7 17.9
100 15.4 17.5 19.9
110 16.9 19.2 21.9 27.6
120 20.9 23.9 30.2
125 24.9 31.4
140 27.9 35.2
150 37.7 44.5
160 40.2 47.5 53.6
170 50.4 57.0
180 53.4 60.3
190 56.4 63.7
210 70.4
240 80.4
Bold values are at Chemset Anchor Stud nominal Depths For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc * Xtsn.
Refer Section 58.4.2.
WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc * 0.6

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1



25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1


25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
150 1


ChemSet Anchor Stud
™







Notation Notation
Nyc Nys
0
Seismic N0Rd,p,sis Refer to pages 299-325 NRd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325 Refer to pages 299-325

25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 146.4 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
Failure wedge 875 0.94 0.85 0.79
a a
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
Concrete edge e 1500 1.00

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
Shear force
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
A
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
a
B
Failure wedge 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
e1 Shear Force
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e2
Failure Edge dustance, e1 (mm)
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86



ChemSet Anchor Stud
™





Notation Notation
Vyc Vys
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone V Rd,c
0
Refer to pages 258-298 V Rd,s
0
Seismic V0Rd,c,sis Refer to pages 299-325 V0Rd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325 Refer to pages 299-325
6 Check
Specify - Threaded Stud Anchors
Ramset™ Structaset™ 401 with
N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2, (Anchor Size) grade 5.8 Chemset™ Anchor Stud (Anchor Stud Part
Number) Drilled Hole Depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset™ Structaset™ 401 Injection with M16 grade 5.8 Chemset™
Anchor Stud (CS16190GH). Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm. To be
installed according to Ramset Technical Data Sheet.

12.1 ChemSet™ 101 PLUS

Epcon C8
ETA ETA
European Technical Approval European Technical Approva
Product ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1

ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549
ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
™
ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS is a marine grade polyester Structaset 401 Chemset Maxima
adhesive anchor. ETA ETA
European Technical Approval European Technical Approva
Benefits, Advantages and Features ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1

PENDING
ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
• Certified Performance European Technical Approval ETAG 001-5 Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
Option 7 ETA
Fast installation:
European Technical Approval
• Load in 50 minutes (at 20°C) Anchors ETA-13/0681

1020-CPD-090-029852

Versatile:
• Suitable for anchoring into a wide variety of substrates
Principal Applications
• Solid concrete, hollow block and brick • Hollow brick and block
• Flooded holes • Stadium seating
• Styrene Free • Starter bars
• Cold and temperate climates • Balustrades
• VOC Compliant
Australian Made
Installation
sufficiently cured as specified in the following diagrams.

-40°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
101 PLUS
1 2 3 4 5 6 Gel Time Loading Time
(mins) (mins)
30°C
4 35
25°C 5 40
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form.
while turning.
5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times. 5°C 18 145
6. Attach fixture.
minimum 5°C.

12.2-3 ChemSet™ 101 PLUS

ChemSet™ Injection 101 PLUS and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Optimum dimensions*

Anchor size, db Tightening torque,
diameter, diameter, effective depth, Edge distance, Anchor spacing, Concrete substrate
(mm) Tr (Nm)
dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) ec (mm) ac (mm) thickness, bm (mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100
M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120
M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210 270

Anchor Size,
db (mm) Shear, ØVus Tension, ØNus Shear, ØVus Tension, ØNus Shear, ØVus Tension, ØNus
(kN) (kN)*** (kN) (kN)*** (kN) (kN)**
M8 8.9 14.3 14.5 23.4 10.7 14.9 6.1 8.2 9.3
M10 14.1 22.7 23.0 37.1 17.0 23.8 8.0 10.8 12.2
M12 21.0 33.8 33.5 54.0 25.3 35.3 11.5 15.5 17.5
M16 39.7 64.7 62.3 100.5 49.6 69.3 17.9 24.2 27.3
29.7 40.1 45.3
M20 59.9 97.6 97.2 156.8 74.9 104.6
33.6 45.4 51.3
43.5 58.8 66.4
M24 86.8 141.3 140.1 225.9 108.5 151.4
57.1 77.2 87.2
WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc x 1

ChemSet™ 101 PLUS Cartridge 380 ml C101C
ChemSet™ 101 PLUS Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml C101J
ChemSet™ 101 PLUS Kit 2 x 380 ml ISKP
Mixer Nozzle for 101 PLUS – ISNP

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h1 = h


Notes:
60 ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity

50 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M24
40
30
M20
20
M16
10 M12
M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 35 40 50 65 80 96
Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for either ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on page 43.
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh


60 6.1
70 7.2 8.4
80 8.2 9.6
90 10.8 12.7
100 12.0 14.1
110 15.5 21.3
120 16.9 23.3
125 17.6 24.2
140 19.7 27.1 37.4
150 40.1 55.2
160 42.7 58.8
170 45.4 62.5
180 48.1 66.2
190 50.7 69.9
200 53.4 73.5
210 77.2
220 80.9
230 84.6
240 88.2
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc x 1

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.74 0.86 1.00 1.13 1.27

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1


25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1



25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
150 1

ChemSet Anchor Stud
™





Notation Notation
Nyc Nys
0
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0


25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 146.4 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØVuc * Xtsv.Refer Section 58.4.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d A
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

Failure wedge
a a
Concrete edge e
Table 4e M

Note:
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES For single anchor designs, Xvn = 1.0
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
Shear force 4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
A 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
a Failure wedge 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
B
Concrete edge 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
eB
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
e1 Shear Force Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e2
Failure
wedge 25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

ChemSet Anchor Stud
™







Notation Notation
Vyc Vys
0
0
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check

Specify – Threaded Stud Example

Anchors Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101 PLUS
with M16 grade 5.8
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101 PLUS
with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8
((Anchor Stud Part Number)). Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
™

13.1 ChemSet™ Maxima™
SPIN CAPSULES

Product ETA
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule is a heavy duty,

acrylic capsule anchor.
L
d
• European Technical Approval 001 Part 5 Option 7.
No measuring, no mess, no waste:
• Adhesive is contained in pre-measured capsules.
Versatile:
• Use in damp or flooded holes or even underwater.
Fast installation: • Structural steel
• Cures in minutes and can be loaded in 20 min (at 20°C). • Machine hold down
• Factory fit out
High bond strength:
• Fencing
• Acrylic adhesive.
• Stadium seating
High corrosion resistance: • Balustrades
(See table 4.5 pages 20 and 21.)
• Signs
Rated for Sustained Loading • Applications requiring a set number of fixings
VOC Compliant
Installation
• Substrate: -5°C to 35°C.

-40°C to 80°C.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Setting Times
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes (mins) (hrs)
15 20 mins
x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 20°C
3. Insert correct size Spin capsule into the hole. 15°C 25 30 mins
4. Using appropriate driver accessories, drive the ChemSet™ Anchor 10°C
Stud into the hole using a hammer drill (on rotation).
5°C 45 1
5. Cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture and tighten nut in accordance with recommended 0°C
60 5
tightening torque. -5°C

13.2-3 ChemSet™ Maxima™
SPIN CAPSULES

ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules and ChemSet™ Anchor Stud
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Optimum dimensions*

Anchor size, db Tightening torque,
diameter, diameter, effective depth, Edge distance, Anchor spacing, Concrete substrate
(mm) Tr (Nm)
dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) ec (mm) ac (mm) thickness, bm (mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100
M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120
M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140
M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160
150 190
M20 24 24 180 80 120
170** 220
160 200
M24 26 28 315 100 145
210** 270
**Note: To achieve these non standard effective depths, use an additional CHEM08 Maxima™ spin capsule per hole.

Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete
Anchor Size, db
(mm) Tension, ØNus Shear, ØVus Tension, ØNus
Shear, ØVus (kN) Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c
(kN)*** (kN) (kN)***
M8 8.9 14.3 10.7 14.9 12.4 14.3 15.3
M10 14.1 22.7 17.0 23.8 16.7 19.2 20.5
M12 21.0 33.8 25.3 35.3 23.9 27.5 29.4
M16 39.7 64.7 49.6 69.3 35.0 40.2 43.0
56.0 64.4 68.9
M20 59.9 97.6 74.9 104.6
63.4 72.9 78.0
64.6 74.3 79.5
M24 86.8 141.3 108.5 151.4
84.9 97.6 104.4
13.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules

Capsule dimensions To suit ChemSet™ Anchor Stud Capsule

Nominal diameter, d (mm) Capsule length, L (mm) Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Part No.
9.5 80 M8 80 CHEM08
11 80 M10 90 CHEM10
13 95 M12 110 CHEM12
17 95 M16 125 CHEM16

21.5 115 M20 150 CHEM2024

21.5 115 M24 160 CHEM2024
Substrate thickness, bm (mm) Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)

h1 = h
bm = greater of: 1.25 x h, h = Effective depth
h + (2 x dh)


80 Notes:
70 ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity.

60 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
50 M24
40
M20
30
M16
20
M12
10 M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 40 45 55 65 N/A N/A

Anchor effective depth, h (mm) is read from the “Description and
Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules on page 94.


80 14.3
90 19.2
110 27.5
125 40.2
150 64.4
160 74.3
170 72.9
210 97.6
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc * Xtsn.Refer Section 58.4.2.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14

25 0.85
30 0.96 0.83
35 1 0.91 0.81
40 1 0.88
50 1 0.85
60 0.96 0.83
65 1 0.87
75 0.96 0.85
80 1 0.88
100 1


25 0.76
30 0.81 0.75
35 0.86 0.79 0.74
40 0.92 0.83 0.78
50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76
100 1 0.92 0.85
120 1 0.92
150 1



25 0.52
30 0.63 0.50
35 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52
100 1 0.83 0.69
120 1 0.83
150 1




Notation Notation
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0


25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 146.4 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d A
25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

Failure wedge
a a
Concrete edge e
Table 4e M

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
Shear force
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
A 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
a Failure wedge 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
B
Concrete edge
eB 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Failure
wedge 25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86






Notation Notation
0
0
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check

Specify – Spin Capsules

Ramset™ ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule,
((Capsule Part Number)) with
(Anchor Size) grade 5.8
Example
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule,
(CHEM16) with M16 grade 5.8
™

Notes

Introduction
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - THREADED INSERTS
Chemical Anchoring
Chemical Anchoring - Theaded Inserts
Threaded Inserts
Introduction In addition, the ability to select architectural grade bolt heads makes
The Ramset post-installed Threaded Insert system features a CAD
™ Ramset™ Threaded Inserts ideal for facade and balustrade systems
optimised multicone design for high performance in shallow embedment where aesthetics may be a specific requirement.
depths. The system features an integrated splined segment to prevent
rotation when torque is applied and a sealed centering cap to protect The key advantage of Ramset™ chemical anchoring is that it does not
the internal thread from dust and resin. impart an expansion stress on the surrounding substrate. This makes
chemical anchoring ideal for close to edge fixings or for close anchor
The New Generation Threaded Inserts are available in High spacing.
Performance Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel or AISI 316 Stainless Steel and
are designed to be installed with the Fast curing Structaset™ 401, The ability of Ramset™ ChemSet™ Reo 502™, Epcon™ C6 and
Epcon™ C6 or Extra Heavy Duty ChemSet™ Reo 502™ chemical Structaset™ 401 chemical anchoring to sustain cyclic tensile loads relies
injection systems. By utilising a chemical injection system, material and on adhesive bond, not on preload or tightening torque. The adhesive
labour costs can be reduced as well as reducing installation error. The bond does not deteriorate or change over time making Ramset™
optimised shallow embedment reduces the chance of drilling into rebar chemical anchors ideal for cyclic and vibrating load cases.
and maximises installation options in thin slab applications.
For design requirements relating to Safety Critical Applications
Ramset™ Threaded Inserts finish flush with the surface of the substrate, and SA TS101:2015 refer to section 58 of this Handbook or
leaving no protrusions when not in use, making them ideal for removable contact your local ramsetreid engineer.
™
or temporary applications. The Threaded Insert accepts metric machine

bolts or threaded rod maximising design opportunities.

14.1 Threaded Inserts

Product Le
Threaded Inserts are internally threaded steel fixings and are installed
using injection systems ChemSet™ Reo 502™, Epcon™ C6 or
Structaset™ 401. Once installed, any threaded bolt is used to secure db
the fixture to concrete.

Suitable for structural loads:
• High Performance Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel.
• High Performance AISI 316 Stainless Steel for Coastal or fresh water
• Machinery hold down
applications.
• Structural steel connections
Greater security: • Seating
• High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs. • Hand rails
• Balustrade posts
Versatile:
• Removable fixings
• Anchor in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes.
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes.
• Zinc Plated for indoor or dry climates. ChemSet™ Reo 502™ Setting Times
• Supplied with plastic cap to protect threads during installation. (AUS ONLY) Installation Reo 502™ Reo 502™EF
Fast installation: temperature limits: (mins) (hrs) (mins) (hrs)
• Chemical Injection System -Substrate: 5˚C to 40˚C Substrate Temperature 40°C
• Protective cap -Adhesive: 20˚C to 32˚C 30°C 8.5 2 8.5 6

25°C 12 2.5
• Shallow embedment depths Load should not be applied 20°C 20 3 13 12
to anchor until the chemical 15°C 23 5 17 22
Installation 10°C 27 8 22 48
has sufficiently cured as 5°C 32 96
0°C
specified Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 20°C.
Service temperature Note: Cure time extended in flooded conditions.

Refer Tech Data Sheet.
limits:
-40 ˚C to 80˚C
Setting Times
Epcon™ C6 (NZ ONLY) Epcon C6
Installation Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(hrs)
temperature limits: 40°C - -
30°C 11 2
• Mortar: 18°C to 35°C. 25°C 15 2.5
1. Drill or core hole to specified diameter and depth Load should not be applied 20°C 20 3
15°C 32 6
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes to anchor until the chemical 10°C 45 12
5°C 60 24
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire has sufficiently cured as 0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush specified.
minimum 15°C.
x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. flooded conditions.
3. Screw mixing nozzle onto cartridge and dispense 2-3 trigger pulls
of adhesive to waste until colour is grey with no streaks Structaset™ 401 Setting Times
4. Insert tip of nozzle to bottom of hole and dispense adhesive Installation temperature 401
5. Fill hole to about 2/3 full limits: Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(mins)
6. Insert threaded insert with rotating motion to release trapped air -Substrate: 0˚C to 40˚C 40°C – –
7. Wait until adhesive has fully cured before loading (see Working
-Adhesive: 5˚C to 40˚C 30°C 4 35

Time / Loading Time chart for each adhesive) Load should not be applied 25°C 5 40
Refer to Technical Data Sheet and MSDS available from www. 20°C 6 50
to anchor until the chemical
ramset.com.au, for precautions and further detailed installation has sufficiently cured as 10°C 10 85
5°C 18 145
instructions specified Note: Cartridge temperature
Service temperature minimum 5°C.
limits:
-40 ˚C to 80˚C

14.2-3 Threaded Inserts

Threaded Inserts with ChemSet™ Injection – Reo 502™, Epcon™ C6 and Structaset™ 401
Installation details Optimum dimensions
Concrete
Anchor size, Anchor Tightening Tightening substrate
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor* Edge*
db (mm) effective torque, 5.8 torque, 8.8
diam. , dh diameter, df spacing, ac distance, ec thickness, bm
depth, h A4 316 Bolt grade Bolt Tr (mm)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm) Tr (Nm) (Nm)
M8 14 10 60 10 15 120 60 100
M10 20 12 65 22 30 130 65 100
M12 24 15 75 36 70 150 85 125
M16 28 20 125 80 120 250 125 180
M20 35 24 170 120 200 340 170 240
* For anchor spacings less than the optimum, please contact your local Ramset Engineer.

Gr 5.8 Carbon Steel Gr 316 Stainless Steel Concrete
Threaded Threaded ChemSet™ Reo 502™ & Structaset™ 401 -
Anchor size, Threaded Threaded
Insert Insert Epcon™ C6 Tension, ØNuc (kN)** Tension, ØNuc (kN)**
db (mm) Insert Insert
Tension, Tension, Concrete compressive Concrete compressive
Shear, Shear,
ØNus ØNus strength, f’c strength, f’c
ØVus (kN) ØVus (kN)
(kN)*** (kN)*** 20 MPa 25 MPa ≥ 32 MPa ≥ 20 MPa
M8 7.4 14.4 9.1 18.5 11.1 11.5 12.2 11.1
M10 11.6 23.2 14.9 29.6 16.2 16.8 17.8 16.2
M12 16.9 33.6 21.6 43.2 19.7 20.4 21.6 19.7
M16 31.2 62.4 40.8 81.5 51.0 53.0 56.1 51.0
M20 48.8 97.4 - - 100.1 104.1 110.1 100.1
***Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity = ØNus where Ø = 0.8 and Nus = Characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity.

Part Number
Drilled hole Overall Effective Thread
Anchor size, Stainless
diam. , dh Length, L Length, Le Length, Lt Zinc
db (mm) Steel AISI
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 5.8 grade
316
M8 14 60 60 25 062770 062860
M10 20 65 65 32 062480 062960
M12 24 75 75 38 062760 063100
M16 28 125 125 50 062800 051175
M20 35 170 170 63 062810 -

Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Anchor size, Yield Min. Tensile Yield Min. Tensile
db Strength, fyk Strength, fuk Strength, fyk Strength, fuk
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
M8 420 520 350 650
M10 420 520 350 650
M12 420 520 350 650
M16 420 520 - -
M20 420 520 - -

STEP 1 Select Anchor to be evaluated

120
Tension Notes:
~ f'c = 20 MPa
80
M20
60
40
M16
20
M12
M10
M8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Effective depth, h (mm) 60 65 75 125 170
em 40 45 55 65 85
am 40 45 55 65 85


Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (KN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 20 MPa
Anchor Size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) 14 20 24 28 35
60 11.1
65 16.2
75 19.7
125 51.0
170 100.1
NOTE: When Using Structaset™ 401 - WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc * 0.6
When Using ChemSet™ Reo 502™ and Epcon™ C6 - WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc * 0.7
Table 2b-1 Service temperature effect, tension, Xns

Service Temp ºC <45 50 55 60 65 70 >70
401 & Reo 502 - Xns 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Epcon C6 - Xns 1.00 0.97 0.87 0.78 0.68 0.58 N/A

f’c 20 25 32 40 50
401 - Xnc 1 1 1 1 1
Reo 502 - Xnc 1 1.04 1.10 1.10 1.10
Epcon C6 - Xnc 1 1.04 1.10 1.10 1.10
Table 2c - Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

N Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
40 0.75
45 0.81 0.77
e
55 0.93 0.88 0.80
65 1 1 0.90 0.65 0.55
85 1 0.76 0.63
90 0.79 0.65
100 0.85 0.70
125 1 0.80
150 0.91
170 1
Table 2d - Anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna
N For single anchor design, Xna = 1.0

40 0.67
a
45 0.69 0.67
55 0.73 0.71 0.68
65 0.77 0.75 0.72 0.63
85 0.85 0.83 0.78 0.67 0.60
100 0.92 0.88 0.83 0.70 0.65
120 1 0.96 0.90 0.74 0.68
130 1 0.93 0.76 0.69
150 1 0.80 0.72
200 0.90 0.79
250 1 0.87
300 0.94
340 1
2 Design reduced ultimate concrete tensile capacity, φNurc
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna


Table 3a - Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8
Threaded Insert
14.4 23.2 33.6 62.4 97.4
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel
Threaded Insert
18.5 29.6 43.2 81.5 -
A4/316 Stainless Steel
Step 3b - Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN)
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, ØNtf from literature supplied by the specified bolt
manufacturer. For nominal expected capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards, refer to page 236.
3 Design reduced ultimate tensle capacity, ØNur

ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
Check N*/ ØNur ≤ 1,

Performance
Required Concrete Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Notation Notation
Cyclic Loading* Nyc MULITPLY ØNurc x 0.55 Nys MULITPLY ØNus x 0.57 MULITPLY ØNus x 0.57
Cracked Concrete/
N0Rd,p Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,s Refer to pages 258-298 Refer to pages 258-298
Tension Zone
Seismic N0Rd,p,sis Refer to pages 299-325 NRd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325 Refer to pages 299-325
*Not applicable for StructaSet™ 401

Table 4a - Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, φVuc (kN) φq = 0.6, f'c = 20 MPa
min. edge distance, em 40 45 55 65 85
min. anchor spacing, am 40 45 55 65 85
60 2.3
65 3.1
75 4.5
125 6.6
170 11.3
Table 4b - Concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc

f'c (MPa) 20 25 30 40 50
Xvc 1 1 1.14 1.26 1.34
Load direction effect, Table 4c - Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
conc. edge shear, Xvd Angle, α° 0-55 60 70 80 90-180
Xvd 1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2

Table 4d - Anchor spacing and edge distance effect, concrete edge shear, Xve
For single anchor fastening Xve

e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
V
ba>1,5. e
Xve 1.00 1.31 1.66 2.02 2.41 2.83 3.26 3.72 4.19 4.69 5.20 5.72
Xve = e/em *√e/em

For 2 anchors fastening Xve
a
Failure wedge e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
a a
a/em
1.0 0.67 0.84 1.03 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.88 2.12 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.16
Concrete edge e
V 1.5 0.75 0.93 1.12 1.33 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.31
ba>1,5.e 2.0 0.83 1.02 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.89 2.12 2.38 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES 2.5 0.92 1.11 1.32 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.77 3.04 3.32 3.61
veX = 3*e+a *√e/e m
3.0 1.00 1.20 1.42 1.64 1.88 2.12 2.37 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46 3.76
6*em 3.5 1.30 1.52 1.75 1.99 2.24 2.50 2.76 3.04 3.32 3.61 3.91
4.0 1.62 1.86 2.10 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.17 3.46 3.75 4.05
4.5 1.96 2.21 2.47 2.74 3.02 3.31 3.60 3.90 4.20
5.0 2.33 2.59 2.87 3.15 3.44 3.74 4.04 4.35
Shear force 5.5 2.71 2.99 3.28 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
A 6.0 2.83 3.11 3.41 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
a a1
a2 Failure wedge
B a3
Concrete edge
eB an-1 For 3 anchors fastening and more Xve
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 +…+an-1

VANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE Xve = *√e/em
3*n*em
ba>1,5.e
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e1 Shear Force Edge distance, e2 (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
e2
Failure 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
wedge
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86
4 Design reduced ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, φVurc

ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xve * Xvs


Table 5a - Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, φVus (kN), φV = 0.8
Threaded Insert
7.4 11.6 16.9 31.2 48.8
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel
Threaded Insert
9.1 14.9 21.6 40.8 -
A4/316 Stainless Steel
Step 5b - Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity φVsf (kN)
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, ØVsf from litrerature by the specified bolt manufacturer.
For nominal expected capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO Standards, refer to page 236.

ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
Check V*/ØVur ≤ 1,

Notation Notation
Cyclic Loading* Vyc MULITPLY ØVuc x 0.55 Vys MULITPLY ØVus x 0.50 MULITPLY ØVus x 0.50
Seismic V0Rd,c,sis Refer to pages 299-325 V0Rd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325 Refer to pages 299-325
*Not applicable for StructaSet™ 401
Combined loading
STEP 6
6 Check N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,
Example
Specify Ramset Threaded Insert Chemical
™
Ramset™ Threaded Insert Chemical Injection

Injection Threaded Insert M12 (062760)
Threaded Insert (Size) (Part number) ChemSet™ Reo 502™ (REO502J)
Injection System (Type) (Part number) Maximum fixed thickness to be 8 mm.
Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm. To be installed in accordance with
Ramset™ Technical Data Sheet.

Introduction
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - REINFORCING BAR ANCHORING
Chemical Anchoring
Chemical Anchoring - Reinforcing Bar Anchorage
Reinforcing Bar
Anchorage
The following section applies to reinforcing bar in anchorage

applications. For structural post-installed reinforcing bar designs
intended to comply with AS3600, please refer to the section titled
Chemical Anchoring
Reinforcing Bar to AS3600-2009.
db
• Reinforcing bar complying with the requirements of
grade 500 according to AS/NZS 4671:2001. dh
h
• Reidbar™ Continuously threaded reinforcing bar.
Design requirements for shallow anchorage of reinforcement

relating to Safety Critical Applications and SA TS101:2015 refer
to section 58 of this Handbook or contact your local ramsetreid™
engineer.
For grade N500 reinforcing steel, the Characteristic Ultimate

Shear capacity is based on common Australian design calculation
in accordance with AS4100, as stipulated in clause 7.2.1.1 of
TS101:2015. The SARB ANZ TS101 edition, Table 5a for ChemSet™
Reo 502™, Epcon™ C8, ChemSet™ 801 and Structaset™ 401 adopt this
common Australian design calculation.
Given Reinforcing Bar to AS4671:2001 is beyond the scope of
AS4100:1998, clause 7.2.1.1 of TS101:2015 references a design
methodology in accordance with TS101:2015 Appendix B. If designers
deem it necessary to meet this steel shear requirement, apply a
further reduction factor of 0.8 to Table 5a values in the Reinforcing Bar
Anchorage Section only p110-159, for ChemSet™ Reo 502™, Epcon™
C8, ChemSet™ 801 and Structaset™ 401.

AVAILABLE IN AUSTRALIA ONLY (New Zealand refer to Epcon™ C6)

Product
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ is an extra heavy duty pure
epoxy anchoring adhesive.
Tested in accordance with SA TS101:2015 Appendix B
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes – no weather delays
• Fast 3 hour cure time (REO502J)
• Short embeddment to achieve bar yield stress
Greater security:
• Exceeds steel strength up to AISI 316 Stainless Steel at
recommended embedments • Reinforcing bars
• High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs • Deformed bars
Versatile pure epoxy: • Starter bars
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet and flooded • Anchoring structural steel to concrete
• Oversized holes into 2.25xdb • Anchoring stadium seating
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes
• For tropical and temperate climates
• Easy flow version for easy cold dispensing (REO502™EF)
Greater safety: REO502™ REO502™EF
• Low odour • Substrate: 5°C to 40°C. • Substrate: 5°C to 30°C.
• Non-flammable for transport and storage • Adhesive: 20°C to 40°C. • Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C.
• VOC Compliant Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has
Australian Made sufficiently cured as specified.
Installation -40°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
40°C
1 2 3 4 5 30°C 8.5 2 8.5 6

25°C 12 2.5
15°C 23 5 17 22
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff
10°C 27 8 22 48
wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, 5°C 32 96
brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. minimum 20°C.
Note: Cure time is extended in flooded conditions.
Refer to Technical Data Sheet.
4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning.

15.2-3 ChemSet™ Reo 502™

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ and Reinforcing Bar

Optimum dimensions* Reduced Characteristic Capacity #
Anchor
Drilled Hole Concrete Gr 500 Rebar - Steel Concrete
Anchor Size, Effective Edge* Anchor
diam., dh substrate Tension, φØNuc (kN)**
db (mm) Depth, h distance, spacing, Tension, ØNus Shear,
(mm) thickness, bm Concrete compressive strength, f'c
(mm) ec (mm) ac (mm) (kN)*** φØVus (kN)
(mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
10 14 90 40 60 120 31.4 21.4 14.8 18.7 20.9
12 16 110 50 70 140 45.2 30.8 21.7 27.4 30.7
16 20 125 65 100 160 80.4 54.8 32.9 41.6 46.5
150 200 49.3 62.4 69.7
20 25 80 120 125.6 85.7
170 220 55.9 70.7 79.0
180 240 71.0 89.8 100.4
24 30 100 145 180.8 123.3
210 270 82.8 104.8 117.2
180 240 74.0 93.6 104.6
25 30 100 150 196.4 133.9
210 270 86.3 109.2 122.0
225 295 103.6 131.0 146.5
28 35 115 170 246.4 168.0
270 340 124.3 157.2 175.7
240 320 126.2 159.7 178.5
32 40 130 195 321.6 219.3
300 380 157.8 199.6 223.2
290 380 171.6 217.1 242.7
36 45 145 220 408.0 278.3
330 420 195.3 247.0 276.2
320 420 210.4 266.1 297.6
40 50 160 240 504.0 343.7
360 460 236.7 299.4 334.8
***Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity = ØNus where Ø = 0.8 and Nus = Characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity. For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY ØNus x 0.56

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ 750 ml Reo502J
ChemSet™ Reo 502EF™ 750 ml Reo502JEF
Effective depth, h (mm) Substrate thickness, bm (mm) Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
h1 = h
h ≥ 6 * dh bm = greater of: 1.25 x h, h = Effective depth
h + (2 x dh)
(To obtain full steel strength in shear)
Typical Engineering Properties of Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar
Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 35 40 45 50
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 616 804 1020 1260
Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy, (KN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturer's published information and AS/NZS 4671:2001

STEP 1

Select anchor to be evaluated
300
Notes:
~ Shear limited by Grade 500 Rebar steel capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
200
40
150
36
100
32
28
50
25
24
20
25
16
12
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Ramset ANZ Meth. em, am 30 36 48 60 72 75 84 96 108 120
TS101: 2015 Meth. em TBA TBA 96 120 375 375 TBA TBA N/A N/A
TS101: 2015 Meth. am TBA TBA 192 240 750 750 TBA TBA N/A N/A

Refer to nominal recommended effective depths, h, listed in installation and performance details table on page 112.
h ≥ 6 * dh

STEP 2

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Drilled Hole Dia,
dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 35 40 45 50

Effective Depth,
h (mm)
85 17.7
90 18.7
95 19.8
100 20.8 25.0
105 21.8 26.2
110 22.9 27.4
115 23.9 28.7
125 26.0 31.2 41.6
140 29.1 34.9 46.6
150 31.2 37.4 49.9 62.4
170 42.4 56.6 70.7
180 44.9 59.9 74.9 89.8 93.6
210 69.9 87.3 104.8 109.2 122.3
240 79.8 99.8 119.8 124.8 139.7 159.7
270 112.3 134.7 140.4 157.2 179.6 202.1
300 124.8 149.7 155.9 174.7 199.6 224.6 249.5
320 133.1 159.7 166.3 186.3 212.9 239.5 266.1
330 164.7 171.5 192.1 219.6 247.0 274.5
360 179.6 187.1 209.6 239.5 269.5 299.4
420 218.3 244.5 279.5 314.4 349.3
460 306.1 344.3 382.6
500 332.7 374.3 415.9
550 411.7 457.4
600 499.0
625 519.8
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths. For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc * Xtsn. Refer Section 58.4.2.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88 0.86
95 1.00 0.97 0.89 0.82
100 1.00 0.93 0.85
110 1.00 0.90 0.83
130 1.00 0.93 0.87
145 1.00 0.93
160 1.00



Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 0.75
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.82 0.78
120 1.00 0.92 0.90 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75
140 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79
150 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.85 0.81
170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85
195 1.00 0.95 0.91
220 1.00 0.96
240 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 0.50
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.63 0.57 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.80 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50
150 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63
170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71
195 1.00 0.90 0.81
215 1.00 0.90
240 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
em, am 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 196.4 246.4 321.6 408.8 504.0

3
Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur


Performance
Required Concrete Carbon Steel
Notation Notation
Tension Capacity Tension Capacity
Strength Limit State ØNurc MULTIPLY ØNurc x 1.00 ØNus MULTIPLY ØNus x 1.00
Working Load Limit Nac MULTIPLY ØNurc x 0.55 Nas MULTIPLY ØNus x 0.56
Cyclic Loading Nyc MULITPLY ØNurc x 0.55 Nys MULITPLY ØNus x 0.56
Fire Resistance NRk,c,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 NRk,s,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257
Cracked Concrete/
N0Rd,p Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,s Refer to pages 258-298
Tension Zone
Seismic N0Rd,p,sis Refer to pages 299-325 NRd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 21.0 22.7
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 29.8 32.2 34.4 36.5 38.5
200 43.8 46.8 52.4 58.6 64.1 64.1 69.3 74.1 78.6 82.8
300 80.5 86.1 96.2 107.6 117.8 117.8 127.3 136.1 144.3 152.1
400 123.9 132.5 148.1 165.6 181.4 181.4 196.0 209.5 222.2 234.2
500 173.2 185.2 207.0 231.5 253.6 253.6 273.9 292.8 310.6 327.4
600 227.7 243.4 272.2 304.3 333.3 333.3 360.0 384.9 408.2 430.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
conc. edge shear, Xvd Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00


Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
Failure wedge
a a 1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
Concrete edge
e 1500 1.00
Table 4e M
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Shear force 3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
A
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
a
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
Failure wedge
B 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
e1 Shear Force
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Failure
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

4
Design reduced ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVurc

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 133.9 168.0 219.3 278.3 343.7

0.8*54.8=43.8kN OK

Performance Required Concrete Carbon Steel
Notation Notation
Shear Capacity Shear Capacity
Strength Limit State ØVuc MULTIPLY ØVuc x 1.00 ØVus MULTIPLY ØVus x 1.00
Working Load Limit Vac MULTIPLY ØVuc x 0.55 Vas MULTIPLY ØVus x 0.45
Cyclic Loading Vyc MULITPLY ØVuc x 0.55 Vys MULITPLY ØVus x 0.45
Fire Resistance VRk,c,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 VRk,s,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257
0
0
Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic V0Rd,c,sis Refer to pages 299-325 V0Rd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325
6 Check

Specify – Reinforcing Bar Example

Anchorage Ramset™ ChemSet™ Reo 502™ with
N20 grade 500 Rebar
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Reo 502™ with Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
(Anchor Size) grade 500 Rebar. To be installed in accordance with
Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm. Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
™

16.1 EPCON™ C8

Product Epcon C8
EPCON C8 is a High Performance Pure Epoxy Anchoring adhesive for

™
ETA ETA
use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For structures subject to European Technical Approval European Technical Approval
ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1 ETAG 001 Part 5 TR023
external exposure , permanently damp or aggressive conditions . ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549 ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
Benefits, Advantages and Features Structaset 401 Chemset Maxima
European Technical Approval option1 for use in ETA ETA
cracked and non cracked concrete – ETA-10/0309: European Technical Approval

• Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors PENDING ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
• 100 Year design life Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
• Data for Sustained Loading ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 7

Anchors ETA-13/0681
Greater productivity: 1020-CPD-090-029852

• No weather delays
• Fast ,easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) mixer Principal Applications
Greater security: • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
• Highest performance in cracked concrete • Road barrier hold down bolts
Versatile • Bridge refurbishment
• Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Oversized holes • Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes • Starter Bars
• For tropical and Cold weather conditions • Threaded studs from M8 to M30
Greater safety: • Threaded Stud material : Zn ,A4 316, HCR steels
• Low odour • Threaded Stud material : 5.8, 8.8 , 10.9 grade
• Non-flammable
Fire Rated : Refer Fire rated anchoring section
cured as specified.
-40°C to 80°C
Setting Times Epcon C8

Temperature of Gel Time Curing time in Curing time in
1 2 3 4 5 5°C - 9°C 20 min 30 h 60 h
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire 25°C - 29°C 8 min 12 h 24 h
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush 30°C - 39°C 5 min 8h 16 h
40°C 5 min 6h 12 h
5. Allow Ramset EPCON™ C8 to cure as per setting times.

16.2-3 EPCON™ C8

Epcon™ C8 and Reinforcing Bar

Anchor
10 14 90 40 60 115 31.4 21.4 21.9 23.3 24.5
12 16 110 50 70 140 45.2 30.8 32.1 34.5 36.2
16 20 125 65 100 160 80.4 54.8 38.7 49.0 54.8
150 200 50.9 64.4 72.1
20 25 80 120 125.6 85.7
170 215 61.4 77.7 87.0
180 240 66.9 84.6 94.8
24 30 100 145 180.8 123.3
210 270 84.2 106.6 119.4
180 215 86.9 84.6 94.8
25 30 100 150 196.4 133.9
210 275 84.2 106.6 119.4
210 280 84.2 106.6 119.4
28 35 115 170 246.4 168
270 340 122.8 155.5 174.1
240 320 102.9 130.3 145.9
32 40 130 195 321.6 219.3
300 380 143.8 182.1 203.9
Data based on service temperature limit of -40°C to +40°C

Epcon™ C8 450 ml C8-450
h1 = h
h + (2 x dh)
Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 35 40
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 616 804
Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy, (KN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0

16.4 EPCON™ C8
STEP 1

200
Notes:
~ f'c = 32 MPa
140
120
32
100
28
80
60
24/25
20
40
16
20
12
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Ramset ANZ Meth. em, am 30 36 48 60 72 75 84 96
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 50 60 80 100 125 125 140 160

h ≥ 6 * dh

16.4 EPCON™ C8
STEP 2

Combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance - ØNucp
Concrete Cone
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 Resistance -
Drilled hole dia, dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 35 40
ØNucc
70 18.1 20.5
80 20.7 25.1
90 23.3 28.2 29.9
100 25.9 31.4 35.0
110 28.5 34.5 40.4
120 31.1 37.6 51.1 46.1
125 32.4 39.2 53.3 49.0
140 36.3 43.9 59.7 58.0
150 38.9 47.1 63.9 75.6 64.4
160 41.4 50.2 68.2 80.6 70.9
170 44.0 53.3 72.4 85.6 77.7
180 46.6 56.5 76.7 90.7 111.7 116.4 84.6
190 49.2 59.6 81.0 95.7 117.9 122.9 91.8
200 51.8 62.7 85.2 100.7 124.2 129.3 99.1
210 65.9 89.5 105.8 130.4 135.8 153.4 106.6
240 75.3 102.3 120.9 149.0 155.2 175.3 189.8 130.3
270 115.1 136.0 167.6 174.6 197.3 213.5 155.5
280 119.3 141.0 173.8 181.1 204.6 221.4 164.2
300 127.8 151.1 186.2 194.0 219.2 237.3 182.1
320 136.4 161.2 198.6 206.9 233.8 253.1 200.6
350 176.3 217.3 226.3 255.7 276.8 229.4
400 201.5 248.3 258.7 292.2 316.3 280.3
450 279.4 291.0 328.8 355.9 334.5
500 310.4 323.3 365.3 395.4 391.8
560 409.1 442.9 464.4
640 506.1 567.4
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths. For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc * Xtsn.Refer Section 58.4.3

ØNuc = ØNucp

Table 2b-1 Concrete service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 ØNuc = ØNucc
Service temperature (ºC) Service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns (from Table 2a)
-40˚C to +40˚C 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
-40˚C to +80˚C 0.57 0.54 0.54 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.54 0.58 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 ØNuc = ØNucc
f'c (MPa) Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc (from Table 2a)
20 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.88 0.87 0.85 0.79
25 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.95 0.93 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.88
32 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
40 1.05 1.05 1.07 1.09 1.10 1.10 1.12 1.12 1.12
50 1.08 1.09 1.11 1.14 1.17 1.17 1.20 1.22 1.25

16.4 EPCON™ C8

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Edge Distance, e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88 0.86
95 1.00 0.97 0.89 0.82
100 1.00 0.93 0.85
110 1.00 0.90
130 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 0.75
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.82 0.78
120 1.00 0.92 0.90 0.86 0.81
140 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.86
150 1.00 0.95 0.89
170 1.00 0.94
195 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 0.50
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.63 0.57 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.80 0.71 0.63
150 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.78
170 1.00 0.89
195 1.00

ØNurc = ØNuc*Xns*Xnc*Xne*(Xnae or Xnai)
ØNurc = minimum of ØNucp*Xns*Xnc*Xne*( Xnae or Xnai ) and ØNucc*Xns*Xnc*Xne*( Xnae or Xnai )

16.4 EPCON™ C8

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Grade 500 Rebar 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 196.4 246.4 321.6

Notation Notation
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone N0Rd,p Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,s Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0
Refer to pages 299-325 NRd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 21.0 22.7
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 29.8 32.2 34.4
200 43.8 46.8 52.4 58.6 64.1 64.1 69.3 74.1
300 80.5 86.1 96.2 107.6 117.8 117.8 127.3 136.1
400 123.9 132.5 148.1 165.6 181.4 181.4 196.0 209.5
500 173.2 185.2 207.0 231.5 253.6 253.6 273.9 292.8
600 227.7 243.4 272.2 304.3 333.3 333.3 360.0 384.9
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØVuc * Xtsv. Refer Section 58.4.3.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

16.4 EPCON™ C8
Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
Failure wedge
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
a a 875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
Concrete edge e 1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Shear force 3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
A
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
a 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
Failure wedge
Concrete edge
B 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
eB 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Shear Force
e1 Edge distance, e2 (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900
e2 25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Failure
wedge 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86


16.4 EPCON™ C8
STEP 5
Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 133.9 168.0 219.3


Notation Notation
0
0
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check


Anchorage Ramset™ Epcon™ C8 with
N20 grade 500 Rebar
Ramset™ Epcon™ C8 with Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
™

17.1 EPCON™ C6 Series
AVAILABLE IN NEW ZEALAND ONLY (Australia refer to ChemSet™ Reo 502™)

Product
Epcon C6 is a versitile pure epoxy anchoring
adhesive
Features
• Superior strength in shallow embedment.
• Close to edge, stress free anchoring.
• Suitable for use with zinc plated, hot dipped galvanized or stainless
steel Chemset Anchor Studs.
• Resistant to cyclic loading and vibration.
• Resistant to alkaline conditions. Principal Applications
• Suitable for use in core drilled holes.
• Structural beams and columns
• Superior strength with grade 5.8 steel Chemset Anchor Studs.
• Batten fixing
• Suitable for underwater installations. • Installing, handrails, balustrades and gates
• Racking
• Safety barriers
• Stadium seating
Installation • Machinery and heavy plant hold down

• Mortar: 15°C to 35°C.
1 2 3 4 5

Approximate Setting Times
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff
wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, Epcon C6
brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. Gel Time Loading Time
(mins) (hrs)
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, 40°C - -

bottom of hole while turning. 25°C 15 2.5
5. Allow to cure as per setting times. 20°C 20 3
15°C 32 6
10°C 45 12
5°C 60 24
0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 15°C.

flooded conditions.

17.2-3 EPCON™ C6 Series

Epcon™ C6 and Reinforcing Bar

Anchor
10 14 90 40 60 120 31.4 21.4 14.8 18.7 20.9
12 16 110 50 70 140 45.2 30.8 21.7 27.4 30.7
16 20 125 65 100 160 80.4 54.8 32.9 41.6 46.5
150 190 49.3 62.4 69.7
20 25 80 120 125.6 85.7
170 220 55.9 70.7 79.0
180 240 71.0 89.8 100.4
24 30 100 145 180.8 123.3
210 270 82.8 104.8 117.2
180 240 74.0 93.6 104.6
25 30 100 150 196.4 133.9
210 270 86.3 109.2 122.0
240 320 126.2 159.7 178.5
32 40 130 195 321.6 219.3
300 380 157.8 199.6 223.2

Epcon™ C6EF 450 ml C6EF-450
Epcon™ C6 Nozzles - ISNE
Dispensing Tool - E108
h1 = h
h + (2 x dh)
Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 40
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 804
Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy, (KN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 402.0

STEP 1

200 Notes:
150
~ f'c = 32 MPa
32
100
28
50
24 25
20
25
16
12
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
em, am 30 36 48 60 72 75 96

h ≥ 6 * dh

STEP 2

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Drilled Hole Dia,
dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 40

Effective Depth,
h (mm)
85 17.7
90 18.7
95 19.8
100 20.8 25.0
105 21.8 26.2
110 22.9 27.4
115 23.9 28.7
125 26.0 31.2 41.6
140 29.1 34.9 46.6
150 31.2 37.4 49.9 62.4
170 42.4 56.6 70.7
180 44.9 59.9 74.9 89.8 93.6
210 69.9 87.3 104.8 109.2
240 79.8 99.8 119.8 124.8 159.7
270 112.3 134.7 140.4 179.6
300 124.8 149.7 155.9 199.6
320 133.1 159.7 166.3 212.9
330 164.7 171.5 219.6
360 179.6 187.1 239.5
420 218.3 279.5
460 306.1
500 332.7
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. Wet holes: Multiply ØNuc x 0.7
Table 2b-1 Service temperature effect, tension, Xns

Service Temp ºC <45 50 55 60 65 70 >70
Xns 1.00 0.97 0.87 0.78 0.68 0.58 N/A

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88 0.86
95 1.00 0.97 0.82
100 1.00 0.85
110 0.90



Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 0.75
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.82
120 1.00 0.92 0.90 0.81
140 1.00 0.97 0.86
150 1.00 0.89
170 0.94
195 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 0.50
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.63 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.80 0.63
150 1.00 1.00 0.78
170 0.89
195 1.00
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xns * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai )

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Grade 500 Rebar 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 196.4 321.6




Notation Notation
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 21.0
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 29.8 34.4
200 43.8 46.8 52.4 58.6 64.1 64.1 74.1
300 80.5 86.1 96.2 107.6 117.8 117.8 136.1
400 123.9 132.5 148.1 165.6 181.4 181.4 209.5
500 173.2 185.2 207.0 231.5 253.6 253.6 292.8
600 227.7 243.4 272.2 304.3 333.3 333.3 384.9

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180


Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
Failure wedge
a a 1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
Concrete edge e 1500 1.00
Table 4e M
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Shear force 3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
A
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
a Failure wedge
B 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
e1 Shear Force
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Failure
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

4

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 133.9 219.3


Notation Notation
0
0
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check


Anchorage Ramset™ Epcon™ C6 with
N20 grade 500 Rebar
Ramset™ Epcon™ C6 with (Anchor Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
Size) grade 500 Rebar. To be installed in accordance with
™

18.1 ChemSet™ 801


Product
ChemSet™ 801 is a heavy duty Vinyl Ester anchoring
adhesive.
Suitable for structural applications:
Suitable for use in contact with drinking water:
• Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999 • Structural steel
• Starter bars
Suitable for diamond cored holes: • Handrails
• High bond strength • Timber frames in domestic housing
Versatile
• Suitable for cold and temperate climates
• VOC Compliant
High Productivity
• Fast Cure
Australian Made
Installation • Substrate: 0°C to 40°C.

-40°C to 80°C.
Setting Times 801

1 2 3 4 5 6 GelTim e Loading Tim e
(m ins) (m ins)
40°C
Substrate Tem perature
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes – –

or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush 30°C 4 35
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole
while turning. 10°C 10 85
6. Attach fixture.
minimum 5°C.

18.2-3 ChemSet™ 801

ChemSet™ Injection 801 and Reinforcing Bar

Anchor
Drilled Hole Concrete Gr 500 Rebar - Steel Concrete**
diam., dh substrate Tension, φØNuc (kN)
10 14 90 40 60 115 31.4 21.4 9.2 11.6 13.0
12 16 110 50 70 140 45.2 30.8 13.5 17.0 19.0
16 20 125 65 100 160 80.4 54.8 20.4 25.8 28.9
150 200 30.6 38.7 43.3
20 25 80 120 125.6 85.7
170 215 34.7 43.9 49.0
180 240 44.1 55.7 62.3
24 30 100 145 180.8 123.3
210 270 51.4 65.0 72.7
180 240 45.9 58.1 64.9
25 30 100 150 196.4 133.9
210 270 53.6 67.7 75.7
225 295 64.3 81.3 90.9
28 35 115 170 246.4 168.0
270 340 77.1 97.5 109.1
240 320 78.3 99.1 110.8
32 40 130 195 321.6 219.3
300 380 97.9 123.9 138.5
290 380 106.5 134.7 150.6
36 45 145 220 408.0 278.3
330 420 121.2 153.3 171.4
320 420 130.6 165.1 184.6
40 50 160 240 504.0 343.7
360 460 146.9 185.8 207.7
DO NOT USE IN WET HOLES

ChemSet™ 801 Cartridge 400 ml C801C
ChemSet™ 801 Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml C801J
Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series – ISNE
h1 = h
h + (2 x dh)
Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 616 804 1020 1260
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy , (KN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0

18.4 ChemSet™ 801
STEP 1

200 Notes:
~ f'c = 32 MPa
100
40
80
36
60 32
28
40
24/25
20 20
16
12
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Ramset ANZ Meth. em, am 30 36 48 60 72 75 84 96 108 120
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 40 50 65 80 100 100 N/A 130 N/A N/A

h ≥ 6 * dh

18.4 ChemSet™ 801
STEP 2

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Drilled Hole Dia,
dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 35 40 45 50

Effective Depth,
h (mm)
85 11.0
90 11.6
95 12.3
100 12.9 15.5
105 13.5 16.3
110 14.2 17.0
115 14.8 17.8
125 16.1 19.4 25.8
140 18.1 21.7 28.9
150 19.4 23.2 31.0 38.7
170 26.3 35.1 43.9
180 27.9 37.2 46.4 55.7 58.1
210 43.4 54.2 65.0 67.7 75.9
240 49.5 61.9 74.3 77.4 86.7 99.1
270 69.7 83.6 87.1 97.5 111.5 125.4
300 77.4 92.9 96.8 108.4 123.9 139.3 154.8
320 82.6 99.1 103.2 115.6 132.1 148.6 165.1
330 102.2 106.4 119.2 136.2 153.3 170.3
360 111.5 116.1 130.1 148.6 167.2 185.8
420 135.5 151.7 173.4 195.1 216.8
460 189.9 213.7 237.4
500 206.4 232.2 258.0
550 255.5 283.8
600 309.7
625 322.6
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. DO NOT USE IN WET HOLES

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88 0.86
95 1.00 0.97 0.89 0.82
100 1.00 0.93 0.85
110 1.00 0.90 0.83
130 1.00 0.93 0.87
145 1.00 0.93
160 1.00

18.4 ChemSet™ 801


Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 0.75
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.82 0.78
120 1.00 0.92 0.90 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75
140 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79
150 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.85 0.81
170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85
195 1.00 0.95 0.91
220 1.00 0.96
240 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 0.50
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.63 0.57 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.80 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50
150 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63
170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71
195 1.00 0.90 0.81
215 1.00 0.90
240 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
em, am 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 196.4 246.4 321.6 408.8 504.0

18.4 ChemSet™ 801
3


Notation Notation
Cyclic Loading Refer to page 40 for suitable Refer to page 40 for suitable
Nyc Nys
anchor anchor
0
Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,s Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 21.0 22.7
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 29.8 32.2 34.4 36.5 38.5
200 43.8 46.8 52.4 58.6 64.1 64.1 69.3 74.1 78.6 82.8
300 80.5 86.1 96.2 107.6 117.8 117.8 127.3 136.1 144.3 152.1
400 123.9 132.5 148.1 165.6 181.4 181.4 196.0 209.5 222.2 234.2
500 173.2 185.2 207.0 231.5 253.6 253.6 273.9 292.8 310.6 327.4
600 227.7 243.4 272.2 304.3 333.3 333.3 360.0 384.9 408.2 430.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

18.4 ChemSet™ 801

Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
Failure wedge
a a 1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00
Concrete edge e
Table 4e M
Note:
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
Shear force 4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
A
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
a 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Failure wedge
B 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e1 Shear Force
e2 25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Failure
wedge 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

18.4 ChemSet™ 801
4

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 133.9 168.0 219.3 278.3 343.7


Notation Notation
Vyc Vys
anchor anchor
0
0
6 Check


Anchorage Ramset ChemSet™ 801 with
™
N20 grade 500 Rebar

Ramset™ ChemSet™ 801 with (Anchor Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
Size) grade 500 Rebar. To be installed in accordance with
™


Product
Structaset™ 401 is a heavy duty Epoxy Acrylate for anchoring DESIGN LIFE
concrete.

• Fire rated
Greater security:
• Strong bond
• Rated for sustained loading
• Threaded Studs
Australian Made
Installation Minimum Maximum
Adhesive 5°C 40°C

-40°C to 80°C
1 2 3 4 5 6 Setting Times
401
1. Drill or core hole to specified diameter and depth Gel Time Loading Time
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes (mins) (mins)
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush 40°C – –

3. Screw mixing nozzle onto cartridge and dispense 2-3 trigger pulls 30°C 4 35
25°C 5 40
of adhesive to waste until colour is grey with no streaks
20°C 6 50
4. Insert tip of nozzle to bottom of hole and dispense adhesive
5. Fill hole to about 2/3 full 10°C 10 85
6. Insert threaded stud or reinforcing bar with rotating motion to 5°C 18 145
release trapped air
7. Wait until adhesive has fully cured before loading (see Working minimum 5°C.
Time / Loading Time chart below)
8. Clean up with Acetone


Stuctaset™ 401 and Reinforcing Bar

Anchor
(mm) 20 to 50 MPa
10 14 90 40 60 115 31.4 21.4 15.7
12 16 110 50 70 140 45.2 30.8 23.0
16 20 125 65 100 160 80.4 54.8 31.4
150 200 47.1
20 25 80 120 125.6 85.7
170 215 53.4
180 240 67.9
24 30 100 145 180.8 123.3
210 270 79.2
195 260 76.6
25 32 100 150 196.4 133.9
210 275 82.5
240 320 73.7
32 40 130 195 321.6 219.3
300 365 92.2

Structaset™ 401 380 ml S401C
Structaset™ 401 750 ml S401J
h1 = h
(To obtain full steel strength in shear) h + (2 x dh)

Typical Engineering Properties of AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500N Reinforcing Bar
Rebar size 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 40
Stress area, Ab (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 804
Yield stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile steel yield capacity
39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 402.0
Nsy, (kN)
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturer’s published information and AS/NZS4671: 2001

STEP 1

100
Notes:
90

70 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
32
60
50
25
24
40
30 20
20
16
12
10 10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
1 Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm)
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Ramset ANZ Meth. em, am 30 36 48 60 72 75 96
TS101: 2015 Meth. em, am 40 50 65 80 100 100 130


h ≥ 6 * dh
Anchor size determined, absolute minima compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.

STEP 2

Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (KN), Øc = 0.56, f’c = 32 MPa
Anchor Size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
85 14.8
90 15.7
95 16.6
100 17.5 20.9
105 18.3 22.0
110 19.2 23.0
115 20.1 24.1
120 20.9 25.1 30.2
125 21.8 26.2 31.4
140 24.4 29.3 35.2
150 26.2 31.4 37.7 47.1
160 27.9 33.5 40.2 50.3
170 35.6 42.7 53.4
180 37.7 45.2 56.5 67.9 70.7
195 49.0 61.3 73.5 76.6
210 52.8 66.0 79.2 82.5
240 60.3 75.4 90.5 94.2 73.7
270 84.8 101.8 106.0 82.9
300 94.2 113.1 117.8 92.2
320 100.5 120.6 125.7 98.3
330 124.4 129.6 101.4
360 135.7 141.4 110.6
380 143.3 149.2 116.7
400 122.9
420 129.0
460 141.3
500 153.6
WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc x 0.8 For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc * Xtsn.Refer Section 58.4.2.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88 0.86
95 1.00 0.97 0.82
100 1.00 0.85
110 0.90


Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 0.75
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.82
120 1.00 0.92 0.90 0.81
140 1.00 0.97 0.86
150 1.00 0.89
170 0.94
195 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 0.50
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.63 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.80 0.63
150 1.00 1.00 0.78
170 0.89
195 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Grade 500 Rebar 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 196.4 321.6




Notation Notation
Nyc Nys
anchor anchor
0
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 21.0
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 29.8 34.4
200 43.8 46.8 52.4 58.6 64.1 64.1 74.1
300 80.5 86.1 96.2 107.6 117.8 117.8 136.1
400 123.9 132.5 148.1 165.6 181.4 181.4 209.5
500 173.2 185.2 207.0 231.5 253.6 253.6 292.8
600 227.7 243.4 272.2 304.3 333.3 333.3 384.9
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØVuc * Xtsv.Refer Section 58.4.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Load direction effect, Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
Failure wedge
a a
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00
Concrete edge e
Table 4e M
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
Shear force
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
A
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
a
B
Failure wedge 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e1 Shear Force
e2
Failure
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
wedge 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

4

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 133.9 219.3
For Design Method to TS101:2015, Øv = 0.66 therefore Multiply ØVUS * 0.83, Refer Section 58.


Notation Notation
Cyclic Loading Refer to page 40 for Refer to page 40 for
Vyc Vys
suitable anchor suitable anchor
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone V0Rd,c Refer to pages 258-298 V0Rd,s Refer to pages 258-298
6 Check

Specify - Reinforcing Bar Example

Anchorage Ramset™ Structaset™ 401
with N16 grade 500 reinforcing bar
Ramset™ Structaset™ 401 with
Drilled Hole Diameter 20 mm
(Rebar Size) grade 500
Drilled Hole Depth 125 mm
Drilled Hole Diameter (dh) mm To be installed according to Ramset™
Drilled Hole Depth to be (h) mm. Technical Data Sheet.


Epcon C8
ETA ETA
Product ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1

ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549
ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
™
ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS is a marine grade polyester Structaset 401 Chemset Maxima
adhesive anchor. ETA ETA
Benefits, Advantages and Features ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1

PENDING
ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
• Certified Performance European Technical Approval ETAG 001-5 Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
Option 7 ETA
Fast installation:
• Load in 50 minutes (at 20°C) Anchors ETA-13/0681

1020-CPD-090-029852

Versatile: Principal Applications
• Suitable for anchoring into a wide variety of substrates
• Solid concrete, hollow block and brick • Hollow brick and block
• Flooded holes • Stadium seating
• Styrene Free • Starter bars
• Cold and temperate climates • Balustrades
• VOC Compliant
Australian Made Installation temperature limits:

Installation Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has

-40°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5 6
101 PLUS
(mins) (mins)
30°C
4 35
25°C 5 40
20°C 6 50
while turning.
6. Attach fixture.
minimum 5°C.


ChemSet™ Injection 101 PLUS and Reinforcing Bar

Anchor
10 14 90 40 60 115 31.4 21.4 7.8 9.8 11.0
12 16 110 50 70 140 45.2 30.8 11.5 14.5 16.2
16 20 125 65 100 160 80.4 54.8 17.3 21.9 24.5
150 190 26.0 32.9 36.8
20 25 80 120 125.6 85.7
170 215 29.5 37.3 41.7
180 240 37.5 47.4 53.0
24 30 100 145 180.8 123.3
210 270 43.7 55.3 61.9
180 240 39.1 49.4 55.3
25 30 100 150 196.4 133.9
210 270 45.6 57.7 64.5
225 295 54.7 69.2 77.4
28 35 115 170 246.4 168.0
270 340 65.6 83.0 92.8
240 320 66.7 84.3 94.3
32 40 130 195 321.6 219.3
300 380 83.4 105.4 117.9
290 380 90.6 114.7 128.2
36 45 145 220 408.0 278.3
330 420 103.2 130.5 145.9
320 420 111.1 140.6 157.2
40 50 160 240 504.0 343.7
360 460 125.0 158.2 176.8
WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc x 1

h1 = h
h + (2 x dh)
20.3 TYPICAL ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF GRADE 500 REINFORCING BAR

Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 616 804 1020 1260
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy, (KN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0

STEP 1

160 Notes:
~ f'c = 32 MPa
100
40
80
36
60
32
40 28
24/25
20 20
16
12
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
em, am 30 36 48 60 72 75 84 96 108 120

h ≥ 6 * dh

STEP 2

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Drilled Hole Dia,
dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 35 40 45 50

Effective Depth,
h (mm)
85 9.3
90 9.8
95 10.4
100 10.9 13.1
105 11.5 13.8
110 12.0 14.5
115 12.6 15.1
125 13.7 16.4 21.9
140 15.3 18.4 24.6
150 16.4 19.7 26.3 32.9
170 22.4 29.8 37.3
180 23.7 31.6 39.5 47.4 49.4
210 36.9 46.1 55.3 57.7 64.5
240 42.2 52.7 63.3 65.9 73.8 84.3
270 59.3 71.1 74.1 83.0 94.8 106.7
300 65.9 79.0 82.4 92.2 105.4 118.6 131.7
320 70.2 84.3 87.9 98.4 112.4 126.5 140.5
330 86.9 90.6 101.4 115.9 130.4 144.9
360 94.8 98.8 110.7 126.5 142.3 158.1
420 115.3 129.1 147.6 166.0 184.5
460 161.7 181.8 202.0
500 175.7 197.6 219.6
550 217.4 241.6
600 263.5
625 274.5

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 0.83
35 0.91 0.81
40 1.00 0.88
50 1.00 0.85
65 1.00 0.87
80 1.00 0.88 0.86
95 1.00 0.97 0.89 0.82
100 1.00 0.93 0.85
110 1.00 0.90 0.83
130 1.00 0.93 0.87
145 1.00 0.93
160 1.00


Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.75
35 0.79 0.74
40 0.83 0.78
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75
75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 0.75
95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.82 0.78
120 1.00 0.92 0.90 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75
140 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79
150 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.85 0.81
170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85
195 1.00 0.95 0.91
220 1.00 0.96
240 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Anchor Spacing,
a (mm)
30 0.50
35 0.58 0.49
40 0.67 0.56
50 0.83 0.69 0.52
60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50
75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 0.50
95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.63 0.57 0.49
120 1.00 0.83 0.80 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50
150 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63
170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71
195 1.00 0.90 0.81
215 1.00 0.90
240 1.00

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
em, am 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 196.4 246.4 321.6 408.8 504.0

3


Notation Notation
Nyc Nys
anchor anchor
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Edge Distance,
e (mm)
30 2.5
35 3.2
40 3.9 4.2
50 5.5 5.9 6.5
60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6
75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7 14.7
95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 21.0 22.7
120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 29.8 32.2 34.4 36.5 38.5
200 43.8 46.8 52.4 58.6 64.1 64.1 69.3 74.1 78.6 82.8
300 80.5 86.1 96.2 107.6 117.8 117.8 127.3 136.1 144.3 152.1
400 123.9 132.5 148.1 165.6 181.4 181.4 196.0 209.5 222.2 234.2
500 173.2 185.2 207.0 231.5 253.6 253.6 273.9 292.8 310.6 327.4
600 227.7 243.4 272.2 304.3 333.3 333.3 360.0 384.9 408.2 430.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Table 4d A

25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54
30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53
35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52
50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53
60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71
750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
875 0.94 0.85 0.79
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
Failure wedge
a a 1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00
Concrete edge e
Table 4e M
Note:
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
Shear force
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
A 5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
a Failure wedge 6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
B
Concrete edge 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
eB
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Shear Force
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e1
e2
Failure
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges 35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

4

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Grade 500 Rebar 21.4 30.8 54.8 85.7 123.3 133.9 168.0 219.3 278.3 343.7


Notation Notation
Cyclic Loading Refer to page 40 for Refer to page 40 for
Vyc Vys
suitable anchor suitable anchor
0
0
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check


Anchorage Ramset ChemSet™ 101 PLUS with
™
N20 grade 500 Rebar

Ramset™ ChemSet™ 101 PLUS with Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
™

Notes
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - REINFORCING BAR ANCHORAGE

Introduction
CHEMICAL ANCHORING - REINFORCING BAR TO AS3600-2009
Chemical Anchoring - Rebar to AS3600-2009
Chemical Anchoring
Reinforcing Bar
to AS3600-2009
AS3600 – 2009 Section 13 covers development of stress in However, the situation changes when another bar or bars is/are
cast-in reinforcement. introduced and or the concrete edge is no longer remote. Close bar
spacing or insufficient concrete cover may result in splitting failures
In order to obtain full steel yield stress in a reinforcing bar it must be such as those illustrated in figure 1.
embedded in concrete to a length where the bond stress and steel
stress are balanced and the bar does not displace within the concrete. From equation 1 above, stress (σb ) in the concrete surrounding the
The embedded length of bar is termed the Development Length (Lsy.t). bar decreases with increasing embedded length (Lsy.t ). See graph
below of bond stress developed in concrete when steel yield stress is
Stress Development in Post-installed Adhesive Bonded applied to a reinforcing bar as a function of embedded length.
Reinforcement in Solid Concrete
Bond Stress at fsy in Rebar
Polymer adhesives like epoxy, generally bond significantly better to 25
Bond Stress (N/mm2)
steel reinforcement than concrete to steel reinforcement. Consequently

the development lengths of reinforcing bars bonded in concrete with 20
adhesives are often significantly shorter than development lengths of 15
cast-in bars.
10
As with cast-in bars, loads on adhesive bonded reinforcing bars are
transmitted to and cause stress in the surrounding concrete. 5
O
The stress around a single reinforcing bar in tension remote from a O 5 10 15 20
concrete edge is given by: Lsy.t / db
σb = Ab.fsy / (Lsy.t .π.db)………..Equation1

Concrete
σ b
= Bond Stress to the Concrete (MPa)
Ab = Cross-sectional Area of the Bar (mm2)
fsy = Steel Yield Stress (MPa)
Lsy.t = Minimum embedment length of rebar to develop
steel yield stress (mm) Bonded Rebars
π = pi
db = nominal bar diameter (mm)
In the case where spacing and edge distances are remote, there
is enough concrete cover to the bar and adhesive to dissipate the V-notch
stresses in the concrete and avoid splitting failures.
Figure 1.

Introduction

Therefore where there is shallow cover or close bar spacing, it is The development length tables in “Design Case 2, 3 and 4” in the
necessary to apply the splitting factor k1,k2 & k3 listed in Section 13 of following section are calculated using equation 4.
AS3600 – 2009. The splitting factors influence the development
length to ensure there is sufficient embedment to reduce stress in k1 = 1.0 for adhesive bonded bars. In section 13.1 of AS3600 – 2009,
concrete and prevent splitting failures. k1 = 1.3 for all horizontal bars with > 300 mm of concrete below
them. According to Warner et al3 (pp391), a zone of weak, air and
Development lengths calculated from bond strength alone should NOT water rich concrete forms on the lower surface of ‘top’ bars, which
be used for bar anchorages designed to comply with AS3600 – 2009 reduces the bond characteristics of bars in this position. Since the
as concrete splitting is not accounted for. weakened zone of concrete is specific to cast-in bars it is not relevant
to bonded bars and therefore k1 = 1 in all cases.
If splitting factors from AS3600 are not applied to development lengths
of post-installed reinforcing bars in structural concrete elements, there k2 is the direction function of the bar diameter (db).
may be a significant reduction in safety resulting in concrete failure
and collapse due to concrete splitting. Concrete splitting is a function The value of k3 is influenced by the anchor spacing (a),
of edge distance and spacing and is independent of adhesive bond edge distance/cover (e) and the bar diameter (db).
strength.
Edge Distance and Spacing

Derivation of Development Length for Adhesive Bonded Bars
Edge distance and spacing of reinforcing bars are independent of
Development lengths are predicted from bond stress, determined adhesive bond strength. They are related to the stress transferred from
from pull out tests, according to equation 2. The predicted lengths are the bars under tension, through the adhesive and into the concrete.
verified according to AS/NZS4671 – 2001, Appendix C4, where a load As shown in equation 1 stress transferred to concrete by bars under
equal to Nsy is applied and a displacement of the bar less than 0.2 mm tension is reduced by increasing embedded length. Hence AS3600
recorded. applies the splitting factors, k1, k2 and k3 to influence the development
length.
Lsy.t = Ab.fsy / (σb.π.db)………...............Equation 2
AS3600 allows for various depths of concrete cover to bars depending
on environmental and other circumstances. The designer must refer to
AS3600 to determine required cover.
The development length is a function of adhesive bond stress so a limit
state factor of 0.6 is applied: In the following tables a minimum cover of 30 mm or 2 x db
(2.5 x db edge distance) is adopted.
Lsy.t / Ø = Ab.fsy / (0.6.σb.π.db)………...Equation 3
References
1. AS3600 – 2009 Concrete Structures, Standards Australia
Effectively the limit state factor increases development length by 67%. 2. AS/NZS4671 – 2001 Steel Reinforcing Materials, Standards Australia
3. Warner, R.F. Rangan B.V. Hall A.S. Faulkes K.A. 1998,
The development length tables in “Design Case 1” in the following ‘Concrete Structures’, Addison Wesley Longman Australia
section are calculated using Equation 3. This relationship applies to
a single bar remote from an edge and does not account for concrete
splitting affects.
For designs where there are multiple parallel reinforcing bars in

structural elements such as walls, floors, beams and columns,
concrete splitting factors from section 13.1 of AS3600 should be
used. Concrete splitting is independent of adhesive bond strength and
should be applied to all adhesive bonded bars where the design is
intended to comply with AS3600.
Applying the splitting factor from AS3600 to Equation 3 yields

Equation 4 below.
NOTE: AS3600 – 2009 Clause 13.1.2.4 prohibits reinforcing bar

development lengths of less than 12 db
For simplicity, the limit state factor Ø, is implied in equation 4
3.k1.k3.Ab.fsy
Lsy.t = ≥ 12 db....Equation 4
(0.6.k2.σb.π.db)

21.1 Design Process
This information is intended for use by qualified engineers or other

suitably skilled persons. It is the designer’s responsibility to ensure
compliance with the relevant standards, codes of practice, building
regulations, workplace regulations and statutes as applicable.
This section must be used in conjunction with AS3600 – 2009 and is

intended to assist in design of reinforcing bar connections where they
are post- installed using ChemSetTM Anchoring adhesives rather than
being cast into the concrete.
For selection of the appropriate reinforcing bar diameter, reference

should be made to the manufacturer’s design tables and
AS3600 – 2009.
The document provides the steel yield development length Lsy.t, required
by AS3600 – 2009, clause 13.1.2.2 for Grade 500 reinforcing bars
post-installed with ChemSet™ Anchoring adhesives into concrete.
The design process begins with the Designer choosing the relevant
Design Case:
The Design Cases are:

1. Development Length of single bar remote from an edge
2. Development Length of multiple bars in concrete elements.
(Large clear anchor spacing)
(Medium clear anchor spacing)
(Minimum clear anchor spacing)
Having obtained the nominal development length for the design case,
adjustment is made for the influence of concrete compressive strength
to yield the value Lsy.t.
In the case where there is not sufficient depth of concrete for the
reinforcing bar to be installed to Lsy.t, or the stress area of tensile
steel exceeds design requirements, the stress (σst) less than the yield
strength (fsy) developed in the bar is provided for a variety of lengths
(Lst), per clause 13.1.2.4 of AS3600 - 2009. Having obtained the stress
developed in the bar for a nominated installed length, adjustment is
made to the developed stress for the influence of concrete compressive
strength.
SA TS101:2015 is not applicable to anchorage of post-installed

reinforcing bar designed in accordance with AS3600:2009.
For further information refer to section 58 of this Handbook or
contact your local ramsetreid™ engineer.

21.2 Design Process
WORKED EXAMPLE

DESIGN EXAMPLE 1 DESIGN EXAMPLE 2
Using the AS1170 family of Australian Standards, the design action Consider the previous case; however the footing depth is 580 mm.
effect causing tension in reinforcing bars is calculated to be: Given minimum cover is 50 mm, the maximum bar length is 530 mm.
N* = 637 kN/m. run
Use stress developed in the bar to determine the centre spacings
required to achieve the design load case at shorter bar lengths.
From Table 2, Using Lst = 530 mm

Rebar Size = 24
gives, σst (nom) = 404 MPa
From Table 2b, Xnc = 1.12 @ 40 MPa
Strip footing details:
f'c = 40 MPa The stress developed in the bar at this depth is,
Minimum cover = 50 mm
σst = σst (nom) * Xnc
Load case induced in
starter bars = 637 kN/m. run = 450 MPa
hence, N* ≤ Øσst * Ab
650 therefore, 637 * 103 N ≤ 0.8 * 450 * Ab
transposing gives us, Ab ≥ 1769 mm2
From reinforcement bar manufacturers tables,

Consider design of Grade 500 reinforcement bar, fully developed.
Rebar Size 24 @ 250 mm. centres provides 1800 mm2/m. run
To satisfy Strength Limit State Design criteria,
Which satisfies our steel sectional requirement.
N* ≤ Øfsy * Ab
therefore, 637 * 103 N ≤ 0.8 * 500 * Ab
transposing gives us, Ab ≥ 1593 mm2
Specify
From reinforcement bar manufacturers tables, N24 @ 250 mm. centres post-installed using
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Reo 502™ or EPCON™ C8
Rebar Size 24 @ 275 mm. centres provides 1636 mm2/m. run
@ 530 mm. deep
Which satisfies our steel sectional requirement.
As the project requires a post-installed solution, consider the use of

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ or EPCON™ C8 adhesive.
Design is a wall with multiple longitudinal bars at 275 mm centres

so Design Case 2 applies.
From Table 2, Lsy.t (nom) = 655 mm
From Table 2a, Xnc = 0.89 @ f’c = 40 MPa
The tensile development length for Rebar Size 24 using

ChemSet™ Reo 502™ or EPCON™ C8 is:
Lsy.t = Lsy.t (nom) * Xnc
= 655 * 0.89
= 585 mm
Specify
N24 @ 275 mm. centres post-installed using
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Reo 502™ or EPCON™ C8
@ 585 mm. deep

22.1 Reinforcing Bar
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES
Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar

Typical Engineering Properties of AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar
Rebar size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 30 35 40 45 50
Stress area, Ab (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 616 804 1020 1260
Yield stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile steel yield capacity
39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
Nsy, (kN)
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturer’s published information and AS/NZS4671 - 2001.

23.1-2 Chemset™ Reo 502™

Product
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ is a extra heavy duty pure epoxy
anchoring adhesive.
Approved for Rail Sleeper Repair
• Repeated load tested for a total of 3 million cycles as per
AS1085.19-2003 table A1
• Shorter 500 MPa bar development lengths from
high bond strength – faster installation.
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes – no weather delays.
• Fast 3 hour cure time (REO502J) Principal Applications
Greater security: • Grade 500 reinforcing bars
• AS3600 - 2009 500 MPa bar development lengths tested to AS/NZS4671 - 2001 • Starter bars
• Specially formulated for AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500 reinforcing bars • Deformed bars
• Long 20 minute working time to allow full bar insertion • Road Stitching
Versatile: • Rail Gantries
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes
• For tropical and temperate climates Installation temperature limits:
• Oversized holes up to 2.25 x db REO502™ REO502™EF
• Electrical Insulator • Substrate: 5°C to 40°C. • Substrate: 5°C to 30°C.
• Easy flow version for easy cold dispensing (REO502™EF) • Adhesive: 20°C to 40°C. • Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C.
Greater safety: Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has
• Low odour sufficiently cured as specified.
• VOC Compliant Australian Made Service temperature limits:
• Non-flammable for transport and storage -40°C to 80°C.
• Rated for Sustained Loading ASTM E 1512-01 (2007)
Installation
Setting Times
40°C
30°C 8.5 2 8.5 6

25°C 12 2.5
1 2 3 4 5 20°C 20 3 13 12
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 15°C 23 5 17 22
are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire 5°C 32 96
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 0°C Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 20°C.
3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4.
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth Note: Cure time is extended in flooded conditions.
slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. Refer to Technical Data Sheet.
4. Insert Grade 500 reinforcing bar to bottom of hole while turning.
Description Cartridge Size Part No. Working Time at 20°C Cure Time at 20°C
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ 750 ml Reo502J 20 minutes 3 hours
ChemSet™ Reo 502™EF 750 ml Reo502JEF 13 minutes 12 hours

Notes

24.1 EPCON™ C8

Product Epcon C8
EPCON C8 is a High Performance Pure Epoxy Anchoring adhesive for

™
ETA ETA
use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For structures subject to European Technical Approval European Technical Approval
external exposure , permanently damp or aggressive conditions . ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1
ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549
ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
Benefits, Advantages and Features Structaset 401 Chemset Maxima
European Technical Approval option1 for use in ETA ETA
cracked and non cracked concrete – ETA-10/0309: European Technical Approval

• Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors PENDING ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
• 100 Year design life Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
• Approved for floor, wall & overhead applications

• Data for Sustained Loading ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 7
Anchors ETA-13/0681
1020-CPD-090-029852

• No weather delays
• Fast ,easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) mixer Principal Applications
Greater security: • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
• Highest performance in cracked concrete • Road barrier hold down bolts
Versatile • Bridge refurbishment
• Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Oversized holes • Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes • Starter Bars
• For tropical and Cold weather conditions • Threaded studs from M8 to M30
Greater safety: • Threaded Stud material : Zn ,A4 316, HCR steels
• Low odour • Threaded Stud material : 5.8, 8.8 , 10.9 grade
• Non-flammable
Fire Rated : Refer Fire rated anchoring section
• Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C
cured as specified.
-40°C to 80°C

Gel Time
1 2 3 4 5 base material dry concrete wet concrete
5°C - 9°C 20 min 30 h 60 h
Installation 10°C - 19°C 14 min 23 h 46 h
40°C 5 min 6h 12 h

25.1 Reo 502™ or EPCON™ C8
25.1 Strength Limit State Design
1 For Single Bar Remote from an Edge (e > 4 db)

For designs intended to comply with AS3600-2009, refer to Design cases 2, 3 and 4
Concrete Splitting Factors

k1 1.0
k2 1.0
k3 1.0
Table 1 Nominal steel yield development length Lsy.t (nom), of Grade 500 reinforcing bar in
tension post-installed in 32 MPa concrete with ChemSet™ Reo 502™ or EPCON™ C8
Rebar size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Minimum Cover, e (mm) 40 48 64 80 96 100 112 128 144 160
Min. Clear Spacing, a (mm) NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR
Adhesive reduced ultimate
tensile bond capacity 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
ØNub, (kN), Øc = 0.6
Nominal development length
of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 105 140 205 265 335 360 400 470 540 615
Effective length, Lst (mm) Stress developed in steel, σst (nom) (MPa)
50 238
60 286
70 333 250
80 381 286
90 429 321
100 476 357 244 σst < fsy
105 500 375 256
120 429 293 226
140 500 341 264 209
160 390 302 239 222
190 463 358 284 264 238
205 500 387 306 285 256
220 415 328 306 275 234
230 434 343 319 288 245 213
265 500 396 368 331 282 245
300 448 417 375 319 278
335 500 465 419 356 310 272
360 500 450 383 333 293
380 σst > fsy 475 404 352 309
400 500 426 370 325
430 457 398 350
450 479 417 366
470 500 435 382
540 500 439
615 500
500 Denotes adhesive tensile bond stress at Grade 500 steel yield development length, Lsy.t
Interpolation permitted. Do not extrapolate.


1a Table 1a Concrete compressive strength effect on development length, tension, Xnc
f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80
Design reinforcing bar steel development length, Lsy.t (mm)

If there is insufficient concrete depth to install bar to Lsy.t
go to Checkpoint 1b
Note: Effect of water in hole, multiply Lsy.t by 1.4.
1b Table 1b Concrete compressive strength effect on steel stress, tension, X

f’ (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
nc
c
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
Design tensile steel stress, σst (MPa)

Note: Effect of water in hole, multiply σst by 0.7.

2 Multiple Bars in Concrete Elements (Large clear anchor spacing)

Steel yield development length, Lsy.t (AS3600 - 2009, clause 13.1.2.2)
Rebar size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Concrete Splitting Factor, k1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Min. Clear Spacing, a (mm) 80 80 90 125 150 150 190 220 260 300

140 334
160 381
180 429 328
195 465 355
210 500 382 256
235 428 287 σst < fsy
255 464 311
275 500 335 259
330 402 311
380 463 359
410 500 387 313 299
455 429 347 332 281
490 462 374 358 302 247
530 500 404 387 327 268 228
565 431 412 349 285 244
610 465 445 376 308 263 227
655 500 478 405 331 282 244
685 500 423 346 295 255
750 σst > fsy 463 379 323 279
810 500 409 349 301
850 429 366 316
915 462 394 340
990 500 427 368
1160 500 431
1345 500


f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 2b

f’ (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
nc
c
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25


3 Multiple Bars in Concrete Elements (Medium clear anchor spacing)

Rebar size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
120 222
180 334
200 371 286
250 463 357
270 500 385 281
300 429 312 σst < fsy
330 471 344
350 500 365 271
400 417 310
445 463 345
480 500 372 288 273
500 387 299 284 246
595 461 356 338 293 247
645 500 387 367 318 268 229
700 419 398 345 290 248
775 464 440 382 322 275 232
835 500 474 411 346 296 250
880 500 433 365 312 263
945 σst > fsy 465 392 335 283
1015 500 421 360 304
1050 436 372 314
1120 465 397 335
1205 500 427 361
1410 500 422
1670 500


f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 3b

f’ (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
nc
c
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25


4 Multiple Bars in Concrete Elements (Minimum clear anchor spacing)

Rebar size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
150 242
200 322
250 403 305
290 467 354
310 500 379 298
350 427 336 σst < fsy
390 476 375
410 500 394 293
450 433 321
480 461 343
520 500 372 286 272
560 400 308 293 253
650 464 357 340 294 248
700 500 384 367 317 267 228
750 412 393 339 286 244
850 467 445 385 324 277 239
910 500 477 412 347 297 256
955 500 432 364 311 268
1030 σst > fsy 466 393 336 289
1105 500 422 360 310
1200 458 391 337
1250 477 407 351
1310 500 427 368
1535 500 431
1780 500


f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80

go to Checkpoint 4b

f’ (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
nc
c
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25


Introduction
MECHANICAL ANCHORING
Mechanical
Anchoring
Mechanical Anchoring
Ramset™ have been offering mechanical anchors in the Australia and anchors and not all stud anchors perform like TruBolt™ stud anchors.
New Zealand market place for over 50 years. During this time Ramset™ Product design, manufacturing tolerances and manufacturing quality
brand names have entered into common language on building sites all control have a major affect on anchor performance. The only way to
over Australia and New Zealand. Names like DynaBolt™ and TruBolt™ determine an anchor’s actual performance is to measure it at all of its
have become recognised as the best sleeve anchors and stud anchors design and tolerance limits. The performance of Ramset™ Anchors are
alike. But only Ramset™ supplies the original, proven products like determined by extensive and rigorous testing to enable us to provide
DynaBolt™ Plus sleeve anchors, TruBolt™ stud anchors, SpaTec™ Plus information on how our products will perform over a wide range of
safety anchors, WERCS AnkaScrew™ screw-in anchors and DynaSet™ conditions and advise as to their limitations.
internally threaded anchors. These tried and tested Ramset™ brand
names represent Quality, Reliability and Performance. The Ramset™ The correct anchor for a particular load case can only be selected by
ISO9001 accreditation assures it. referring to reliable design information issued by the supplier for their
anchors. Performance and design information from one supplier does not
Not only does Ramset™ offer reliable, quality products, Ramset™ apply to anchors from other suppliers, even if they appear to be the same
understands masonry anchoring technology and offers published or have the same generic description.
information, such as this book, to guide correct product selection and
safe installation. Extensive research, development and testing are The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer
invested in Ramset™ products so that designers can be secure in the to the Ramset™ mechanical anchoring range and provides performance
knowledge that they have access to the real performance and capabilities information to allow selection of the right anchor for the job.
of the anchors.
For design requirements relating to Safety Critical Applications
It is performance that defines an anchor’s capabilities. An anchor’s and SA TS101:2015 refer to section 58 of this Handbook or
performance cannot be deduced from its description. contact your local ramsetreid™ engineer.
For example not all sleeve anchors perform like DynaBolt™ Plus sleeve

26.1 Ramset™ Undercut
ANCHOR SYSTEMS

Product
The Ramset™ undercut anchor system provides Extreme L
performance anchoring combined with easy installation and
setting. The large undercut bearing area of the expanded
anchor transfers the load over a larger area which ensures db
predictable ductile performance of the anchor.
• High tensile capacity Grade 8.8 bolts
• Full ultimate steel strength developed
• Resistant to dynamic and cyclic loading
Shouldered 4 Cutter Carbide Bit
• Stainless Steel Under Anchors are available upon request
Improved security:
• Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload
• Large undercut bearing area provides extreme performance in low
Undercut Setting Tool
concrete strength
Fast installation:
• Shouldered 4 cutter Carbide Bit for correct drilling depth
• Undercutting tool with replaceable carbide cutters
• Anchor setting tool
• Undercut setting tool Principal Applications
• Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
Installation • Tunnel construction – road & rail
• Securing large overhead loads
• Bridge refurbishment
• High tensile loads
1. Drill recommended diameter depth hole with shouldered 4 cutter Ramset™ Undercut and TS101 Design
carbide bit. Refer to section 58.2 and 58.3 for TS101 applicability.
2. Remove the debris with hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum. For further information contact your local ramsetreid™
3. Use the correct size undercut setting tool to set the undercut in the engineer.
hole.
4. Remove the debris with hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum.
5. Install the undercut anchor in the hole and engage the undercut shield
by hammering anchor setting tool until anchor is set. Check that
undercut has been set correctly with undercut gauge tool.
6. Install fixture over anchor and tighten nut with a torque wrench to the
specified assembly torque.

26.2-3 Ramset™ Undercut
ANCHOR SYSTEMS
Installation and performance details

Installation details
Anchor Size, Drilled hole Maximum fixture Fixture hole Anchor Depth of Overall
Tightening torque,
db (mm) diameter, thickness, diameter, effective depth, drill hole, anchor length,
Tr (Nm)
dh (mm) t (mm) df (mm) h (mm) h1 (mm) L (mm)
M10 20 25 12 110 120 165 44

M12 22.5 30 14 135 146 200 78
M16 30.5 40 18 190 205 279 195
M20 36 50 22 240 257 351 381

Grade 8.8 Steel Studs Concrete
Anchor Size,
Edge distance, Anchor spacing, Concrete substrate Tension, φØNuc (kN)**
db (mm) Tension, ØNus Shear,
ec (mm) ac (mm) thickness, bm (mm) Concrete compressive strength, f'c
(kN)*** φØVus (kN)
M10 165 330 165 38.5 20.0 35.4 44.8 50.2
M12 202 405 202 56.0 29.3 52.6 66.6 74.6
M16 285 570 285 104.2 56.1 110.3 139.6 156.4
M20 360 720 360 162.7 88.3 177.3 224.4 251.3

Part Numbers
Drilled hole
Anchor Size, Shouldered Undercut
diameter, dh Undercut Undercut cutter Anchor setting Undercut gauge
db (mm) 4 cutter Hole cutting
(mm) Anchor blade tool tool
carbide bit tool
M10 20 UCMPM10110HD PH200120SDS UC200SDS BL200 ST200 GE200
M12 22.5 UCMPM12135HD PH225146SDS UC225SDS BL225 ST225 GE225
M16 30.5 UCMPM16190HD PH305205MAX UC305MAX BL305 ST305 GE305
M20 36 UCMPM20240HD PH360258MAX UC360MAX BL360 ST360 GE360
26.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Carbon Steel

Refer to Typical Bolt Performance Information on page 236 of the Specifiers Resource Book Edition.


Notes:
250
~ Shear limited by bolt and spacer steel capacity.

~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
150
M20
100
M16
50 M12
M10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20
Anchor spacing, am 110 135 190 240
Edge distance, em 90 108 152 192

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table on page 178.
1 Anchor size determined, absolute minimum compliance achieved,

effective depth (h) calculated.


Table 2a R
educed characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 20 22.5 30.5 36

110 44.8
135 66.6
190 139.6
240 224.4

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37

Effective depth, h (mm) 110 135 190 240
90 0.68
108 0.76 0.67
152 0.94 0.83 0.67
165 1.00 0.87 0.71
192 0.96 0.77 0.67
202 1.00 0.80 0.69
240 0.89 0.77
285 1.00 0.85
360 1.00

Note: For single anchor designs, Xnae = 1.0
110 0.67
135 0.70 0.67
190 0.79 0.73 0.67
240 0.86 0.80 0.71 0.67
330 1.00 0.91 0.79 0.73
405 1.00 0.86 0.78
570 1.00 0.90
720 1.00


Note: For single anchor designs, Xnai = 1.0
Anchor spacing a (mm)
110 0.33
135 0.41 0.33
190 0.58 0.47 0.33
240 0.73 0.59 0.42 0.33
330 1.00 0.81 0.58 0.46
405 1.00 0.71 0.56
570 1.00 0.79
720 1.00

Undercut anchor Grade
38.5 56.0 104.2 162.7
8.8 Carbon Steel


Notation Notation
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone N0Rd,p MULTIPLY ØNurc x 0.45 NRd,s MULTIPLY ØNus x 1.00
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0



90 15.8
110 21.4 22.7
150 34.0 36.1 42.0
165 39.2 41.6 48.5
200 52.4 55.6 64.7 70.3
240 68.9 73.0 85.0 92.4
285 89.1 94.5 110.0 119.5
360 126.5 134.5 156.2 169.7
400 148.1 157.1 182.9 198.8
500 207.0 219.1 255.7 277.8
600 288.7 336.1 365.1
800 517.5 562.2
1000 785.7

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37
α
V* Table 4c Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva
Edge distance, e (mm) 90 110 150 165 200 240 285 360 500 700 1000
110 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
135 0.80 0.75 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53
150 0.83 0.77 0.70 0.68 0.65 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53
190 0.92 0.85 0.75 0.73 0.69 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54
225 1.00 0.91 0.80 0.77 0.73 0.69 0.66 0.63 0.59 0.56 0.55
275 1.00 0.87 0.83 0.78 0.73 0.69 0.65 0.61 0.58 0.56
375 1.00 0.95 0.88 0.81 0.76 0.71 0.65 0.61 0.58
410 1.00 0.91 0.84 0.79 0.73 0.66 0.62 0.58
500 1.00 0.92 0.85 0.78 0.70 0.64 0.60
600 1.00 0.92 0.83 0.74 0.67 0.62
710 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.70 0.64
900 1.00 0.86 0.76 0.68
1240 1.00 0.85 0.75
1750 1.00 0.85
2500 1.00

Failure wedge Table 4e M

a a
Concrete edge e
Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Shear force
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
A
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
a Failure wedge
B 9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e2 25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Failure
wedge 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

Undercut anchor Grade
20.0 29.3 56.1 88.3
8.8 Carbon Steel



Notation Notation
0
MULTIPLY ØVuc x 0.57 V Rd,s
0
MULTIPLY ØVus x 1.00
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check

Example
Specify Ramset Undercut™ Anchor,
™
(M20) (UCMPM20240HD).
Ramset™ Undercut™ Anchor,
Shouldered carbide bit (PH360258MAX)
(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)).
Undercut setting tool (UC360MAX)
Shouldered carbide bit (Part Number)
Anchor setting tool (ST360)
Undercut setting tool (Part Number)
Undercut gauge tool (GE360)
Anchor setting tool (Part Number)
Maximum fixed thickness to be 50 mm.
Undercut gauge tool (Part Number)
™

27.1 SpaTec™ Plus
SAFETY ANCHORS

Product
A high security, high performance, through fixing, torque controlled expansion ETA
anchor which has approval for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete.
Benefits, Advantages and Features Le
European Technical Approval (option1) – ETA-10/0276:
• Tested for Category 1& 2 seismic performance in accordance with
ETAG001 Annex E, M10, M12 & M16 anchors only Hex
db
• CISMA Report Anchors exposed to seismic actions - NTC 022 Head
• Highest level of European approval for mechanical expansion anchors
• Approved for all directions (floor, wall, overhead) Le
• Shallow embedment depths
• Highest performance in cracked concrete Hex Nut -
Threaded db
• Zinc Plated to 5μm
• Anchor diameters from M6 to M20 Rod
Suitable for structural loads: Le

• Safety critical loads
• High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt. C/Sunk
db
• Heavy duty, heat treated washer. Heavy duty, thick expansion Head
sleeve that provides secure grip to concrete.
Improved security:
• Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded.
• Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload.
Resistant to cyclic loading:
• Heavy duty sleeve with integrated pull-down section works to retain • Structural beams and columns
65% of initial preload. • Anchoring braces for precast panels
Fast installation: • Safety barriers
• Hex Nut & Hex Bolt versions available • Racking
• Countersunk heads available. • Machinery and heavy plant hold down
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures. • Lift guide rails
• Commercial building facades
Fire rated: Refer Fire rated mechanical anchor section.
Cracked Concrete: Refer to Cracked Concrete section.
Installation
Spatec™ Plus and TS101 Design

Refer to section 58.2 and 58.3 for TS101 applicability. For further
information contact your local ramsetreid™ engineer.
1 2 3
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter and depth using the
fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning
brush.
Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum.
2. After ensuring that the anchor is assembled correctly, insert the anchor
through the fixture and drive with a hammer until the washer contacts
the fixture.
3. Tighten the bolt with a torque wrench to the specified assembly torque.

27.2-3 SpaTec™ Plus
SAFETY ANCHORS

Installation details Optimum dimensions* Reduced Characteristic Capacity #
Anchor Steel Concrete
Drilled Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge* Anchor
Size, db Tension, φØNuc (kN)**
Hole diam., diameter, effective torque, distance, spacing, ac Shear,
(mm) Concrete compressive strength, f'c
dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) Tr (Nm) ec (mm) (mm) φØVus (kN)

60 100 180 23.0 15.5 19.5 21.8
M10 15 17 70 50 105 210 38.5 19.5 24.6 27.5
80 120 240 38.5 23.8 30.1 33.6
70 120 210 33.5 19.5 24.6 27.5
M12 18 20 85 80 130 255 55.1 26.1 33.0 36.8
95 145 285 55.1 30.8 38.9 43.5
95 160 285 62.3 30.8 38.9 43.5
M16 24 26 105 120 160 315 104.5 35.8 45.2 50.6
115 175 345 104.5 41.0 51.9 58.0
110 205 330 100.9 38.4 48.5 54.2
M20 28 32 130 200 205 375 151.7 49.3 62.3 69.7
140 210 420 151.7 55.1 69.7 77.9

Drilled hole Effective Part Number Effective depth, h (mm)
Anchor diameter, dh length, Le Zinc Stainless Steel Zinc
size, db (mm) (mm) (Hex Hd) (Hex Hd) (C/Sunk Hd) h = Le - t
90 SP10105 - - t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
M10 15 97 - - SP10105F
95 - SP10110SS** -
90 SP12105 - -
M12 18 105 SP12120 SP12120SS** - bm = h + (3.5 x dh)
120 - - SP12120F**
120 - SP16145ESS* ** - Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
M16 24
125 SP16145 - - h1 = h + ( 1.5 x dh )
M20 28 150 SP20170 - - h = Effective depth
*Note hex nut assembly. **Note: Lead times apply.

Note: For more sizes and different head styles, refer to page 242, 284 or 304.

Shank Bolt stress Bolt yield Spacer Spacer yield Section
Anchor diameter, ds area, As strength, fy Bolt UTS, area, As strength, fy Spacer UTS,
modulus
size, db (mm) (mm ) (MPa) 2 fu (MPa) (mm ) (MPa) fu (MPa) Z (mm )
2 3
M10 9.8 58.0 640 800 83.4 350 480 62.3

M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 119.8 330 430 109.2
M16 15.7 157.0 640 800 201.7 330 430 277.5
M20 19.7 245.0 660 830 242.5 330 430 540.9
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - 316 Stainless Steel

Anchor diameter, ds area, As strength, fy Bolt UTS, area, As strength, fy Spacer UTS,
modulus
size, db (mm) (mm ) (MPa) 2 fu (MPa) (mm ) (MPa) fu (MPa) Z (mm )
2 3
M10 9.8 58.0 600 800 65.2 260 585 62.3

M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 101.6 260 585 109.2
M16 15.7 157.0 350 700 198.0 260 585 277.5

27.4 SpaTec™ Plus

70 Notes:
~ Shear limited by bolt and spacer steel capacity.

60 ~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity.
50 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
40 M20
30 M16
20 M12
M10
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Anchor spacing, am 65 80 105 135

h = Le - t
t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed


27.4 SpaTec™ Plus

Table 2a R
Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 15 18 24 28

60 19.5
65 22.0
70 24.6 24.6
75 27.3 27.3
80 30.1 30.1
85 33.0 33.0
90 35.9
95 38.9 38.9
100 42.0
105 45.2
110 48.5 48.5
115 51.9 51.9
120 55.3 55.3
130 62.3 62.3
140 69.7
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ΦøNuc*Xtsn. Refer to section 58.4.2

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37
Edge distance, e (mm) 100 125 150 175 200 250
60 1.00
65 1.00
70 0.97 1.00
75 0.92 1.00
80 0.88 1.00 1.00
85 0.85 0.99 1.00 1.00
90 0.82 0.95 1.00 1.00
95 0.79 0.91 1.00 1.00 1.00
100 0.77 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00
110 0.72 0.83 0.94 1.00 1.00 1.00
120 0.69 0.79 0.88 0.98 1.00 1.00
130 0.66 0.75 0.84 0.93 1.00 1.00
140 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.97 1.00

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
60 0.71 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99
65 0.69 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1.00
70 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98
75 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94
80 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1.00
85 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.99
90 0.64 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.96
95 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.94
100 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.92 1.00
110 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95
120 0.60 0.64 0.67 0.71 0.74 0.78 0.85 0.92 1.00
130 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1.00
140 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.68 0.71 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98

27.4 SpaTec™ Plus

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
60 0.42 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97
65 0.38 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90
70 0.36 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95
75 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89
80 0.31 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83
85 0.29 0.39 0.49 0.59 0.69 0.78 0.98
90 0.28 0.37 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.93
95 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.88
100 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.83 1.00
110 0.23 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.00
120 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97
130 0.19 0.26 0.32 0.38 0.45 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 1.00
140 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 0.42 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95

Carbon steel 37.1 54.0 100.5 162.7
316 Stainless Steel 37.1 54.0 87.9


Notation Notation
0

27.4 SpaTec™ Plus


100 16
125 22.4 24.6
150 29.5 32.3
175 37.1 40.7 47.0
200 45.4 49.7 57.4 62
250 63.4 69.4 80.2 86.6
300 83.3 91.3 105.4 113.9
400 128.3 140.5 162.3 175.3
500 196.4 226.8 245.0
600 258.2 298.1 322.0
800 459.0 495.8
1000 692.9
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply øVuc*Xtsn. Refer to section 58.4.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva
75 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
85 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54
100 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54
120 0.74 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
150 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
175 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.54
200 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54
300 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56
400 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58
600 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62
800 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70
1200 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.74
1500 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80
1800 0.95 0.86
2100 1.00 0.92
2500 1.00

27.4 SpaTec™ Plus
Failure wedge Table 4e M

a a
Concrete edge e Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Shear force
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
A
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
a
B
Failure wedge
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Shear Force
e1
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
e2
Failure
wedge
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

Full Shear, (bolt and spacer) (kN)

Carbon Steel 38.5 55.1 104.5 151.7
h min to achieve full shear (mm) 70 80 105 130
Bolt Shear only (kN)

Carbon Steel 23.0 33.5 62.3 100.9
h min to achieve full shear (mm) 60 72 96 112
For Design Method to TS101:2015, Φøv=0.66 therefore Multiply ΦøVus*0.83 for carbon steel only. Refer to section 58

27.4 SpaTec™ Plus


Notation Notation
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone V0Rd,c Refer to pages 258-298 V0Rd,s Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check

Specify Example
Ramset SpaTec Plus Anchor,
™ ™
Ramset SpaTec™ Plus Anchor,
™
(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). M12 (SP12120).

Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm. Maximum fixed thickness to be 8 mm.
™

28.1 Boa™ Coil
EXPANSION ANCHORS

Product Le
The Boa™ Coil Anchor is a heavy duty, rotation

setting expansion anchor.

High load capacity: db
• Expansion coil locks into concrete to give cast-in type performance.
• High tensile capacity of grade 8.8 steel bolt.
High clamping load:
• Rotation setting action pulls down.
Resistant to cyclic loading: • Installing handrails and balustrades
• Pull-down action. • Machinery hold down
Fast installation: • Formwork support
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures. • Safety barriers
Easy and fast to remove: • Scaffolding
• Expansion coil stays in hole leaving no protruding metal
parts to grind off.
Installation
Boa™ Coil and TS101 Design
Refer to section 58.2 and 58.3 for TS101
applicability. For further information contact your
local ramsetreid™ engineer.
1 2 3 4
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter and depth

using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with
a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump,
compressed air, or vacuum.
2. After ensuring that the anchor is assembled correctly (the coil
tab points up the anchor), insert the anchor through the fixture.
Tap the anchor down to the depth set mark, with a hammer,
and stop.
3. Wind the anchor down, with an appropriately sized spanner or
socket wrench, until the washer is firmly held to the fixture
and stop (5 turns). Ensure washer is tight and snug fit.
4. The Boa™ Coil anchor is ready to take load. (The bolt can be
removed leaving the coil in the hole. To re-insert, follow steps 3 - 4.)

28.2-3 Boa™ Coil
EXPANSION ANCHORS

Installation details Optimum dimensions* Reduced Characteristic Capacity #
Drilled Fixture hole Anchor Edge* Anchor
Size, db Turns to Tension, φØNuc (kN)**
Hole diam., diameter, effective distance, spacing, ac Shear,
(mm) set anchor Concrete compressive strength, f'c
dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) ec (mm) (mm) φØVus (kN)

30 8.9 5.5 7.0 7.8
10 10 12 50 5 60 120 14.3 9.2 11.6 13.0
75 17.8 13.8 17.4 19.5
40 16.4 9.6 12.1 13.5
13 13 14 75 5 80 160 30.8 17.9 22.7 25.3
110 32.0 26.3 33.2 37.2
50 28.9 14.7 18.6 20.8
16 16 19 70 5 100 200 40.3 20.6 26.0 29.1
90 51.8 26.5 33.5 37.4
57 40.3 19.9 25.2 28.2
19 19 21 80 5 120 230 56.6 27.9 35.3 39.5
105 74.3 36.7 46.4 51.9

Anchor size, Effective length, Part No. Effective depth, h (mm)
db (mm) Le (mm) Zn
47 BAC06060* h = Le - t
62 BAC06075*
10 t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
87 BAC06100*
112 BAC06125*
59 BAC08075 Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
13 84 BAC08100
124 BAC08140
bm = h + ( 5 x dh )
71 BAC10090
16
106 BAC10125 Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
63 BAC12085* h1 = h + ( 3 x dh )
19
93 BAC12115 h = Effective depth
*Note: Available in New Zealand only

Bolt stress area, As Bolt yield strength, fy Bolt UTS, fu Section modulus, Z
Anchor size, db (mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
10 43.2 680 830 40.0
13 77.8 680 830 97.0
16 134.4 680 830 219.8
19 196.0 680 830 387.2

28.4 Boa™ Coil
50 Notes:
~ Shear limited by steel capacity.
45 ~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity.

~ f'c = 32 MPa
35
19
30
25
16
20
13
15
10
10
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Anchor size, db (mm) 10 13 16 19
e ≥ 6 db 80 105 130 150
Anchor spacing, am
e < 6 db 100 130 160 190

h = Le - t

28.4 Boa™ Coil

30 7.0
35 8.1
40 9.3 12.1
45 10.5 13.6
50 11.6 15.1 18.6
55 12.8 16.6 20.5
60 13.9 18.1 22.3 26.5
70 16.3 21.2 26.0 30.9
80 18.6 24.2 29.8 35.3
90 20.9 27.2 33.5 39.8
100 23.2 30.2 37.2 44.2
105 31.7 46.4
110 33.2
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

50 0.88
60 1.00
70 0.93
80 1.00 0.88
90 0.96
100 1.00 0.91
120 1.00


80 0.83
90 0.88
100 0.92 0.82
120 1.00 0.88
140 0.95 0.86
160 1.00 0.92 0.85
180 0.97 0.89
200 1.00 0.94
220 0.98
230 1.00

28.4 Boa™ Coil


80 0.67
90 0.75
100 0.83 0.64
120 1.00 0.77
140 0.90 0.73
150 0.96 0.78 0.66
160 1.00 0.83 0.70
180 0.94 0.79
200 1.00 0.88
220 0.96
230 1.00
Carbon steel 27.6 51.7 89.2 130.1


Notation Notation
0

28.4 Boa™ Coil


50 4.6
70 7.7 8.7
80 9.4 10.7 11.9
100 13.1 14.9 16.6 18.0
150 24.1 27.4 30.4 33.2
200 37.0 42.2 46.8 51.1
250 51.8 59.0 65.5 71.3
300 68.0 77.6 86.1 93.8
400 104.8 119.4 132.5 144.4
500 146.4 166.9 185.2 201.8
600 192.4 219.4 243.4 265.3
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
α
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*
Load direction effect, Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Table 4d A
50 0.79 0.70 0.64 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.52
75 0.93 0.80 0.71 0.69 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
100 1.00 0.90 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53
125 1.00 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54
150 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
175 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56
200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57
225 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65 0.61 0.59 0.58
250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58
275 0.87 0.78 0.72 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59
300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60
400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63
500 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67
750 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75
1000 1.00 0.90 0.83
1250 1.00 0.92
1500 1.00

28.4 Boa™ Coil
Table 4e M
Failure wedge
a a Note: For single anchor designs, Xvn = 1.0
Anchor spacing /
Concrete edge e 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Shear force 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
A
8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
a Failure wedge
9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
B
Concrete edge 10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
eB
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
20 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e1 Shear Force
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
e2
Failure 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
wedge
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

h ≥ 6 x db 17.8 32.0 55.3 80.7
h ≥ 5 x db 14.3 26.7 46.1 67.2
h ≥ 4 x db 11.4 21.3 36.9 53.8
h ≥ 3 x db 8.9 16.0 27.7 40.3

28.4 Boa™ Coil


Notation Notation
0
0
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check

Specify
Ramset™ Boa™ Coil Anchor,
Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset™ Boa™ Coil Anchor,
16 mm (BAC10125).
™

29.1 TruBolt™
STUD ANCHORS

Product Le
The TruBolt™ Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting

expansion anchor. db = dh

Maximum shear capacity for hole size:
• Stud diameter equals hole diameter.
Faster installation:
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures. Principal Applications
High clamp load:
• Stud design ensures pull-down on fixture. • Structural beams and columns
Superior corrosion resistance: • Bottom plate and batten fixing
• AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel. • Formwork support
Outstanding exterior durability: • Installing signs, handrails, balustrades and gates
• 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating. • Safety barriers
Superior strength:
• Cold forged steel construction.
Installation
Trubolt™ and TS101 Design
Use Ramset™ i-Expert Software when designing to TS101 (European
Design Method) and select Trubolt™ Xtrem™. Applicable to Zinc plate
and Hot Dip Galv finishes.
Published technical information on the new Xtrem™ range of anchors
will be made available during 2016.
For further information on designing to TS101 refer to section 58 of this
Handbook or contact your local ramsetreid™ engineer
10 11 12 10 11 12 10 11 12
1.
Drill or core a hole to13 the
13 14 15 16
recommended diameter
14 15 16
(same as the
13 14 15 16
TruBolt™)and
17 18 19 20
depth using the
17 18 19 20
fixture as a template.
17 18 19 20
Clean the hole
thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a
hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum.
2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and drive with a hammer until
the washer contacts the fixture.
3. Tighten the nut with a torque wrench to the specified assembly
torque.

29.2 TruBolt™
STUD ANCHORS

Installation details Optimum dimensions* Reduced Characteristic Capacity
Drilled Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor
Size, db Tension, φØNuc (kN)**
Hole diam., diameter, effective torque, distance, spacing, ac Shear,
(mm) Concrete compressive strength, f'c
dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) Tr (Nm) ec (mm) (mm) φØVus (kN)

M6 6 8 24 10 45 70 5.7 3.1 3.5 4.0
M8 8 9 32 20 55 100 9.8 4.8 5.4 6.1
M10 10 12 40 35 60 120 13.5 6.7 7.5 8.5
M12 12 14 48 50 75 150 17.1 8.8 9.9 11.2
M16 16 18 64 155 100 200 28.8 13.6 15.2 17.2
M20 20 24 80 355 120 240 54.7 19.0 21.3 24.0

Hole Effective Part No. Effective depth, h (mm)
Anchor
diameter, length, Le
size, db Zn Gal S/S
dh (mm) (mm)
38 T06055 – T06055SS h = Le - t
68 T06085 – T06085SS t = total thickness of material(s)
M6 6 103 T06120 – – being fixed
133 T06150 – –
163 T06180 – –
45 T08065 – T08070SSA Substrate thickness, bm
M8 8
70 T08090 T08090GH T08090SSA bm = 2 x h
52 T10075 – T10075SSA
M10 10 67 T10090 T10090GH T10095SSA
97 T10120 – T10120SSA Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
58 T12080 T12080GH T12080SSA h1 = h + ( 2 x dh )
h = Effective depth
71 T12100 T12100GH T12100SSA
M12 12 93 T12120 – –
111 T12140 T12140GH T12140SSA
151 T12180 T12180GH –
70 T16110 T16110GH –
85 T16125 T16125GH T16125SSA
M16 16
110 T16150 T16150GH T16150SSA
135 T16175 T16175GH T16170SSA
95 T20140 T20140GH T20140SS
M20 20 115 T20160 T20160GH T20160SS
170 T20215 T20215GH –

29.3 TruBolt™
STUD ANCHORS

Anchors with strengths higher in the reduced section than in the
threaded section, are formed by cold working. The reduced section is
located under the expansion sleeve.
For shear loads, the critical plane is located in the threaded section,
and for tensile loads, the critical plane is located at the reduced
section.
Stress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section

Anchor thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z
size, db (mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M6 20.1 4.2 460 570 660 830 12.7
M8 36.6 5.8 430 540 600 750 31.2

M10 58 7.6 380 470 480 600 62.3

M12 84.3 8.9 330 410 450 560 109.2

M16 157 12.1 290 370 400 500 277.5

M20 245 16.1 360 450 360 450 540.9
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Stress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section
Anchor thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z
size, db (mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M6 20.1 4.2 320 400 470 590 12.7
M8 36.6 5.6 420 620 780 900 31.2

M10 58 7.3 420 620 780 900 62.3

M12 84.3 8.6 420 620 780 900 109.2

M16 157 11.7 420 620 780 900 277.5

M20 245 16.1 480 600 480 600 540.9

29.4 TruBolt™

30
25 Notes:
~ Shear limited by steel capacity
~ Tension limited by pull-through capacity
20 ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M20
15
M16
10
M12
M10
5
M8
M6
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Min. Anchor spacing - am 30 35 40 45 50 60
Min. Edge distance - em 45 55 60 65 75 95

h = Le - t

29.4 TruBolt™

Table 2a - Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
Hole diameter, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
25 4.2
30 5.5
35 6.9 6.9
40 8.5 8.5 8.5
50 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9
65 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.6
80 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0
95 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0
110 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7
125 46.8 46.8 46.8
145 58.5 58.5 58.5
160 67.8 67.8
180 81.0
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ΦøNuc*Xtsn. Applies to 316 SS only. Refer to section 58.4.2
Table 2b - Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 175 200 230
25
30 1
35 0.97
40 0.88 1 1
50 0.77 0.86 0.95 1
65 0.66 0.73 0.80 0.87 1
80 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 1
95 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.79 0.91 1
110 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.72 0.83 0.94 1
125 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.67 0.77 0.86 0.95 1
145 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.56 0.62 0.70 0.78 0.86 0.94 1
160 0.45 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.81 0.88 0.97

29.4 TruBolt™

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
25 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.90 1
30 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.94 1

35 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.98
40 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92 1
50 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.92 1 1
65 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1
80 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1
95 0.55 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.94 1
110 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95 1
125 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.97 1
145 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.79 0.84 0.90 0.96
160 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
25 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.80 1
30 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.89 1
35 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.95
40 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83 1
50 0.20 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.83 1 1
65 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.41 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 1
80 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 1
95 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.88 1
110 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91 1
125 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.21 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.47 0.53 0.67 0.80 0.93 1
145 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.29 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.57 0.69 0.80 0.92
160 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.36 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83

29.4 TruBolt™
Anchor size, db M6
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Carbon steel 9.1 15.7 21.8 27.8 45.5 72.5
316 Stainless steel 6.4 12.6 21.8 29.9 55.2 97.7
Table 3b - Reduced characteristic ultimate pull-through capacity**, ØNup (kN), Øp = 0.65, f’c = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db *M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 *M20
Drill hole dia, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20
25 4.6
35 7.5
40 9.2
50 12.9
65 19.0
80 26.0
**Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate Pull-through capacity is not influenced by reduced anchor spacing or edge distance.
3a Design reduced ultimate pull through capacity, ØNurp
ØNurp = ØNup* Xnc
3b Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur
ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNurp

If not satisfied return to step 1

29.4 TruBolt™

Concrete Tensile Performance Pull-Through Performance Steel Tensile Performance
Performance Required Concrete Pull-Through Carbon Steel
Notation Notation Notation
Strength Limit State ØNurc MULTIPLY ØNurc x 1.00 ØNup MULTIPLY ØNup x 1.00 ØNus MULTIPLY ØNus x 1.00
Working Load Limit Nac MULTIPLY ØNurc x 0.55 Nap MULTIPLY ØNup x 0.51 Nas MULTIPLY ØNus x 0.56
Cyclic Loading Nyc MULITPLY ØNurc x 0.19 Nyp MULITPLY ØNup x 0.18 Nys MULITPLY ØNus x 0.19
Fire Resistance NRk,c,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 NRk,p,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257 NRk,s,fi,t Refer to pages 238-257
0
Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,p Refer to pages 258-298 NRd,s Refer to pages 258-298
Seismic N Rd,p,sis
0
Refer to pages 299-325 NRd,p,sis Refer to pages 299-325 NRd,s,sis Refer to pages 299-325

Table 4a R
educed characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVuc (kN), Øq = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa

45 3.1
60 4.7 5.4 6.1
75 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3 10.8
100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3 16.6 18.5
150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4 30.4 34.0
200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 52.4
250 40.1 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 73.2
300 52.7 60.9 68.0 74.5 86.1 96.2
350 76.7 85.7 93.9 108.5 121.3
450 136.9 158.1 176.8
600 272.2
850
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ΦøNuc*Xtsv. Applies to 316 SS only. Refer to section 58.4.3

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
α
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

29.4 TruBolt™
Table 4d A
30 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.51 0.51 0.51
50 0.72 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.51
60 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.51
80 0.86 0.77 0.71 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52
100 0.94 0.83 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52
125 1.00 0.92 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53
150 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54
200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.55
250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.58 0.56
300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57
400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.59
500 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.72 0.67 0.62
600 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.77 0.70 0.64
800 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.86 0.77 0.69
1000 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.74
1500 1.00 1.00 0.85
2000 0.97
Failure wedge
Table 4e M
a a
Concrete edge
e Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES Number of anchors, n
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Shear force 7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
A 8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
a
B
Failure wedge 9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Shear Force
e1
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
e2
Failure
wedge
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86

29.4 TruBolt™

Carbon steel 5.7 9.8 13.5 17.1 28.8 54.7
316 Stainless steel 4.0 7.8 13.5 18.9 46.7 72.9
For Design Method to TS101:2015, Φøv=0.66 therefore Multiply ΦøVus*0.83 for 316 SS only. Refer to section 58


Notation Notation
0
0
Seismic V Rd,c,sis
0
0
6 Check
N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2, if not satisfied return to step 1
Example
Specify Ramset™ TruBolt™ Anchor,
Ramset TruBolt Anchor,
™ ™
M20 (T20160).
(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). Maximum fixed thickness to be 20 mm.
Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm. To be installed in accordance with
™

30.1 WERCS AnkaScrew™
SCREW IN ANCHORS

MGAL
Product
The WERCS AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty,
rotation setting thread forming anchor.

Fast and easy to install:
• Simply screws into hole. Principal Applications
Fast and easy to remove: • Pallet racking
• Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts • Temporary safety barriers
to grind off. • Conveyors
Close to edge and for close anchor spacing: • Pipe brackets
• Does not expand and burst concrete. • Gate hinges into brickwork
• Temporary hand rails
• Bottom plates
Installation
WERCS ANKASCREW™ and TS101 Design

Refer to section 58.2 and 58.3 of Specifiers
Handbook for TS101 applicability.
For further information contact your local
ramsetreid™ engineer.
1 2 3
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean thoroughly

with brush. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
2. Using a socket wrench, screw the WERCS AnkaScrew™ into the hole
using slight pressure until the self tapping action starts.
3. Tighten the WERCS AnkaScrew™ until flush with fixture.
If resistance is experienced when tightening, unscrew anchor one
turn and re-tighten. Ensure not to over tighten.

30.2-3 WERCS AnkaScrew™
SCREW IN ANCHORS

Installation details Optimum dimensions* Reduced Characteristics Capacity
Anchor Shear
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Tension (concrete), φØNuc (kN)**
size, db (concrete)
diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, distance, spacing, ac
(mm) ØVuc (kN)*** Concrete compressive strength, f’c
(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) Tr (Nm) ec (mm) (mm)
f’c > 20 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa
5 5 7 25 5 15 15 0.9 2.1 2.3 2.5

30 6.8 # 3.7 4.0 4.3
6 6 8 37 15 60 35 7.5 4.7 5.0 5.5
45 7.5 5.8 6.3 6.9
40 12.6 # 5.5 5.9 6.4
8 8 10 50 40 80 45 13.3 7.3 7.9 8.6
60 13.3 9.3 10.0 10.9
50 20.7 7.9 8.5 9.3
10 10 12 62 55 100 60 20.7 10.6 11.5 12.5
75 20.7 13.9 15.0 16.3
60 25 # 11.2 12.1 13.2
12 12 15 75 80 120 70 28.4 # 15.5 16.8 18.3
90 29.8 20.3 21.9 23.9
90 53.0 20.7 24.1 28.4
16 16 19 105 - 160 100 53.0 25.4 29.5 34.8
120 53.0 30.3 35.2 41.5
*** Note: Values are for shear load direction away from concrete edge - Reduce characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity = ØVuc where Ø = 0.6 and Vuc = Charecteristic
ultimate concrete edge shear capacity.
# Note: Values for shear limited by steel - Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity = ØVus where Ø = 0.80 and Vus = Characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity.

Anchor Effective length, Le Part No.
size, db (mm) Zn Hex Head Gal Hex Head
5 28 AS05030 -
44 AS06050W100 AS06050WGM100 h = Le - t,
6 69 AS06075W100 AS06075WGM100 t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
94 AS06100W100 AS06100WGM100
54 AS08060W100 AS08060WGM100
8 69 AS08075W100 AS08075WGM100 Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
94 AS08100W100 AS08100WGM100
54 AS10060W50 AS10060WGM50
bm = greater of: 1.25 x h,
10 69 AS10075W50 AS10075WGM50 h + (3 x dh)
94 AS10100W50 AS10100WGM50
69 AS12075W50 AS12075WGM50
12 94 AS12100W50 AS12100WGM50 Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
144 AS12150W20 AS12150WGM20 h1 = h + dh
115 AS16115 - h = Effective depth
16 140 AS16140 -
160 AS16160 -
Stress Yield
Anchor UTS, fu
area, As strength, fy
size, db (mm) (MPa)
(mm2) (MPa)
5 15.9 600 800
6 22.9 640 800
8 42.4 640 800
10 69.4 640 800
12 84.1 640 800
16 186.3 640 800


50
40 Notes:
~ Shear limited by steel capacity at h = 7.5 dh
~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steel

capacity and concrete capacity at h = 7.5 dh
16
30 ~ edge or spacing effects.
No
~ f'c = 32 MPa
20
12
10
10
8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Anchor Size, db (mm) 6 8 10 12 16
em, am 20 25 30 35 50

h = Le - t,


Anchor Size, db 6 8 10 12 16

30 4.3
35 5.1
40 6.0 6.4
45 6.9 7.5
50 8.6 9.3
55 9.8 10.6
60 10.9 12.0 13.2
75 16.3 18.3 22.3
90 23.9 28.4
105 34.8
120 41.6

f'c (MPa) 20 25 32 40
Xnc - Anchor size db = 6-12 0.85 0.92 1 1.08
Xnc - Anchor size db = 16 only 0.73 0.85 1 1.16

Edge Distance e, (mm)
20 0.53
25 0.59 0.52
30 0.65 0.56 0.51
35 0.71 0.61 0.55 0.50
40 0.77 0.65 0.58 0.53
50 0.88 0.74 0.65 0.59 0.51
60 1.00 0.83 0.72 0.65 0.55
70 0.91 0.79 0.71 0.60
80 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.64
90 0.93 0.83 0.69
100 1.00 0.88 0.73
110 0.94 0.78
120 1.00 0.82
145 0.93
160 1.00

Anchor Spacing a, (mm)
20 0.78
25 0.85 0.76
30 0.92 0.81 0.75
35 1.00 0.86 0.79 0.78
40 0.92 0.83 0.81
45 1.00 0.88 0.81
50 0.92 0.85 0.76
55 0.96 0.88 0.79
60 1.00 0.92 0.81
70 1.00 0.86
80 0.92
90 0.97
100 1.00


Anchor Spacing a, (mm)
20 0.56
25 0.69 0.52
30 0.83 0.63 0.50
35 1.00 0.73 0.58 0.49
40 0.83 0.67 0.56
45 0.94 0.75 0.63
50 1.00 0.83 0.69 0.52
55 0.92 0.76 0.57
60 1.00 0.83 0.63
70 1.00 0.73
80 0.83
90 0.94
100 1.00

Anchor size, db
6 8 10 12 16
(mm)
Heat Treated
14.6 27.1 44.4 53.8 119.2
Carbon Steel


Notation Notation
0


Edge Distance e, (mm)
20 0.9
25 1.3 1.5
30 1.7 1.9 2.2
35 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0
50 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.9
75 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3 10.8
100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3 16.6
150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4 30.4
200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.8
250 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5
300 68.0 74.5 86.1
400 114.8 132.5
500 185.2
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3.5 x Anchor size, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40
Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
α
V*
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

conc. edge shear, Xvd Table 4d A
Edge distance, e (mm) 20 25 30 35 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 400 500
20 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52
25 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.53 0.53 0.52
30 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52
35 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52
40 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.52
50 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52
65 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.76 0.67 0.63 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53
80 1.00 0.96 0.82 0.71 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53
100 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54
125 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55
150 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56
200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58
250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60
300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62
450 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.80 0.73 0.68
600 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.74
1000 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90
1250 1.00

Failure wedge
Table 4e M
a a
Concrete edge e Anchor spacing /
0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES Number of anchors, n
2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00
4 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
5 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
6 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
Shear force
7 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
A 8 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
a
B
Failure wedge 9 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
Concrete edge
eB 10 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
15 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
Shear Force
e1
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
e2
Failure
wedge
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86
Anchor size, db (mm) 6 8 10 12 16
h ≥ 5 x dh 6.8 12.6 20.7 25.0 55.4
h ≥ 6 x dh 7.7 14.3 23.4 28.4 62.8
h ≥ 7 x dh 8.6 16.0 26.2 31.7 70.2
h ≥ 7.5 x dh 9.1 16.8 27.5 33.4 73.9



Notation Notation
0
0
6 Check

Specify
Ramset™ WERCS AnkaScrew™ Anchor,
Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset™ WERCS AnkaScrew™ Anchor,
12 mm (AS12100W50).
™

31.1 DynaBolt™ Plus
SLEEVE ANCHORS

Product Le
The DynaBolt™ Plus Sleeve Anchor is a medium duty, torque

dh

Improved security:
• Patented sleeve crushes to close gaps up to 5 mm and pulls down
to induce clamp load.
Fast installation: Principal Applications
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures. • Bottom plate and batten fixing
Versatile: • Installing signs, handrails and gates
• Choice of head styles. • Installing duct work, pipe brackets and suspended
Superior corrosion resistance: ceilings
• From AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel. • Corner guards
Outstanding exterior durability:
• 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.
Installation
Dynabolt™ Plus and TS101 Design
Refer to section 58.2 and 58.3 of Specifiers Handbook for
TS101 applicability. For further information contact your local
1 2 3
1. Use fixture as a template, drill a hole to the correct diameter and

depth. Clean hole thoroughly with brush.
2. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump, compressed
air, etc. Insert anchor tightly against fixture and tighten with
spanner.
3. Continue tightening, allowing the sleeve to twist and
pull down the fixture firmly onto the base material.

31.2-3 DynaBolt™ Plus
SLEEVE ANCHORS

Anchor
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Shear (steel) Tension (Pull-Through), φØNup (kN)**
size, db
diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, distance, spacing, ac Concrete compressive strength, f’c
(mm) ØVus (kN)***
(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) Tr (Nm) ec (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
20 55 60 5.0 2.9 3.7 4.1
6 6 8 10
25 55 75 5.0 2.9 3.7 4.1
30 60 90 8.0 4.1 5.2 5.8
8 8 10 15
35 60 105 8.0 4.1 5.2 5.8
35 70 105 12.7 5.2 6.6 7.4
10 10 12 35
45 70 135 12.7 5.2 6.6 7.4
40 70 120 15.8 7.2 9.1 10.2
12 12 15 55
50 75 150 15.8 7.2 9.1 10.2
55 85 165 20.9 11.3 14.3 16.0
16 16 19 85
65 100 195 20.9 11.3 14.3 16.0
70 105 210 31.1 15.3 19.4 21.7
20 20 24 165
85 130 255 31.1 15.3 19.4 21.7
**Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate Pull-Through tensile capacity = ØNup where Ø = 0.65 and Nup = Characteristic ultimate Pull-Through tensile capacity.
For conversion to Working Load Limit MULTIPLY ØNup x 0.51
***Note: Values for shear limited by steel - Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity = ØVus where Ø = 0.80 and Vus = Characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity.

Anchor Effective Part No. Anchor Effective Part No.
size, dh length, Le size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm) Zn Gal S/S
(mm) (mm) Zn Gal S/S
47 DP12060 DP12060GH DP12060SS
23 DP6026 – – 62 DP12070 DP12070GH DP12070SS
6 34 DP06040 – DP06040SS 12
90 DP12100 DP12100GH DP12100SS
53 DP06060 – DP06060SS
118 DP12125 DP12125GH DP12125SS
34 DP08040 – DP08040SS
51 DP16065 DP16065GH –
8 60 DP08065 – DP08065SS
16 95 DP16110 DP16110GH –
86 DP08090 – –
129 DP16140 DP16140GH –
34 DP10040 DP10040GH –
42 DP10050 DP10050GH DP10050SS 70 DP20080 DP20080GH –
10 69 DP10075 DP10075GH DP10075SS 20 102 DP20115 DP20115GH –
96 DP10100 DP10100GH DP10100SS 146 DP20160 – –
117 DP10125 – –

bm = 2 x h
h = lesser of Le - t,
5 * dh
Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed h1 = h + dh
h = Effective depth
Anchor Stress Carbon steel Stainless steel Section
Thread
size, dh area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus
size, db
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)
6 M4.5 11.3 720 900 480 600 5.4
8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7
10 M8 36.6 560 700 480 600 31.2
12 M10 58.0 440 550 480 600 62.3
16 M12 84.3 400 500 – – 109.2
20 M16 157.0 320 400 – – 277.5

32.1 DynaSet™
DROP IN ANCHORS

L
Product
The DynaSet™ Drop-In Anchor is a medium duty,
db dh
displacement setting expansion anchor.

Fast installation:
• Shallow embedment and simple setting action.
Convenient: Principal Applications
• Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths.
• Flanged version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes. • Suspended services, such as cable tray, ventilation
ducts or plumbing fixtures
Ideal as reusable anchorage point:
• Stadium seating
• Internal threaded design.
• Holding down machinery
• No protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.
• Installing racking
Superior corrosion resistance: • Suspended ceilings
• AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.
Installation
Dynaset™ and TS101 Design
Refer to section 58.2 and 58.3 of Specifiers Handbook for
TS101 applicability. For further information contact your local
1 2 3
1. Drill hole at recommended diameter, to at least the anchor length

in depth. Clean hole thoroughly with a brush. Remove debris by
way of a vacuum pump, compressed air, hand pump etc.
2. Insert anchor and push to required depth. Using the special setting
tool, drive the expander plug down until shoulder of the setting
punch meets top of the anchor.
3. Position fixture then insert the bolt and tighten with spanner.
The DynaSet™ Drop-In anchor remains set in position if the bolt is
removed.

32.2-3 DynaSet™
DROP IN ANCHORS

Anchor Drilled hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Shear (steel) Tension (concrete), ØNuc (kN)**
size, db diameter, dh effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac Concrete compressive strength, f’c
ØVus (kN)***
(mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
M6 8 23 6 80 60 4.5 3.6 4.6 5.1

M6 Flanged 8 23 6 80 60 5.8 3.6 4.6 5.1
M8 10 28 10 100 70 5.8 4.9 6.1 6.9
M10 12 38 20 135 95 7.1 7.7 9.7 10.8
M10 Flanged 12 28 12 100 70 5.8 4.9 6.1 6.9
M12 16 # 48 40 170 120 13.2 10.9 13.8 15.4
M12 Flanged 16 48 40 170 120 13.2 10.9 13.8 15.4
M16 20 63 95 220 160 20.9 16.4 20.7 23.2
M20 25 78 180 275 195 26.3 22.6 28.5 31.9
*** Note: Values for shear limited by steel - Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity = ØVus where Ø = 0.80 and Vus = Characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity.
# Note: Hole diameter = 15mm for M12SS

Anchor Effective Thread Part No.
Anchor
length, Lt
length, L depth, h
size, db Zn S/S
(mm) (mm) (mm) bm = 2 x h
M6 25 23 11 DSM06 DSM06SS
M6 Flanged 25 23 11 DSF06 –
M8 30 28 13 DSM08 DSM08SS Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
M10 40 38 16 DSM10 DSM10SS h1 = h
M10 Flanged 30 28 14 DSF10 – h = Effective depth
M12 50 48 21 DSM12 DSM12SS
M12 Flanged 50 48 21 DSF12 –
M16 65 63 28 DSM16 –
M16 60 58 28 – DSM16SS
M20 80 78 35 DSM20 –
Anchor Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Section
Anchor stress area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z
size, db (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)
M6 24.3 350 440 480 600 36.9
M8 32.0 350 440 480 600 63.7
M10 40.7 340 430 480 600 100.2
M12 96.3 260 320 – – 292.9
M12 S/S 72.0 – – 480 600 214.9
M16 125.5 320 450 480 600 502.1
M20 198.3 198.3 450 480 600 789.6

Notes
DROP IN ANCHORS

Introduction
BRICK AND BLOCK ANCHORING
Brick & Block

Anchoring
Brick & Block Anchoring
Ramset™ provides a range of concrete anchors for anchoring into Please note that as the performance information on
pre-manufactured masonry units from lightweight fixtures to heavy pre-manufactured masonry substrates is provided by the various
structural connections including stud types and hex bolt finishes. manufacturers in Working Load Limit format our anchor performance
data in this section is also provided in Working Load Limit format.
Anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units such as concrete
blocks, wire cut extruded clay brick and pressed solid bricks requires For lightweight applications into Brick and Block a number of alternate
a different approach to anchoring into solid in-situ concrete or precast Ramset™ Concrete Anchors may be considered.
concrete units. The anchor must firmly clamp a fixture to the face
of the substrate without splitting it or causing other damage. The 1. ShureDrive™ (refer to Tech Data Sheet).
capacity of the anchors is frequently limited by the strength of the 2. EasyDrive™ Nylon Anchors (refer to Tech Data Sheet).
substrate, and the strength of the various units available on the market
varies from manufacturer to manufacturer and from region to region The performance of the above anchors is not dependent on the
within any one manufacturer. Also being discrete units rather than a substrate and therefore you may refer to the performance figures
continuous slab means the anchor will always be in close proximity detailed in the Tech Data Sheets available from the Ramset Website.
to an edge of that individual unit whilst also possibly being centrally
placed within the overall structure. Anchoring into core filled hollow blocks
Ideally all anchors into these pre-manufactured masonry units should
be in the centre of the block or brick and in the case of hollow units In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled with concrete
such as wire cut bricks and concrete blocks the anchors should be grout, Ramset™ anchors may be designed and specified similarly as
placed in the solid section of the unit, but it is not always practical to in concrete, provided the designer assesses the effective strength of
position fixtures to ensure this. the masonry including the joints.
This section provides performance information to aid design of However it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchors, such as
connections to pre-manufactured masonry units. It assists design Spatec™ Plus, Boa™Coil , DynaSet™ , and Maxima™ Capsule anchors.
by recognising that positioning anchorage points in the centre of a Note that DynaBolt™ Plus, TruBolt™ and WERCS AnkaScrew™ anchors
masonry unit is not always possible by providing capacities for zones should be limited to 12mm anchor size and ChemSet™ Injection
rather than specific points and we have also endeavoured to provide anchors should be no greater than M16.
a realistic evaluation of the anchor’s performance in the poorest
performing section within these zones. Design scope of SATS101:2015 excludes anchoring in brick or
blockwork. Refer to section 58 of this Handbook or contact your local

33.1 Typical Masonry
UNITS
CLAY BRICK – Overall
33.1 TYPICAL MASONRY UNITS 76 mm
110 mm
230 mm
33.1.1 TYPICAL DIMENSIONS

CLAY BRICK – Overall CONCRETE BLOCK – Overall
76 mm
190 mm
110 mm
230 mm
CONCRETE BLOCK – Overall 190 mm

SOLID BRICK
390 mm
190 mm
CONCRETE BLOCK
190 mm
390 mm
THREE HOLE BRICK

Nominal
115 mm
Nominal
138 mm
Nominal
Wall Thickness
32 mm
Nominal
Hole Dia. Nominal
44 mm Wall Thickness 37.5 mm
Note: Due to the manufacturing process, the internal cavities

Nominal Nominal have tapered walls. Wall thickness indicated is a nominal
Wall Thickness 25 mm Web Thickness 21 mm dimension only, taken from the centre of the block.
TEN HOLE BRICK 33.1.2 CHARACTERISTIC UNCONFINED

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
Solid Three Hole Ten Hole Concrete
Clay Brick Clay Brick Clay Brick Block
> 10 MPa > 30 MPa > 15 MPa > 8 MPa
Nominal
Wall Thickness
21 mm
Nominal
Hole Dia.
28 mm
Nominal Nominal
Wall Thickness 21 mm Web Thickness
Typically 12 mm

UNITS
33.1.3 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS Corner – Block
Corner – Brick • One anchor per cavity.

• Minimum edge distance = 1/2 block.
• One anchor per brick.
• Minimum edge distance = one brick.
Top of Wall – Block
Top of Wall – Brick • One anchor per cavity.

• Two clear courses down from top of wall.
• One anchor per brick.
• Three clear courses down from top of wall.
33.1.4 MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES CONCRETE BLOCK
CLAY BRICK
See page
225 and 227 ≥ 20 mm ≥ 60 mm
≥ 60 mm
≥ 20 mm to
centre of hole.
Typical for all clay bricks.

UNITS
33.1.5 FIXINGS PER BRICK/BLOCK CONCRETE BLOCK

SOLID BRICK

70 mm
minimum
THREE HOLE BRICK
TEN HOLE BRICK


Product
ChemSet™ Injection 101 PLUS is a medium duty, peroxide
initiated injection anchor.

Fast installation:
• Load in 50 min. (at 20°C).
Versatile:
• Suitable for anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units.
Australian Made
Principal Applications into
Brick and Block
• Installing wall mounted signs, handrails, and gates
Installation
1 1. Drill recommended diameter and
depth hole. Installation temperature limits:

2 2. Important: Clean dust and
debris from hole with stiff wire Service temperature limits:
or nylon brush and blower in the -40°C to 80°C.
following sequence: blow x 4,
brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3,
blow x 4.
Setting Times
3 3. Insert mixing nozzle into sleeve
or sieve. Fill to 3/4 the sleeve/ 101 PLUS
sieve depth slowly, ensuring no Gel Time Loading Time
(mins) (mins)
air pockets form. Insert Ramset™
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud to bottom
30°C
of hole while turning. 4 35
25°C 5 40
4 4. ChemSet™ Injection 101 Plus to
cure as per setting times. 20°C 6 50
Attach fixture.
10°C 10 85
5°C 18 145
minimum 5°C.

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details:

ChemSet™ Injection 101 PLUS and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Installation details Working Load Limit (kN)
Anchor size, db Substrate Sleeve/Sieve Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick

(mm) Type diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na

M8 10 10 80 10 4.4 1.4
M10 12 12 85 20 4.8 1.5
Solid Clay Brick –

M12 14 15 85 40 5.2 1.6

M16 18 19 85 95 5.2 1.7
Note: Use specified hole size for solid brick. Use of larger hole and/or sleeve/sieve will result in lower capacities.

Anchor Drilled hole diameter, dh Fixture hole Anchor Tightening 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block
Substrate
size, d
b (mm) diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
(mm) Nylon Sleeve S/S Sieve df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na
M8 3 Hole Brick, 12 12 10 10 3.8 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.8 1.8
M10 10 Hole Brick 14 16 12 20 4.6 2.5 4.6 1.0 2.0 1.8
64
M12 or Concrete 16 16 15 40 5.0 2.5 5.0 1.0 2.0 1.8
Block
M16 – 22 19 95 5.0 2.5 5.0 1.0 2.0 1.8
For lower strength studs, refer to table for reduced steel capacity on page 236.

h = Le - t
To suit ChemSet™ Nylon Stainless Steel

Anchor Stud Sleeve Sieve
M8 ISS08 ISM10
M10 ISS10 ISM12
M12 ISS12 ISM12
M16 – ISM16

SCREW IN ANCHORS

Product
The WERCS AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty,
rotation setting thread forming anchor.

• Simply screws into hole.
Fast and easy to remove: Principal Applications into
• Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal
parts to grind off. Brick and Block
Close to edge and for close anchor spacing:
• Does not expand and burst brick and block. • Wall mounted pipe brackets.
• Gate hinges.
Installation
1 1. Drill hole to correct diameter and
depth.
2 2. Clean thoroughly with brush.

Remove debris by way of
vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
3 3. Using a socket wrench, screw

the AnkaScrew™ into the hole
using slight pressure until the self
tapping action starts.
4 4. Tighten the AnkaScrew™. If

resistance is experienced when
tightening, unscrew anchor one
turn and re-tighten. Ensure not
to over tighten.

35.2-3 WERCS AnkaScrew™
SCREW IN ANCHORS
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details

Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block
size, d
b diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
(mm)

dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na
5 5 7 25 8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.8

6 6 8 30 10 3.2 1.8 3.0 2.4 1.8 0.60 2.1 0.90
8 8 10 40 10 4.0 2.7 3.8 2.7 2.3 0.65 2.1 1.00

10 10 12 50 15 4.4 3.9 4.2 2.8 2.5 0.65 2.1 1.00

12 12 15 60 15 4.4 4.5 4.2 3.0 2.5 0.70 2.1 1.15

Part No.
Anchor Effective length,
Le
size,
db (mm) Zn Hex Head Gal Hex Head
5 24 AS05030 -
44 AS06050W100 AS06050WGM100
6 69 AS06075W100 AS06075WGM100
94 AS060100W100 AS060100WGM100
54 AS08060W100 AS08060WGM100
8 69 AS08075W100 AS08075WGM100
94 AS080100W100 AS08100WGM100
54 AS10060W50 AS10060WGM50
10 69 AS10075W50 AS10075WGM50
94 AS10100W50 AS10100WGM50
69 AS12075W50 AS12075WGM50
12 94 AS12100W50 AS12100WGM50
144 AS12150W20 AS12150WGM20
h = Le - t
Anchor Stress Yield
size, dh area, As strength, fy UTS, fu
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa)
6 15.9 640 800
8 42.4 640 800
10 69.4 640 800
12 84.1 640 800

36.1 DynaBolt™ Plus
HEX BOLT

Product Le
The DynaBolt Plus Anchor Hex Bolt is a medium duty,

™
torque setting expansion anchor.

dh
Features and Benefits
Ideal for hollow substrates:
• Cone nut pulls up in cavity to clamp fixture to substrate.
Neat finish:
• Low profile hex head. Principal Applications into
High shear strength:
• High tensile Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.
Brick and Block
Fast installation: • Electrical junction boxes
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixture. • Wall mounted pipe brackets
Convenient to remove: • Installing wall mounted signs, handrails and gates
• No metal parts protrude from hole eliminating grinding. • Roller door guide rails
Economical Zinc Plated or superior corrosion resistant
AISI 316 Stainless Steel.
Installation
1 1. Drill hole to correct diameter
and depth.
2 2. Clean thoroughly with brush.

Remove debris by way of
vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
3 3. Insert DynaBolt™ Plus Anchor

Hex Bolt through fixture, tap
lightly with hammer until washer
contacts fixture.
4 4. Tighten DynaBolt™ Plus Anchor

Hex Bolt to specified assembly
torque using torque wrench.

36.2-3 DynaBolt™ Plus
HEX BOLT

Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block
size, d
b diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
(mm)
dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na

8 8 10 35 10 3.9 3.1 2.9 3.9 2.0 0.83 1.4 1.0
10 10 12 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.4 4.1 2.3 0.87 1.6 1.0
12 12 15 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.8 4.1 3.1 0.94 2.1 1.0

Anchor Effective Part No.
size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm)
Zn S/S
34 DP08045H DP08045HSS
8 60 DP08070H DP08070HSS
h = Le - t
86 – – t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
34 DP10045H DP10045HSS
42 DP10055H –
10 56 – DP10060HSS
69 DP10080H DP10080HSS
96 DP10105H DP10105HSS
47 DP12065H –
12 62 DP12075H DP12075HSS
90 DP12105H –
Anchor Stress Carbon steel Stainless steel Section
Thread
size, dh area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus
size, db
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)
8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7
10 M8 36.6 640 800 480 600 31.2
12 M10 58.0 640 800 480 600 62.3

37.1 RamPlug™
ANCHORS

Product
The RamPlug™ Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting
interference fit anchor.

• Anchor simply hammered in and screw inserted with a screwdriver.
Convenient: Principal Applications into
• Collar ensures anchor sits flush with fixture surface.
Versatile: Brick and Block
• Anchor accepts many types of screw. • Electrical fittings
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter
and depth using the fixture as
a template. Clean thoroughly
with brush. Remove debris by
way of vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
1
2. For long or ultralong RamPlug™
insert the RamPlug™ into hole
until flush with the surface of
the fixture.
For standard RamPlug™ insert
the RamPlug™ into the hole
2
until flush with the surface of
the substrate.
3. Insert screw into the RamPlug™.

Tighten with screwdriver.
Note:
(1) For standard RamPlug™

Screw length = length of
3 Ramplug™ + thickness of fixture
(2) For long RamPlug™

Screw length = length
of Ramplug™ + thickness
of fixture
(3) Ultra long plugs supplied
with screw.

37.2 RamPlug™
ANCHORS

Anchor Drilled Fixture Anchor Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block
Anchor size, db hole hole effective
(mm) diameter, diameter,

depth, Tension, Tension, Tension, Tension,
dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) Shear, Va Shear, Va Shear, Va Shear, Va
Na Na Na Na
DNP05 5 5 6 25 0.40 0.30 0.40 0.20 0.70 0.16 0.40 0.13
DNP06 6 6 7 30 0.80 0.50 0.80 0.25 0.80 0.20 0.80 0.17
DNP07 7 7 7 30 1.10 0.65 1.10 0.32 0.80 0.25 1.10 0.18
DNP08 8 8 8 40 1.30 0.80 1.30 0.35 0.80 0.28 1.30 0.18
DNP10 10 10 9 50 2.40 1.10 1.90 0.45 0.80 0.36 1.90 0.19
DNP12 12 12 12 60 3.00 1.50 2.20 0.55 0.90 0.44 2.20 0.22
DLP08 8 8 8 70 1.30 0.80
DLP10 10 10 9 70 2.40 1.10
DUP10080 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60
Performance to be determined.
DUP10100 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60
DUP10135 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60
DUP10160 10 10 9 70 2.40 0.60

Anchor size, db Effective length, Le Part No.
(mm) (mm) Standard Long Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* Ultra Long - Hex Head
5 25 DNP05 – – –
6 30 DNP06 – – –
7 30 DNP07 – – –
40 DNP08 – – –
8
80 – DLP08 – –
50 DNP10 – – –
80 – DLP10 DUP10080F DUP10080H
10 100 – – DUP10100F DUP10100H
135 – – DUP10135F DUP10135H
160 – – DUP10160F DUP10160H
12 60 DNP12 – – –
* No. 3 Pozi Bit.

38.1-2 Typical Bolt
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Tabulated below are nominal reduced ultimate characteristic capacities It is recommended that Stainless Steel bolts be lubricated and that
Typical Bolt Performance Information
for bolts manufactured in accordance with ISO 898-1. tightening torque be applied in a smooth, continuous manner. Impact
wrenches (rattle guns) are not suitable for the tightening of Stainless
The expected capacity of bolts should be independently checked by Steel fasteners.
the designer based on the bolt manufacturers published performance
information.
38.1 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN INFORMATION

38.1.1 Tension
Reduced nominal bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN), Øn = 0.8

Bolt type M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Grade 4.6
6.4 11.7 18.6 27.0 50.2 78.4 113.0
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
13.3 24.3 38.5 56.0 104.2 162.7 234.4
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
11.3 20.5 32.5 47.2 87.9 137.2 –
A4-70 (AISI 316)
38.1.2 Shear
Reduced nominal bolt shear capacity, ØVsf (kN), Øv = 0.8

Grade 4.6
3.3 6.1 9.8 14.4 27.4 43.0 62.0
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
6.6 12.4 20.0 29.3 56.1 88.3 127.2
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
5.6 10.5 16.8 24.7 47.4 74.5 –
A4-70 (AISI 316)
38.2 WORKING LOAD LIMIT DESIGN INFORMATION

38.2.1 Tension
Allowable tensile load steel (kN), Fss = 2.2

Grade 4.6
3.6 6.6 10.6 15.3 28.5 44.5 64.2
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
7.6 13.8 21.9 31.8 59.2 92.4 133.2
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
6.4 11.6 18.5 26.8 49.9 77.9 –
A4-70 (AISI 316)
38.2.2 Shear
Allowable shear load steel (kN), Fsv = 2.5

Grade 4.6
1.7 3.1 4.9 7.2 13.7 21.5 31.0
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
3.3 6.2 10.0 14.7 28.1 44.2 63.6
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
2.8 5.3 8.4 12.4 23.7 37.3 –
A4-70 (AISI 316)

Notes
TYPICAL BOLT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Typical Bolt Performance Information

Introduction
FIRE RATED ANCHORING SYSTEMS
Fire Rated
Fire Rated Anchoring Systems
Anchoring
Systems
Introduction
Ramset™ has a number of anchoring systems which are specifically Furthermore, Ramset™ also have a range of heavy duty mechanical
designed to achieve Fire Rating requirements for various applications. and chemical anchoring systems such as, SpaTec™ Plus, TruBolt™
The existing range of medium duty suspension anchors such and EPCON™ C8, which have all been independently tested for
as, AnkaScrew™ Rod and Stud and DynaSet™ Anchors, have capacity in a fire situation. The Fire resistance duration for these
been independently tested in accordance with Australian Fire test anchoring systems varies with design cases available between 30
standards AS1530.4 to provide up to 2 hours capacity in a fire to 240 minutes. This section will provide you with data to help with
situation. your Fire Rating Level requirements when considering a post-installed
fixing system.
Design scope of SATS101:2015 excludes fasteners exposed to

fire. Refer to section 58 of this Handbook or contact your local

39.1 Suspension Anchors
FIRE RATED MECHANICAL ANCHOR
39.1 GENERAL INFORMATION AnkaScrew™ ROD
Product

Ramset™ Suspension Anchors have been fire rated and
designed for fast high strength anchoring of suspension
systems.
• AnkaScrew™ Rod and Stud for fast anchoring of

pipe and cable suspension systems.
• AnkaScrew™ 5 x 30mm Hex head for fast fixing of Description Part No, Working Load Limit
retrofit fire collars, metal boxes and metal ducts. (Tension) 32MPa Concrete
• DynaSet™ M10 flanged and M12 drop in anchors for AnkaScrewTM Rod
heavy duty pipe and cable tray suspensions. AS06035R *500kg
6x35mm M10
AnkaScrewTM Rod
Benefits, Advantages and Features 6x35mm M12
AS06035RM12 *500kg
AnkaScrew™ ROD
is suitable for the suspension of:
* This value incorporates a Factor of Safety FoS = 3 from the tested characteristic load = 1.5t
- Sprinkler pipe systems
- Metal and plastic pipes
- Steel ductwork
- Steel trays, channel and steel trapeze.
- Applicable for overhead, horizontal and vertical applications
• Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005
• Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
• Patented “sharks tooth” thread reduces the torque
required to set the anchor. Provides substantial anchorage.
• The wider thread angle increases the mechanical interlock
with the substrate. Low thread pitch provides resistance
to cyclic loading.
• Galvanised coating - increases corrosion protection
• Ideal for fast power tool installation with socket adaptor
Product
The AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation
setting thread forming anchor.

• Simply screws into hole.
Fast and easy to remove:
• Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts
to grind off. AnkaScrew™ 5 x 30mm Hex head - Part Number AS05030
Close to edge and for close anchor spacing: • Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
• Does not expand and burst concrete.

39.1 Suspension Anchors
Product L
The DynaSet™ Anchor is a heavy duty, displacement
db dh

Fast installation:
• Shallow embedment and simple setting action.
DynaSet™ M10 flanged - Part Number DSF10
Convenient:
M12 drop in anchors - Part Number DSM12
• Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths.
• Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005
• Flanged version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes.
• Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
Ideal as reusable anchorage point:
• Internal threaded design.
• No protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.
• Suspended services, such as cable tray, ventilation
ducts or plumbing fixtures
• Installing racking
• Suspended ceilings
Specify Example
Ramset™ AnkaScrew™ Rod Ramset™ AnkaScrew™ Rod
(Type) (6x35mm M10)
(Part Number) (AS06035R)
IMPORTANT: Consult technical data for tested applications and fire ratings, before commencing use. For detailed technical data and instructions go to www.ramset.com.au.
For applications outside those tested, refer to your Fire Consultant for compliance advice.

40.1 SpaTec™ Plus


Product
Designed for use in concrete structures requiring protection under ETA
fire conditions. A high security, high performance , through fixing,
torque controlled expansion anchor approved for use in cracked & non
cracked concrete.
Le
Fire tested to TR020.
Benefits, Advantages and Features Hex
• Fire rated performance up to 120 minutes db
Head
• Anchor diameters M6 to M20
• Variable concrete strengths & embedments
Le
European Technical Approval (option 1) for mechanical
anchoring - ETA-10/0276 Hex Nut -
Tested for Category 1 & 2 seismic performance in accordance Threaded db
with ETAG001 Annex E, M10, M12 & M16 Anchor diameters Rod
• Highest performance in cracked concrete
• High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt. Le
• Approved for all directions (floor, wall, overhead)
• Zinc Plated to 5μm C/Sunk
db
• Anchor diameters from M6 to M20 Head

• Safety critical loads
• Heavy duty Tension & Shear anchoring into concrete.
• Heavy duty, heat treated washer.
Improved security: Principal Applications
• Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded.
• Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload. • Complies with European Fire test standards
Resistant to cyclic loading: • Safety critical loads
• Heavy duty sleeve with integrated pull-down section works to retain 65% • Steel columns & walkways
of initial preload. • Road barrier hold down
Fast installation: • Bridge refurbishment
• Hex nut, hex bolt & countersunk head versions available • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures. • Wall Plates
• Safety Rails
Installation • Intended working life of the anchor of 50 years
1 2 3
fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush.
the fixture.

Installation Details
Anchor Optimum dimensions* Concrete
Drilled hole Fixture hole Depth of Tightening
Anchor size, effective Anchor* Edge** substrate
diameter, dh diameter, df drill hole, h1 torque, Tr

db (mm) depth, h spacing, ac distance, ec thickness,
(mm) (mm) (mm) (Nm)
(mm) (mm) (mm) bm (mm)
M6 10 12 50 70 15 200 100 100
M8 12 14 60 80 25 240 120 120
M10 15 17 70 90 50 280 140 140
M12 18 20 80 105 80 320 160 160
M16 24 26 100 131 120 400 200 200
M20 28 30 125 157 200 500 250 250
** If the fire attack is from more than one side,the edge distance of the anchor has to be ≥ 300mm and 2xh.

Part Number
Drilled hole Effective Fixture ETA
Anchor size, Zinc
diameter, dh Length, Le thickness, t Designation Zinc Zinc
db (mm) (Hex Nut -Thr’d
(mm) (mm) (mm) Number (Hex Hd) (C/Sunk Hd)
Rod)
55 5 V6-10/5 050673* - -
M6 10 70 20 V6-10/20 050674* - -
100 50 E6-10/50 - - 050675*
70 10 V8-12/20 050679* - -
M8 12 76 16 TF8-12/16 050686* -
80 20 E8-12/20 - - 050681*
90 20 V10-15/20 SP10105 - -
M10 15 97 27 TF10-15/27 - SP10105F -
105 35 E10-15/35 - - 050692*
90 10 V12-18/10 SP12105 - -
M12 18 105 25 V12-18/25 SP12120 - -
125 45 E12-18/45 - - 050699*
125 25 V16-24/25 SP16145 - -
M16 24 155 55 E16-24/55 - - 050707*
200 100 E16-24/100 - - 050708*
150 25 V20-28/25 SP20170 - -
M20 28 185 60 E20-28/60 - - 050713*
225 100 E20-28/100 - - 050714*
* Lead times apply

Anchor size, Bolt UTS, Spacer UTS,
diameter, ds area, As strength, fy area, As strength, fy modulus Z
db (mm) fu (MPa) fu (MPa)
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (mm2) (MPa) (mm2)
M6 6.0 20.1 640 800 40.7 245 460 12.7
M8 8.0 36.6 640 800 51.1 245 460 31.2
M10 9.8 58.0 640 800 83.4 350 480 62.3
M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 119.8 330 430 109.2
M16 15.7 157.0 640 800 201.7 330 430 277.5
M20 19.7 245.0 660 800 242.5 330 430 540.9

40.4 SpaTec™ Plus
1 Fire resistance duration = 30 minutes

Table 1a Characteristic values of resistance to tension loads in 20 MPa to 50 MPa concrete strength for

Fire resistance duration = 30 minutes
Effective depth, h (mm) Characteristic Resistance
Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) 0.9
50 Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) 1.2
Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) 3.2
60 Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) 3.0
80 Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) -
100 Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) -
Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire.
Table 1b Characteristic values of resistance to shear loads in 20 MPa concrete strength for
Edge distance, ec (mm) Characteristic Resistance
Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) 0.9
100 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) 0.9
Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) 2.5
Note: Concrete edge failure values are based on 20 MPa concrete strength. For values in higher concrete strengths,
please multiply V0Rk,c,fi,30 by the concrete compressive strength effect Xnc, as follows;
f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55

40.4 SpaTec™ Plus

Table 2a Characteristic values of resistance to tension loads in 20 MPa tp 50 MPa concrete strength for

Effective depth, h
Characteristic Resistance
(mm)
Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) 0.6
Edge distance, ec
(mm)
Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60(kN) 4.9
f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55

40.4 SpaTec™ Plus


300 Steel Failure with lever arm - M Rk,s,fi,90 (N.m)
0
40.7
f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55

40.4 SpaTec™ Plus


Edge distance, ec
(mm)
f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55

41.1 TruBolt™ A4 316 SS


Designed for use in concrete structures requiring protection
under fire conditions, A Heavy duty, torque controlled ETA
expansion anchor for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked
concrete.
Fire tested to TR020
• Fire rated Performance up to 120 minutes
db
• Variable concrete strengths & embedments
• A4 316 Stainless Steel
European Technical Approval (option 1) for mechanical
anchoring - ETA-04/0010
• Heavy duty performance in cracked concrete
• Maximum tensile & shear load in cracked concrete Principal Applications
• Approved for all directions (floor,wall,overhead) • Complies with European fire test standards
Suitable for structural loads: • Structural Steel columns & beams
• “True to size” through fixture anchor • Road barrier hold down
• A4-80 Stainless Steel Hexagonal Nut • Bridge refurbishment
Improved security: • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload. • Wall Plates
• Safety barriers
Resistant to cyclic loading: • Stadium seating
• Heavy duty sleeve with pull-down of fixture • Pallet racking
• Anti rotation expansion sleeve • Shallow embedment depths from 50mm
Fast installation: • Intended working life of the anchor of 50 years
• Anchor diameter equals hole diameter
• Shallow embedment depths
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Installation
1 2 3
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter (same as the

TruBolt™ A4 316 SS) and depth using the fixture as a template.
Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the
debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum.
torque.

41.2-3 TruBolt™ A4 316 SS
Anchor Optimum dimensions Concrete
Drilled hole Fixture hole Depth of Tightening
Anchor size, effective Anchor* Edge** substrate
diameter, dh diameter, df drill hole, h1 torque, Tr

db depth, h spacing, ac distance, ec thickness, bm
(mm) (mm) (mm) (Nm)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
35 52 140 70 100
M8 8 9 20
48 65 192 96 100
42 62 168 84 100
M10 10 12 35
58 78 232 116 116
50 75 200 100 100
M12 12 14 50
70 95 280 140 140
64 95 256 128 128
M16 16 18 100
86 117 344 172 172
** If the fire attack is from more than one side,the edge distance of the anchor has to be ≥ 300mm and ≥ 2xh.

Drilled hole Effective ETA Part Number
Anchor size, Effective depth, h (mm)
diameter, dh Length, Le Designation
db 316 A4 SS
(mm) (mm) Number h = Le - t
40 M8/5 T08055SSA t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
55 M8/20-7 T08070SSA
M8 8
75 M8/40-27 T08090SSA
115 M8/80-67 T08130SSA
47 M10/5 T10065SSA
57 M10/15 T10075SSA
M10 10
78 M10/35-20 T10095SSA
103 M10/60-45 T10120SSA
55 M12/5 T12080SSA
76 M12/25-6 T12100SSA
M12 12
91 M12/40-21 T12115SSA
116 M12/65-46 T12140SSA
94 M16/30-8 T16125SSA
M16 16 119 M16/55-33 T16150SSA
139 M16/75-53 T16170SSA
41.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Minimum Threaded section Reduced section
Stress area
diameter Section
Anchor size, threaded Yield Yield
reduced UTS, UTS, modulus Z
db section, As strength, fy strength, fy
section, ds fu (MPa) fu (MPa) (mm2)
(mm2) (MPa) (MPa)
(mm)
M8 36.6 5.6 420 620 780 900 31.2
M10 58.0 7.3 420 620 780 900 62.3
M12 84.3 8.6 420 620 780 900 109.2
M16 157.0 11.7 420 620 780 900 277.5



NOTE: Bold values indicate limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanism due to fire.
f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55



86 Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) 4
f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55



86 Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) 4
f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55



f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55

42.1 EPCON™ C8
FIRE RATED CHEMICAL ANCHOR


Product
Designed for use in significant concrete structures & ETA
connections requiring protection under fire conditions. Epcon

C8 is a High Performance pure epoxy anchoring adhesive for
use in cracked & non cracked concrete.
Fire tested to European Fire Standards
• CSTB Fire test Report no 26007642/b
• For Wall to Slab connection with reinforcement bar
• For Beam frame reinforcement
European Technical Approval option1 for use in cracked and
non cracked concrete – ETA-10/0309:
• Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors
• Approved for flooded holes
• Approved for floor, wall & overhead applications Principal Applications
• Data on Sustained Loading • Complies to European Fire test Standards
Greater productivity: • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes • Road barrier rebar anchors
• No Damage or Leaks – less wastage • Bridge refurbishment
• Fast, easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) dispenser • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Jumbo dispensing cartridge 900ml • Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm
• Starter Bars
Versatile
• Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions
• Suits variable concrete strengths
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes Installation temperature limits:
• For tropical & cold weather conditions • Substrate: 5°C to 40°C
Greater safety: • Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C
• Low odour Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently
• Non-flammable cured as specified.
Installation -40°C to 80°C

5°C - 9°C 20 min 30 h 60 h
10°C - 19°C 14 min 23 h 46 h
20°C - 24°C 11 min 16 h 32 h
25°C - 29°C 8 min 12 h 24 h
1 2 3 4 5
30°C - 39°C 5 min 8h 16 h
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 40°C 5 min 6h 12 h
5. Allow Ramset EPCON C8 to cure as per setting times.

42.2-3 EPCON™ C8
EPCON™ C8 with Reinforcing Bar
Anchor size, db (mm) Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm)
10 12
12 16
16 20
20 25
24 30
25 30
32 40
40 50

EPCON™ C8 450 ml C8-450

Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 32 40
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 804 1260
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity, Nsy (kN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 402.0 630

42.4 EPCON™ C8
Reinforcing Bar Anchored with EPCON™ C8

Embedment

F
Slab
Min. Concrete Cover
Fire Side
Wall

For Reinforcing Bar Steel Grade - 500 MPa and Concrete cylinder compressive strength - 20 MPa
Rebar
Max.
*Min.
Rebar Hole Load
Concrete Design reistance in accordance with Eurocode 2 for fire duration 30 minutes (kN)
Size Diameter (kN)
Cover
in case
of fire
10 12 10 6.1 8.1 - 9.6 25.3
12 16 12 7.3 9.7 10.9 - 12.1 36.4
16 20 16 13.0 14.6 - - 17.8 19.4 64.8
20 25 20 16.2 18.2 - 20.2 22.3 24.3 25.3 101.2
24 30 25 31.6 36.7 39.8 145.8
25 30 25 31.6 36.7 39.8 158.1
32 40 32 51.8 55.0 58.2 259
40 50 40 80.9 404.7
Embedment (mm) 120 160 180 190 200 220 240 250 290 315 320 340 360 400
* Note: Minimum concrete cover according to Eurocode 2 part 1.2

Rebar
Max.
*Min.
Rebar Hole Load
Size Diameter (kN)
Cover
in case
of fire
10 12 20 3.0 8.1 - 11.1 25.3
12 16 20 3.2 9.4 10.9 13.4 14.6 36.4
16 20 20 10.5 14.6 17.8 19.4 - 24.3 64.8
20 25 20 16.2 18.2 22.3 24.3 25.3 - 30.9 101.2
24 30 25 31.6 - - - 44.2 50.0 145.8
25 30 25 31.6 - - - 44.2 50.0 158.1
32 40 32 51.8 58.2 - - 72.0 259
40 50 40 80.9 - 100.2 404.7
Embedment (mm) 120 160 180 220 240 250 300 305 320 360** 395 400 445 495
** Note: Values for Rebar Size 24 are based on Embedment = 350 mm
Design method for resistance to fire according to Eurocode 2: Fire proof using design resistance: Rd,fi ≤ Ed,fi
Rd,fi Design resistance in the fire situation
Ed,fi Design effect of actions in the fire situation. This value could be calculated from the calculation at normal
temperature:
Ed,fi = ηfi x FRdu
FRdu Design ultimate limit load at normal temperature for one rebar sealing at the anchorage depth (mm)
ηfi Reduction factor for design load level in the fire situation ηfi is equal to 0.7.

42.4 EPCON™ C8

Embedment
F
Slab
Min. Concrete Cover
Fire Side
Wall

Rebar
Max.
*Min.
Rebar Hole Load
Size Diameter (kN)
Cover
in case
of fire
10 12 25 1.7 5.4 - 11.1 - 13.4 25.3
12 16 25 2.1 5.5 8.6 13.4 - - 17.0 36.4
16 20 25 5.8 8.9 17.8 - - 22.7 25.9 27.1 64.8
20 25 25 13.4 18.2 22.3 25.3 - 28.4 - - 34.4 101.2
24 30 25 30.6 - 36.7 - - - - 55.7 145.8
25 30 25 30.6 - 36.7 - - - - 55.7 158.1
32 40 32 51.8 - 55.0 - 71.2 81.1 259
40 50 40 80.9 - - 112.3 404.7
Embedment (mm) 120 160 180 220 250 265 290** 320 335 340 400 440 500 555
** Note: Values for Rebar Sizes 12, 16 and 20 are based on Embedment = 280 mm

Rebar Max.
*Min.
Rebar Hole Load (kN)
Size Diameter in case of
Cover
fire
10 12 35 1.2 3.6 12.1 - 14.7 25.3
12 16 35 1.7 3.5 14.6 - - 18.2 36.4
16 20 35 4.8 19.4 - - 24.3 25.9 28.7 64.8
20 25 35 10.7 24.3 25.3 - - - - 36.4 101.2
24 30 35 24.5 36.7 - - - - - 55.7 58.2 145.8
25 30 35 24.5 36.7 - - - - - 55.7 58.2 158.1
32 40 35 51.8 - 58.2 - 71.2 - 81.1 259
40 50 40 80.9 87.0 - - 122.4 404.7
Embedment (mm) 120 160 240 250 290 300 320 355 360 400 440** 460 500 605
** Note: Values for Rebar Size 40 are based on Embedment = 430 mm
temperature:
Ed,fi = ηfi x FRdu

42.4 EPCON™ C8

Embedment

F
Slab
Min. Concrete Cover
Fire Side
Wall

Rebar
Max.
*Min.
Rebar Hole Load
Size Diameter (kN)
Cover
in case
of fire
10 12 50 1.0 1.9 9.6 - 15.2 25.3
12 16 50 1.5 2.4 10.8 - 18.2 19.4 21.2 36.4
16 20 50 3.6 12.8 - 24.3 25.9 - 32.0 64.8
20 25 50 7.9 24.3 25.3 - - - - 40.5 101.2
24 30 50 17.7 - - 44.2 50.0 - - 63.2 145.8
25 30 50 17.7 - - 44.2 50.0 - - 63.2 158.1
32 40 50 44.5 - - - - 81.1 - 93.1 259
40 50 50 80.9 87.0 - 112.3 - 132.5 404.7
Embedment (mm) 120 160 240 250 300 320 350 395 400 430 500 555 575 655

Rebar
*Min. Max. Load
Rebar Hole
Concrete Design reistance in accordance with Eurocode 2 for fire duration 240 minutes (kN) (kN)
Size Diameter
Cover in case of
fire
10 12 70 0.9 1.7 7.8 - - 17.7 25.3
12 16 70 1.4 2.0 8.0 - 19.4 21.2 22.8 36.4
16 20 70 3.4 9.7 - 25.9 - - - 34.4 64.8
20 25 70 6.9 20.1 21.4 - - - 40.5 43.0 101.2
24 30 70 15.1 - 44.2 - - - 63.2 67.0 145.8
25 30 70 15.1 - 44.2 - - - 63.2 67.0 158.1
32 40 70 37.3 - - - - 81.1 - - 97.9 259
40 50 70 80.9 - - - 112.3 122.4 138.6 404.7
Embedment (mm) 120 160 240 250 320 350 375 400 425 500 530 555 605 685
temperature:
Ed,fi = ηfi x FRdu

Introduction
CRACKED CONCRETE
Cracked
Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Introduction Other factors that may influence concrete to crack include excessive
When selecting a post-installed anchor for a connection detail, there loads, temperature variations and concrete shrinkage.
are a number of areas that need to be considered such as; Ramset™ have a number of post-installed anchoring solutions for fixing
• Environment factors into Cracked Concrete. They include both mechanical and chemical
• Installation considerations anchor types with material finishes available in zinc, hot dip galvanized,
• Chemical Resistance stainless steel A4 316 and high corrosion resistant stainless steel HCR.
• Anchor Applications
• Anchor Features The following section provides strength limit state design data based
on anchoring into Cracked Concrete with either mechanical or
This section focuses on post-installed anchors which can be used chemical anchoring systems. The anchoring systems in this section
in the cracked regions of the concrete element, otherwise known as are also backed up with independent European Technical Approvals
“Cracked Concrete”. associated with anchoring into cracked concrete. A summary of the
Cracked Concrete can typically occur in the following areas; anchoring systems suitable for Cracked Concrete are as follows;
• Tension Zones – i.e. the underside of a slab
• Concrete Elements located in geographical areas that are Mechanical Anchoring Chemical Anchoring
susceptible to seismic activity System System
• SpaTec™ Plus • EPCON™ C8 – Anchor Studs
Tension
• TruBolt™ A4 316 SS • EPCON™ C8 – Reinforcing Bar
• Structaset™ 401 - Anchor Studs
Note: Non-cracked concrete performance data is also available for the

Tension Tension
above mentioned systems either within this section or in other sections
of the Specifiers Resource Book.
The Design scope of SA TS101:2015 includes anchoring into cracked

concrete. Effects factors Xtsn and Xtsv developed for Uncracked
applications tabled in section 58 do not apply to cracked characteristic
values published in this section. For further information refer to section
58 of this Handbook or contact your local ramsetreid™ engineer.

43.1 EPCON™ C8
CRACKED CONCRETE - CHEMICAL INJECTION
Cracked Concrete - Anchor Studs

HCR
Epcon C8
Product ETA ETA

EPCON™ C8 is a High Performance Pure Epoxy Anchoring adhesive for
use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For structures subject to ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1
ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549
ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
external exposure , permanently damp or aggressive conditions .

European Technical Approval option1 for use in European Technical Approval European Technical Approval
cracked and non cracked concrete – ETA-10/0309: ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1
PENDING
ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
• Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
• 100 Year design life


Anchors ETA-13/0681
1020-CPD-090-029852
• Fast ,easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) mixer • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
Versatile • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions • Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm
• Oversized holes • Starter Bars
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes • Threaded studs from M8 to M30
• For tropical and Cold weather conditions • Threaded Stud material: Zn, A4 316, HCR steels
• Threaded Stud material: 5.8, 8.8, 10.9 grade
Greater safety:
• Low odour
• Non-flammable
Fire Rated : Refer Fire rated anchoring section Installation temperature limits:
• Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C
Installation Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently
cured as specified.
-40°C to 80°C

Gel Time
5°C - 9°C 20 min 30 h 60 h
1 2 3 4 5 6
10°C - 19°C 14 min 23 h 46 h
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush 40°C 5 min 6h 12 h
5. Allow EPCON™ C8 to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture.

43.2-3 EPCON™ C8

EPCON™ C8 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Reduced Characteristic Capacity

Optimum dimensions* Cracked Concrete
Drilled Fixture Anchor
Anchor Tightening Tension, NRd,pc (kN) **
hole hole effective
size, db torque, Tr Concrete
diameter, diameter, depth, h Anchor Edge
(mm) (Nm) substrate Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c
dh (mm) df (mm) (mm) spacing, distance,
thickness,
ac (mm) ec (mm) 20 MPa 30 MPa 40 MPa
bm (mm)
M8 10 10 80 10 160 80 110 10.6 11.0 11.3
M10 12 12 90 20 180 90 120 14.9 15.6 15.9
M12 14 15 110 30 220 110 140 20.7 21.7 22.6
M16 18 20 125 60 250 125 160 28.5 31.5 33.0
M20 24 24 170 120 340 170 220 45.2 53.9 57.5
M24 26 28 210 200 420 210 265 62.1 75.7 86.8
M30 32 32 280 400 560 280 350 95.6 112.8 122.1
* For anchor spacings or edge distances less than the optimum, please refer to the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
** Tension values are based on service temperature limits -40˚C to +40˚C only. If service temperature limits is beyond this range please contact Ramset Engineer.
WET HOLES in cracked concrete: Multiply NRd,pc x 0.70

ChemSet™ Anchor Studs and Threaded Rod
Anchor Anchor Anchor Fixture Effective Part Number
size, db length, L effective thickness, t Length, Le
GR 5.8 Zinc GR 5.8 Gal 316 S/S
(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm)
M8 110 80 15 95 CS08110 CS08110GH CS08110SS
M10 130 90 20 115 CS10130 CS10130GH CS10130SS
160 110 30 140 CS12160 CS12160GH CS12160SS
M12
180 110 50 160 CS12180 - -
M16 190 125 40 165 CS16190 CS16190GH CS16190SS
M20 260 170 55 225 CS20260 CS20260GH CS20260SS
M24 300 210 55 265 CS24300 CS24300GH CS24300SS
M30 380 280 70 350 CS30380* CS30380GH* CS30380SS*
* Lead times apply
Injection System Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
Description Cartridge Size Part No. h1 = h
h = Effective depth
EPCON™ C8 450 ml C8-450

Anchor Grade 8.8 Threaded Rod Stainless Steel High Corrosion Resistance
Size, db HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565 Threaded Rod Section
Shank Stressed Yield UTS fu MPa Shank Stressed Yield UTS fu MPa modulus Z
diameter, ds Area (mm2) Strength fy diameter, ds Area (mm2) Strength fy (mm2)
(mm) MPa (mm) MPa
M8 6.8 36.6 640 800 6.5 33.2 450 650 31.2
M10 8.6 58 640 800 8.2 52.8 450 650 62.3
M12 10.4 84.3 640 800 10 78.5 450 650 109.2
M16 14.1 157 640 800 14 153.9 450 650 277.5
M20 17.7 245 640 800 17.2 232.4 450 650 540.9
M24 21.2 353 640 800 20.7 336.5 450 650 935.5
M30 26.7 561 640 800 - - - - -
Refer to "Engineering Properties" for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs Grade 5.8 and AISI 316 Stainless Steel on page 43.

43.4 EPCON™ C8

Table 1a - Indicative combined loading - interaction diagram
120
Notes:
-- Shear Limited by Grade 5.8 steel
resistance
Notes:
100 Tension
-- Tension limited by combined pull-out and
concrete cone resistance using nominal
~ depths limited by concrete capacity
Tension
-- No edge or spacing effects
~--No edge or spacing effects.
f'c = 20 MPa
80 ~ f'c = 20 MPa
M30
60
40 M24
M20
20
M16
M12
M10
M8
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Table 1b - Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) for cracked
concrete
Min. Anchor spacing - am 40 50 60 80 100 120 150
Min. Edge Distance - em 40 50 60 80 100 120 150

h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

43.4 EPCON™ C8
STEP 2 Verify cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone

tensile resistance - per anchor

Table 2a - Cracked Concrete reduced characteristic tensile capacity, NRd,pc (kN) f'c = 20MPa
Cracked Concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance - N0Rd,p = N0Rk,p/YMsp (kN) YMsp = 1.8 Cracked
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 Concrete Cone
Drill hole dia, dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 25 28 35 Resistance -
Effective depth, h (mm) N0Rd,c
65 8.6 10.7
70 9.3 11.6 11.9
80 10.6 13.3 14.6
90 11.9 14.9 17.0 17.4
100 13.3 16.6 18.8 20.4
110 14.6 18.2 20.7 26.1 23.5
120 15.9 19.9 22.6 28.5 26.8
125 16.6 20.7 23.6 29.7 28.5
140 18.6 23.2 26.4 33.2 33.8
150 19.9 24.9 28.3 35.6 44.5 37.5
160 21.2 26.5 30.2 38.0 47.5 57.0 41.3
170 28.2 32.0 40.4 50.4 60.5 45.2
180 29.8 33.9 42.7 53.4 64.1 49.3
190 31.5 35.8 45.1 56.4 67.6 53.4
200 33.2 37.7 47.5 59.3 71.2 57.7
210 34.8 39.6 49.8 62.3 74.8 62.1
240 45.2 57.0 71.2 85.5 88.0 75.8
280 66.5 83.1 99.7 102.6 95.6
320 76.0 94.9 113.9 117.3 116.8
350 103.8 124.6 128.3 133.6
400 118.7 142.4 146.6 163.2
450 160.2 164.9 194.7
480 170.9 175.9 214.5
550 201.6 263.1
600 219.9 299.8
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths. For capacity in non-cracked concrete, refer to pages 53-60.
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter,dh for anchor to acheive tabled shear capacities.
Wet Holes in cracked concrete: Multiply NRd.pc*0.70
N0Rd,p = N0Rk,p/YMsp (kN) YMsp = 1.8
N0Rd,c = NRk,c/YMc (kN) YMc = 1.8 If Service temperature limit is -40°C to +80°C then
NRd,pc = N Rd,p
0

Table 2b-1 - Cracked concrete service

temperature limits effect, tension, Xns
where NRd,pc = NORd,p (from Table 2a) where NRd,pc
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 = NORd,c
Service temperature (˚C) (from Table 2a)
-40˚C to +40˚C 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
-40˚C to +80˚C 0.58 0.58 0.56 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.57 1.00
Table 2b-2 - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 = NORd,c
f'c (MPa) (from Table 2a)
20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
25 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.03 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.11
30 1.04 1.05 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.09 1.10 1.22
40 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.11 1.14 1.16 1.19 1.41
50 1.09 1.10 1.12 1.15 1.17 1.20 1.25 1.58

43.4 EPCON™ C8
N
Table 2c - Cracked concrete Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

40 0.63
45 0.68
55 0.77 0.71 0.63
e 65 0.86 0.79 0.70 0.65
85 1 0.95 0.83 0.76 0.63
90 1 0.86 0.79 0.65
Xne = 0.27 + 0.725*(e/h) 105 0.96 0.88 0.72 0.63
Where em ≤ e ≤ ec 110 1 0.91 0.74 0.65
ec = 1*h 120 0.97 0.78 0.68
Note: Tabled values are based on 125 1 0.80 0.70
the nominal effective depth, 140 0.87 0.75 0.63
h shown in the installation details. 170 1 0.86 0.71
210 1 0.81
For other values of Xne, please use
250 0.92
equation shown above.
280 1
N
Table 2d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna
40 0.63
45 0.64 0.63
55 0.67 0.65 0.63 0.61
65 0.70 0.68 0.65 0.63
a 85 0.77 0.74 0.69 0.67 0.63
105 0.83 0.79 0.74 0.71 0.65 0.63
Xna = 0.5 + a/(4*h) 140 0.94 0.89 0.82 0.78 0.71 0.67 0.63
160 1 0.94 0.86 0.82 0.74 0.69 0.64
Where am ≤ a ≤ ac
180 1 0.91 0.86 0.76 0.71 0.66
ac = 2*h
220 1 0.94 0.82 0.76 0.70
Note: Tabled values are based on 250 1 0.87 0.80 0.72
h shown in the installation details. 340 1 0.90 0.80
For other values Xna, please use 370 0.94 0.83
equation shown above. 450 1 0.90
560 1
2 Design cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance, NRd,p
NRd,p = NRd,pc*Xns*Xnc*Xne*Xna
NRd,p = minimum of N0Rd,p*Xns*Xnc*Xne*Xna and N0Rd,c*Xns*Xnc*Xne*Xna
STEP 3 Verify cracked concrete tensile resistance - per anchor

Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/γMs (kN)
γMs = 1.5 for Grade 5.8 and Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel
γMs = 1.87 for M8 to M24 A4 316 Stainless Steel and γMs = 2.86 for M30 A4 316 Stainless Steel
γMs = 2.6 for HCR Stainless Steel
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 12 19.3 28 52.7 82 118 187.3
Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 19.3 30.7 44.7 84 130.7 188 299.3
A4 316 Stainless Steel 13.9 21.9 31.6 58.8 92 132.1 98.3
HCR Stainless Steel 9.2 14.6 21.2 39.2 61.2 88 140.4
3
Design cracked concrete tensile resistance, NRd
NRd = minimum of NRd,p , NRd,s
Check N*/NRd ≤ 1,

43.4 EPCON™ C8
STEP 4 Verify cracked concrete edge shear resistance - per anchor

Table 4a - Cracked concrete edge resistance, shear, V0Rd,c = V0Rk,c / γMc (kN) γMc = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa
Effective depth, h (mm) 80 90 110 125 170 210 280
Edge distance, em
40 2.6
50 3.8
60 5.2
80 8.1
100 12.2
120 16.7
150 24.9
For capacity in Non-cracked concrete, refer to pages 53-60.
Table 4b - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc
f'c (MPa) 20 25 30 40 50
Xvc 1 1.1 1.26 1.41 1.55
Table 4c - Cracked concrete load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
Angle, α° 0-55 60 70 80 90-180
Xvd 1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2
Table 4d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing and edge distance effect, concrete edge shear, Xve
e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
V
Xve 1.00 1.31 1.66 2.02 2.41 2.83 3.26 3.72 4.19 4.69 5.20 5.72
ba>1,5. e
Xve = e/em *√e/em For 2 anchors fastening Xve

e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
a
a/em
1.0 0.67 0.84 1.03 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.88 2.12 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.16
1.5 0.75 0.93 1.12 1.33 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.31
V
2.0 0.83 1.02 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.89 2.12 2.38 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46
ba>1,5.e 2.5 0.92 1.11 1.32 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.77 3.04 3.32 3.61
3.0 1.00 1.20 1.42 1.64 1.88 2.12 2.37 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46 3.76
Xve = 3*e+a *√e/em 3.5 1.30 1.52 1.75 1.99 2.24 2.50 2.76 3.04 3.32 3.61 3.91
6*em 4.0 1.62 1.86 2.10 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.17 3.46 3.75 4.05
4.5 1.96 2.21 2.47 2.74 3.02 3.31 3.60 3.90 4.20
5.0 2.33 2.59 2.87 3.15 3.44 3.74 4.04 4.35
5.5 2.71 2.99 3.28 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
6.0 2.83 3.11 3.41 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
a1
a2
a3
an-1 For 3 anchors fastening and more
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 +…+an-1

V
Xve = *√e/em
3*n*em
ba>1,5.e

43.4 EPCON™ C8
Shear force
A
a Failure wedge
B
Concrete edge
eB Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / γMpr (kN) γMpr = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa

ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE Effective depth, h (mm) 80 90 110 125 170 210 280
-40˚C to +40˚C 25.5 35.8 49.8 71.2 121.1 179.4 246.3
-40˚C to +80˚C 14.7 20.7 27.6 37.7 64.1 95.0 140.7
e1 Shear Force Table 4f A

Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e2 Edge distance, e2 (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900
Failure
wedge
Concrete edges
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86
4a Design cracked concrete edge shear resistance, VRd,c

VRd,c = V0Rd,c * Xvc * Xvd * Xve * Xvs
4b Design cracked concrete Pryout failure, VRd,cp

VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xnc * Xne * Xna
STEP 5 Verify cracked concrete shear resistance - per anchor

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/γMs (kN)
γMs = 1.56 for M8 to M24 A4 316 Stainless Steel and γMs = 2.38 for M30 A4 316 Stainless Steel
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 7.2 12 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4 112
Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 12 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8 179.2
A4 316 Stainless Steel 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 58.8
HCR Stainless Steel 5.5 8.8 12.4 23.5 36.9 53 83.9
5 Design cracked concrete shear resistance, VRd

VRd = minimum of VRd,c , VRd,cp,VRd,s
Check V*/VRd ≤ 1,

43.4 EPCON™ C8
STEP 6 Combined Loading

6 Check
N*/NRd + V*/VRd ≤ 1.2,
Specifiy Example
Ramset EPCON C8™ Injection Ramset EPCON C8™ Injection
(Anchor Size) (Part Number) M20 (CS20260)
Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm Maximum fixed thickness to be 55 mm
Ramset Technical Data Sheet
Tension - Sustained Loading – Cracked Concrete

Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa - (-40 ˚C to +40 ˚C)
Anchor Size (db) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Tension load in
(kN) 10.6 14.9 20.7 29.7 50.4 74.8 102.6
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.23 0.23 0.21 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.22
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.60 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.67 0.74 0.67
(long term)
Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa (-40 ˚C to +80 ˚C)

Tension load in
(kN) 6.1 8.6 11.5 15.7 26.7 39.6 58.6
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.13 0.13 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.35 0.37 0.36 0.34 0.36 0.39 0.38
(long term)
Note: Above tables are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation tables within.
For all other values of effective depth, h, please contact your local Ramset Engineer.
Shear - Sustained Loading – Cracked Concrete

Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa
δV0 (mm/kN)
0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.01
(short term)
Displacement
δV∞ (mm/kN)
0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.02
(long term)
Note:
Displacement short term (mm) = δV0 x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete)
Displacement long term (mm) = δV∞ x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete)

44.1 EPCON™ C8
Cracked Concrete - Reinforcing Bar

Epcon C8
Product ETA ETA
EPCON™ C8 is a High Performance Pure Epoxy Anchoring

adhesive for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1
ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549
ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
structures subject to external exposure, permanently damp or

chemically aggressive conditions.

European Technical Approval option1 for use in cracked and European Technical Approval
PENDING ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
non cracked concrete – ETA-10/0309:

Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
• 100 year design life ETA
• Approved for flooded holes European Technical Approval

• Approved for floor, wall, & overhead applications Galvanised And Stainless Steel
Anchors ETA-13/0681
1020-CPD-090-029852
• Fast ,easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) mixer • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
• Road & Rail tunnel construction
Versatile • Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm
• Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions • Starter Bars
• Oversized holes • Threaded studs from M8 to M30
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes • Threaded Stud material : Zn ,A4 316, HCR steels
• For tropical and Cold weather conditions. • Threaded Stud material : 5.8, 8.8 , 10.9 grade
Greater safety:
• Low odour.
• Non-flammable.
Fire Rated: Refer Fire rated anchoring section
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently
cured as specified.
-40°C to 80°C

5°C - 9°C 20 min 30 h 60 h
1 2 3 4 5
10°C - 19°C 14 min 23 h 46 h
20°C - 24°C 11 min 16 h 32 h
or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 40°C 5 min 6h 12 h
3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4.

44.2-3 EPCON™ C8


Anchor
Anchor Drilled hole Tension, NRd,pc (kN) **
effective
size, db diameter, dh Concrete
depth, h Anchor Edge Concrete Compressive Strength, f’c
(mm) (mm) substrate
(mm) spacing, ac distance, ec
thickness, bm
(mm) (mm) 20 MPa 3O MPa 40 MPa
(mm)
10 12 90 180 90 120 14.9 15.6 16.1
12 15 110 220 110 140 20.7 21.7 22.6
16 20 125 250 125 160 28.5 31.5 33.0
20 25 170 340 170 215 45.2 53.9 57.5
24/25 30 210 420 210 270 62.1 79.9 85.0
28 35 270 540 270 340 90.5 108.9 116.8
32 40 300 600 300 380 106.0 120.9 130.7
** Tension values are based on service temperature limits -40˚C to +40˚C only. If service temperature limits is beyond this range please contact Ramset Engineer.
WET HOLES in cracked concrete: Multiply NRd,pc x 0.70

Description Cartridge Size Part No. Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
EPCON™ C8 450 ml C8-450 h1 = h
h = Effective depth
Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 616 804
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity, Nsy (kN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0

44.4 EPCON™ C8

120
Notes:
-- Shear Limited by Grade 500 steel
Tension Notes:
resistance
100 -- Shear
~ Tensionlimited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity.
limited by combined pull-out and
concrete cone resistance using nominal
depths
No edge or spacing effects.
~
-- f'No=edge or spacing effects
~ c 32 MPa
80
-- f'c = 20 MPa
32
60 28
24/25
40
20
20 16
12
10
0
0 30 60 90 120 150
concrete
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32
Min. Anchor spacing - am 50 60 80 100 125 140 160
Min. Edge Distance - em 50 60 80 100 125 140 160

h ≥ 6 * dh

44.4 EPCON™ C8
STEP 2 Verify cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone tensile resistance - per anchor
Table 2a - Cracked Concrete reduced characteristic tensile capacity, NRd,pc (kN) f'c = 20MPa
Cracked Concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance - N0Rd,p = N0Rk,p/YMsp (kN) YMsp = 1.8 Cracked
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32 Concrete Cone
Drill hole dia, dh (mm) 12 15 20 25 30 35 40 Resistance -
Effective depth, h (mm) N0Rd,c
70 11.6 11.9
80 13.3 14.6
90 14.9 17.0 17.4
100 16.6 18.8 20.4
110 18.2 20.7 23.5
120 19.9 22.6 28.5 26.8
125 20.7 23.6 29.7 28.5
140 23.2 26.4 33.2 33.8
150 24.9 28.3 35.6 44.5 37.5
160 26.5 30.2 38.0 47.5 41.3
170 28.2 32.0 40.4 50.4 45.2
180 29.8 33.9 42.7 53.4 62.8 49.3
190 31.5 35.8 45.1 56.4 66.3 53.4
200 33.2 37.7 47.5 59.3 69.8 57.7
210 39.6 49.8 62.3 73.3 77.0 62.1
240 45.2 57.0 71.2 83.8 88.0 87.1 75.8
270 64.1 80.1 94.2 99.0 98.0 90.5
280 66.5 83.1 97.7 102.6 101.6 95.6
300 71.2 89.0 104.7 110.0 108.9 106.0
320 76.0 94.9 111.7 117.3 116.2 116.8
350 103.8 122.2 128.3 127.1 133.6
400 118.7 139.6 146.6 145.2 163.2
450 157.1 164.9 163.4 194.7
500 174.5 183.3 181.5 228.0
560 205.3 203.3 270.3
640 232.3 330.2
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Reinforcing Bar nominal depths. For capacity in non-cracked concrete refer to pages 119-126.
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter,dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.
Wet Holes in cracked concrete: Multiply NRd,pc*0.70
N0Rd,p = N0Rk,p/YMsp (kN) YMsp = 1.8 If Service temperature limit is -40°C to +80°C then
NRd,pc = N0Rd,p
N Rd,c = NRk,c/YMc (kN) YMc = 1.8
0
Table 2b-1 - Cracked concrete service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32 = NORd,c
Service temperature (˚C) (from Table 2a)
-40˚C to +40˚C 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
-40˚C to +80˚C 0.58 0.56 0.53 0.53 0.56 0.53 0.54 1.00
Table 2b-2 - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32 = NORd,c
f'c (MPa) (from Table 2a)
20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
25 1.02 1.02 1.03 1.03 1.04 1.04 1.05 1.11
30 1.05 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.09 1.10 1.11 1.22
40 1.08 1.09 1.11 1.14 1.16 1.18 1.20 1.41
50 1.10 1.12 1.15 1.17 1.21 1.23 1.26 1.58

44.4 EPCON™ C8

N

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32
50 0.67
60 0.75 0.67
e 65 0.79 0.70
80 0.91 0.80 0.73
90 1.00 0.86 0.79
Xne = 0.27 + 0.725*(e/h)
100 0.93 0.85 0.70
Where em ≤ e ≤ ec
110 1.00 0.91 0.74
ec = 1*h
120 0.97 0.78
Note: Tabled values are based on
h shown in the installation details. 140 0.87 0.75 0.65
For other values of Xne, please use 160 0.95 0.82 0.70 0.66
equation shown above. 170 1.00 0.86 0.73 0.68
210 1.00 0.83 0.78
270 1.00 0.92
300 1.00
N
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32
50 0.64
60 0.67 0.64
a 80 0.72 0.68 0.66
90 0.75 0.70 0.68
Xna = 0.5 + a/(4*h) 100 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.65
Where am ≤ a ≤ ac 125 0.85 0.78 0.75 0.68 0.65
ac = 2*h 140 0.89 0.82 0.78 0.71 0.67 0.63
Note: Tabled values are based on 160 0.94 0.86 0.82 0.74 0.69 0.64 0.63
the nominal effective depth, 180 1.00 0.91 0.86 0.76 0.71 0.66 0.64
h shown in the installation details. 220 1.00 0.94 0.82 0.76 0.70 0.67
For other values Xna, please use 250 1.00 0.87 0.80 0.72 0.70
equation shown above. 300 0.94 0.86 0.77 0.73
340 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.77
420 1.00 0.88 0.83
540 0.98 0.92
640 1.00
Design cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance, NRd,p
2 NRd,p = NRd,pc*Xns*Xnc*Xne*Xna
NRd,p = minimum of N0Rd,p*Xns*Xnc*Xne*Xna and N0Rd,c*Xns*Xnc*Xne*Xna

Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/γMs (kN) γMs = 1.4
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Grade 500 Rebar 30.7 44.3 79.3 123.6 177.7 192.5 242.1 315.7
3 Design cracked concrete tensile resistance, NRd

Check N*/NRd ≤ 1,

44.4 EPCON™ C8

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32
Edge distance, em
50 3.8
60 5.2
80 8.1
100 12.2
125 17.7
140 22.4
160 27.9
NOTE: For capacity in Non-cracked concrete, refer to pages 119-126.

f'c (MPa) 20 25 30 40 50
Xvc 1 1.1 1.26 1.41 1.55
Angle, α° 0-55 60 70 80 90-180
Xvd 1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2
conc. edge shear, Xvd Table 4d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing and edge distance effect, concrete edge shear, Xve
e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
Xve 1.00 1.31 1.66 2.02 2.41 2.83 3.26 3.72 4.19 4.69 5.20 5.72
V
ba>1,5. e For 2 anchors fastening Xve

e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
Xve = e/em *√e/em
a/em
1.0 0.67 0.84 1.03 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.88 2.12 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.16
1.5 0.75 0.93 1.12 1.33 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.31
a
2.0 0.83 1.02 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.89 2.12 2.38 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46
2.5 0.92 1.11 1.32 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.77 3.04 3.32 3.61
3.0 1.00 1.20 1.42 1.64 1.88 2.12 2.37 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46 3.76
V 3.5 1.30 1.52 1.75 1.99 2.24 2.50 2.76 3.04 3.32 3.61 3.91
ba>1,5.e 4.0 1.62 1.86 2.10 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.17 3.46 3.75 4.05
4.5 1.96 2.21 2.47 2.74 3.02 3.31 3.60 3.90 4.20
Xve = 3*e+a *√e/em 5.0 2.33 2.59 2.87 3.15 3.44 3.74 4.04 4.35
6*em 5.5 2.71 2.99 3.28 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
6.0 2.83 3.11 3.41 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
a1
a2
a3
For 3 anchors fastening and more Xve
an-1
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 +…+an-1

Xve = *√e/em
V 3*n*em
ba>1,5.e

EPCON™ C8
Concrete edge e
44.4INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES

Shear force Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / γMpr (kN) γMpr = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa

A
a
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32
Failure wedge
Concrete edge
B
eB
-40˚C to +40˚C 35.8 49.8 71.2 121.1 175.9 237.5 261.4
ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE -40˚C to +80˚C 20.7 27.6 37.7 64.1 99.0 126.7 140.7
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e2
Failure
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
wedge 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86


VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xnc * Xne*Xna

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/γMs (kN), γMs = 1.5
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Grade 500 Rebar 14.7 20.7 36.7 57.3 82.9 90 112.7 147.3

VRd = minimum of VRd,c, VRd,cp,VRd,s
Check V*/VRd ≤ 1,

44.4 EPCON™ C8

6 Check
N*/NRd + V*/VRd ≤ 1.2,
Specify Example
Ramset EPCON™ C8 Injection Ramset EPCON™ C8 Injection with
(Anchor Size) grade 500 Rebar. N20 grade 500 Rebar
Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm. Drilled hole depth to be 170 mm.
Ramset Technical Data Sheet
Tension - Sustained Loading - Cracked Concrete

Anchor Size (db) 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32
Tension load in
(kN) 14.9 20.7 29.7 50.4 73.3 99.0 108.9
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.23 0.21 0.24 0.24 0.25 0.24 0.21
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.64 0.64 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.68 0.62
(long term)
Shear - Sustained Loading - Cracked Concrete

Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa
Anchor Size (db) 10 12 16 20 24/25 28 32
δV0 (mm/kN)
0.07 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02
(short term)
Displacement
δV∞ (mm/kN)
0.11 0.10 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03
(long term)
Note:
Displacement short term (mm) = δV0 x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete)


HCR
Product DESIGN LIFE

Structaset™ 401 is a heavy duty Epoxy Acrylate for anchoring
concrete.

• Fire rated
Greater security:
• Strong bond Principal Applications
• Rated for sustained loading • Threaded Studs
Australian Made
Minimum Maximum
Installation Adhesive 5°C 40°C

-40°C to 80°C
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5 6 401
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. (mins) (mins)
are clean. Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon 40°C – –
brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3,

blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 30°C 4 35
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 20°C 6 50
10°C 10 85
bottom of hole while turning. 5°C 18 145
5. Allow Structaset™ 401 to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture. Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 5°C.


Structaset™ 401 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Optimum dimensions*
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Concrete
Anchor size, db Anchor
diam. , dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr Edge distance, substrate
(mm) spacing, ac
(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) ec (mm) thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm)
M10 12 12 90 20 180 90 120
M12 14 15 110 40 220 110 140
M16 18 20 125 80 250 125 160
M20 22 24 170 150 340 170 220
M24 26 28 210 200 420 210 265
* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these optimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit
state design process to verify capacity.

Grade 5.8 Steel Studs Grade 8.8 Steel Studs ANSI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Cracked Concrete
Anchor
size, db Tension, N0Rd,p (kN)**
(mm) Shear, Tension, Shear, Tension, Shear, Tension,
VRd,s (kN) NRd,s (kN)*** VRd,s (kN) NRd,s (kN)*** VRd,s (kN) NRd,s (kN)***
M10 12.0 19.3 18.4 30.7 12.8 21.9 7.9 8.8 9.7
M12 16.8 28.0 27.2 44.7 19.2 31.6 11.5 12.9 14.2
M16 31.2 52.7 50.4 84.0 35.3 58.8 17.5 19.5 21.5
M20 48.8 82.0 78.4 130.7 55.1 92.0 26.7 29.9 32.8
M24 70.4 118.0 112.8 188.0 79.5 132.1 39.6 44.3 48.7
* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these optimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit
state design process to verify capacity.
**Note: Cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete conce resistance, tension = N0Rd,p = NRk,p/γMsp where γMsp = 1.8
***Note: Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension = NRd,s = NRk,s /γγMs where γMs = 1.5 (Grade 5.8 & 8.8 steel), γMs = 1.87 (A4 316 SS) and
γMs = 2.60 (HCR stainless steel)

Structaset™ 401 380 ml S401C
Structaset™ 401 750 ml S401J

(mm) MPa (mm) MPa
M10 8.6 58 640 800 8.2 52.8 450 650 62.3
M12 10.4 84.3 640 800 10 78.5 450 650 109.2
M16 14.1 157 640 800 14 153.9 450 650 277.5
M20 17.7 245 640 800 17.2 232.4 450 650 540.9
M24 21.2 353 640 800 20.7 336.5 450 650 935.5

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE

45 Notes:

40 ~ Tension limited by combined pull-out and
35 concrete cone reistance using nominal
depths.
~ f'c = 20 MPa
25 M24
20
M20
15
M16
10
M12
5 M10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Min. Anchor Spacing - am 40 50 65 80 96
Min. Edge Distance - em 40 50 65 80 96

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs page 43.

h + (2 x dh)
h = Le - t
h ≥ 8 * db


Table 2a - Cracked Concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance,

N0Rd,p = N0Rk,p/yMsp (kN) yMsp = 1.8, f'c = 20 MPa
Anchor Size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
80 7.0
90 7.9
100 8.7 10.5
110 9.6 11.5
120 10.5 12.6
125 10.9 13.1 17.5
140 12.2 14.7 19.5
150 13.1 15.7 20.9
160 14.0 16.8 22.3 25.1
170 14.8 17.8 23.7 26.7
180 15.7 18.8 25.1 28.3
190 16.6 19.9 26.5 29.8 35.8
200 17.5 20.9 27.9 31.4 37.7
210 22.0 29.3 33.0 39.6
240 25.1 33.5 37.7 45.2
280 39.1 44.0 52.8
320 44.7 50.3 60.3
350 55.0 66.0
400 62.8 75.4
450 84.8
480 90.5
Bold values are at Chemset Anchor Stud nominal Depths
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 8 x anchor size, db for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.
WET HOLES: Multiply ØNuc * 0.86
For capacity in Non-cracked concrete, refer to page 77-84

f’c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1.00 1.12 1.23 1.30

N

40 0.59
45 0.63
55 0.71 0.63
e 65 0.79 0.70 0.65
85 0.95 0.83 0.76 0.63
90 1 0.86 0.79 0.65
Xne = 0.27 + 0.725*(e/h) 105 0.96 0.88 0.72 0.63
Where em ≤ e ≤ ec 110 1 0.91 0.74 0.65
ec = 1*h 120 0.97 0.78 0.68
the nominal effective depth, 140 0.87 0.75
h shown in the installation details. 170 1 0.86
210 1
250
equation shown above.
280
N
40 0.61
45 0.63
55 0.65 0.63
65 0.68 0.65 0.63
a 85 0.74 0.69 0.67 0.63
105 0.79 0.74 0.71 0.65 0.63
Xna = 0.5 + a/(4*h) 140 0.89 0.82 0.78 0.71 0.67
160 0.94 0.86 0.82 0.74 0.69
180 1 0.91 0.86 0.76 0.71
ac = 2*h
220 1 0.94 0.82 0.76
the nominal effective depth, 300 0.94 0.86
h shown in the installation details. 340 1 0.90
For other values Xna, please use 370 0.94
equation shown above. 450 1
560
2 Design cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance, NRd,c
NRd,p = N0Rd,p * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna

Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/γMs (kN)
γMs = 1.87 for M8 to M24 A4 316 Stainless Steel
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 19.3 28 52.7 82 118
Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 30.7 44.7 84 130.7 188
A4 316 Stainless Steel 21.9 31.6 58.8 92 132.1
HCR Stainless Steel 14.6 21.2 39.2 61.2 88
3 Design cracked concrete tensile resistance, NRd

Check N*/NRd ≤ 1,


Edge distance, em
40 2.8
50 4.1
65 6.3
80 9.3
96 12.8
For capacity in Non-cracked concrete, refer to pages 77-84

f'c (MPa) 20 25 30 40 50
Xvc 1 1.1 1.26 1.41 1.55
Angle, α° 0-55 60 70 80 90-180
Load direction effect, Xvd 1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2
e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
V Xve 1.00 1.31 1.66 2.02 2.41 2.83 3.26 3.72 4.19 4.69 5.20 5.72
ba>1,5. e

Xve = e/em *√e/em e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
a a/em
1.0 0.67 0.84 1.03 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.88 2.12 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.16
1.5 0.75 0.93 1.12 1.33 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.31
2.0 0.83 1.02 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.89 2.12 2.38 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46
V
2.5 0.92 1.11 1.32 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.77 3.04 3.32 3.61
ba>1,5.e
3.0 1.00 1.20 1.42 1.64 1.88 2.12 2.37 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46 3.76
Xve = 3*e+a *√e/em 3.5 1.30 1.52 1.75 1.99 2.24 2.50 2.76 3.04 3.32 3.61 3.91
4.0 1.62 1.86 2.10 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.17 3.46 3.75 4.05
6*em 4.5 1.96 2.21 2.47 2.74 3.02 3.31 3.60 3.90 4.20
5.0 2.33 2.59 2.87 3.15 3.44 3.74 4.04 4.35
5.5 2.71 2.99 3.28 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
6.0 2.83 3.11 3.41 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
a1
a2
a3 For 3 anchors fastening and more
an-1
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 +…+an-1

Xve = *√e/em
V 3*n*em
ba>1,5.e

Concrete edge e

Shear force
A
a Failure wedge
Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / γMpr (kN) γMpr = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa
B
Concrete edge Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

eB
ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE -40˚C to +80˚C 18.8 27.6 41.9 64.1 95.0
Table 4f A
Failure
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86
Design cracked concrete edge shear resistance, VRd,c

4a VRd,c = V0Rd,c * Xvc * Xvd * Xve * Xvs
4b
Design cracked concrete Pryout failure, VRd,cp
VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xnc * Xne * Xna
Verify cracked concrete shear resistance - per anchor

STEP 5 Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/γMs (kN)
γMs = 1.56 for M8 to M24 A4 316 Stainless Steel
Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel 12 16.8 31.2 48.8 70.4
Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 18.4 27.2 50.4 78.4 112.8
A4 316 Stainless Steel 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5
HCR Stainless Steel 8.8 12.4 23.5 36.9 53
Design cracked concrete shear resistance, VRd

5 VRd = minimum of VRd,c , VRd,cp,VRd,s
Check V*/VRd ≤ 1,

STEP 6 Combined Loading

6 Check
N*/NRd + V*/VRd ≤ 1.2,
Example
Specifiy - Threaded Stud Anchors Ramset™ StructaSet™ 401 Injection with
Ramset™ StructaSet™ 401 with (Anchor
M16 grade 5.8 Chemset™ Anchor Stud
Size) grade 5.8 Chemset™ Anchor Stud
(CS16190GH). Drilled hole depth to be
(Anchor Stud Part Number) Drilled Hole
125mm. To be installed according to
Depth to be (h) mm.
Tension - Sustained Loading

NON-CRACKED CONCRETE
Anchor Size (db) M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Tension load in Non-
(kN) 7.9 11.9 15.9 23.8 29.8
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.30 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.50
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
(long term)
CRACKED CONCRETE
Tension load in
(kN) 5.1 7.4 13.1 20.5 24.6
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.40 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.67 1.17 1.17 0.88 0.60
(long term)
Shear - Sustained Loading

NON-CRACKED CONCRETE
Shear load in Non-
(kN) 5.0 7.2 13.5 21.0 30.3
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
1.50 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.50
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
2.30 2.30 2.30 3.00 3.80
(long term)
Note: Displacement short term (mm) = δV0 x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete)

46.1 SpaTec™ Plus
CRACKED CONCRETE - SAFETY ANCHORS
Cracked Concrete - Mechanical Anchoring

Product
A high security, high performance, through fixing, torque controlled
ETA
expansion anchor which has approval for use in cracked and non-
cracked concrete.
European Technical Approval (option1) – ETA-10/0276:
Tested for Category 1 & 2 seismic performance in accordance with Hex db
ETAG001 Annex E, M10, M12 & M16 Anchor diameters Head
• CISMA Report Anchors exposed to seismic actions NTC022
• Highest level of European approval for mechanical expansion anchors Le
• Shallow embedment depths Hex Nut -
Threaded db
• Highest performance in cracked concrete
• Zinc Plated to 5μm Rod
• Anchor diameters from M6 to M20 Le
C/Sunk
• Safety critical loads db
Head
• High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.
• Heavy duty, heat treated washer. Heavy duty, thick expansion
sleeve that provides secure grip to concrete.
Improved security: Principal Applications
• Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded. • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
• Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload. • Safety critical loads
Resistant to cyclic loading: • Steel columns & walkways
• Heavy duty sleeve with integrated pull-down section works to retain 65% • Road barrier hold down
of initial preload. • Bridge refurbishment
Fast installation: • Wall Plates
• Hex Nut & Hex Bolt versions available • Safety Rails
• Countersunk heads available. • Intended working life of the anchor of 50 years
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Fire rated: Refer Fire rated mechanical anchor section.
Installation
1 2 3
fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning
brush.
the fixture.

CRACKED CONCRETE - SAFETY ANCHORS

Fixture Anchor Concrete Cracked Concrete
Anchor Drilled hole Depth of Tightening
hole effective substrate Tension, N0Rd,c (kN) **
size, db diameter, drill hole, h1 torque, Tr
diameter, df depth, h thickness,
(mm) dh (mm) (mm) (Nm) Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c
(mm) (mm) bm (mm)
M6 10 12 50 70 15 100 8.5 10.4 12.0
M8 12 14 60 80 25 120 11.2 13.7 15.8
M10 15 17 70 90 50 140 14.1 17.2 19.9
M12 18 20 80 105 80 160 17.2 21.0 24.2
M16 24 26 100 131 120 200 24.0 29.3 33.8
M20 28 30 125 157 200 250 33.5 40.9 47.2

Part Number
Drilled hole Effective Fixture ETA
Anchor size, Zinc
diameter, dh Length, Le thickness, t Designation Zinc Zinc
db (mm) (Hex Nut -Thr’d
(mm) (mm) (mm) Number (Hex Hd) (C/Sunk Hd)
Rod)
55 5 V6-10/5 050673* - -
M6 10 70 20 V6-10/20 050674* - -
100 50 E6-10/50 - - 050675*
70 10 V8-12/20 050679* - -
M8 12 76 16 TF8-12/16 050686* -
80 20 E8-12/20 - - 050681*
90 20 V10-15/20 SP10105 - -
M10 15 97 27 TF10-15/27 - SP10105F -
105 35 E10-15/35 - - 050692*
90 10 V12-18/10 SP12105 - -
M12 18 105 25 V12-18/25 SP12120 - -
125 45 E12-18/45 - - 050699*
125 25 V16-24/25 SP16145 - -
M16 24 155 55 E16-24/55 - - 050707*
200 100 E16-24/100 - - 050708*
150 25 V20-28/25 SP20170 - -
M20 28 185 60 E20-28/60 - - 050713*
225 100 E20-28/100 - - 050714*
* Lead times apply

Anchor size, Bolt UTS, Spacer UTS,
diameter, ds area, As strength, fy area, As strength, fy modulus Z
db (mm) fu (MPa) fu (MPa)
(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (mm2) (MPa) (mm2)
M6 6.0 20.1 640 800 40.7 245 460 12.7
M8 8.0 36.6 640 800 51.1 245 460 31.2
M10 9.8 58.0 640 800 83.4 350 480 62.3
M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 119.8 330 430 109.2
M16 15.7 157.0 640 800 201.7 330 430 277.5
M20 19.7 245.0 660 800 242.5 330 430 540.9

46.4 SpaTec™ Plus

35
Tension Notes:
Notes:
-- Shear Limited by Hex Head or C/sunk Head
steelTension
resistance
30 ~
-- Tension
usinglimited by depths.
concrete pull through
limited by concrete capacity
or concrete cone resistance

nominal
-- No~edge or spacing
MPa effects
No edge or spacing effects.
25 ~ f' = 32
c
M20
20
M16
15
10 M12
M10
5
M8
M6
0
0 30 60 90 120 150
Effective depth, h (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125
For - em 80 100 100 160 180 300
Min. Edge Distance - em 50 60 70 80 100 150
For - am 100 100 160 200 220 300

h = Le - t


46.4 SpaTec™ Plus
Verify cracked concrete cone tensile resistance - per anchor

STEP 2
Table 2a - Cracked concrete cone resistance, tension, N0Rd,c = NRk,c/γMc (kN) γMc = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa
50 8.5
60 11.2
70 14.1
80 17.2
100 24
125 33.5
NOTE: For capacity in Non-cracked concrete, refer to pages 185-192
Table 2b - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

f'c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55
N

e
50 0.75
Xne = 0.25 + 0.5*(e/h) 60 0.85 0.75
Where em ≤ e ≤ ec 70 0.95 0.83 0.75
ec = 1.5*h 80 1 0.92 0.82 0.75
Note: Tabled values are 90 1 0.89 0.81
based on the nominal
100 0.96 0.88 0.75
effective depth, h shown in
the installation details. For 120 1 1 0.85
other values of Xne, please 150 1 0.85
use equation shown above. 170 0.93
190 1
N

a 50 0.67
60 0.70 0.67
Xna = 0.5 + a/(6*h) 70 0.73 0.69 0.67
Where am ≤ a ≤ ac 80 0.77 0.72 0.69 0.67
ac = 3*h 100 0.85 0.78 0.74 0.71 0.67
Note: Tabled values are 125 0.92 0.85 0.80 0.76 0.71 0.67
based on the nominal 150 1 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.70
effective depth, h shown in
180 1 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.74
the installation details. For
other values Xna, please use 210 1 0.94 0.85 0.78
equation shown above. 240 1 0.90 0.82
300 1 0.90
375 1
2 Design cracked concrete cone resistance, NRd,c

NRd,c = N0Rd,c * Xnc * Xne * Xna

46.4 SpaTec™ Plus

STEP 3 Verify cracked concrete tensile resistance tension - per anchor
Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/γMs (kN), γMs = 1.5
Carbon Steel 10.7 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.7 130.7
Table 3b - Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance**, N0Rd,p = NRk,p/γMp (kN) γMp = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa
50 3.3
60 8
70 10.6
80 -*
100 -*
125 -*
* Not decisive failure mode for cracked concrete. For seismic N Rd,p = 17.1kN for M12 and N Rd,p = 24.1kN for M16
0 0
** Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance is not influenced by reduced anchor spacing or edge distance.
3a Design cracked concrete pull-through resistance, NRd,p

NRd,p = N0Rd,p * Xnc
3b Design cracked concrete tensile resistance, NRd

NRd = minimum of NRd,c , NRd,p , NRd,s
Check N*/NRd ≤ 1,

Concrete Tensile Pull-through Tensile
Steel Tensile Performance
Performance Performance
Performance
Required Concrete
Pull-through Carbon Steel
Notation Tension Notation Notation
Capacity
Cracked Concrete/ MULTIPLY MULTIPLY MULTIPLY
NRd,c NRd,p NRd,s
Tension Zone NRd,c x 1.00 NRd,p x 1.00 NRd,s x 1.00
MULTIPLY MULTIPLY MULTIPLY
Seismic NRd,c,sis NRd,p,sis NRd,s,sis
NRd,c x 0.75* NRd,p x 0.85 NRd,s x 1.00**
*NOTE: For M20 only NRd,c,sis = NRd,c, x 0.81

**NOTE: For M20 only NRd,s,sis = NRd,s, x 0.75
Note 1: Above table is only for sizes M10,M12,M16 and M20.
Note 2: Single anchor design as follows
– NRd,c,sis = NRd,c x 0.85 (for M10,M12 & M16) Design seismic cracked tensile resistance, NRd,sis
– NRd,c,sis = NRd,c x 0.81 (for M20 only) NRd,sis = min. of NRd,c,sis, NRd,s,sis & NRd,p,sis
– NRd,p,sis = NRd,p x 1.00 Check N*/N ≤1 Rd,sis
If not satisfied return to step 1

46.4 SpaTec™ Plus
Verify cracked concrete edge shear resistance - per anchor

STEP 4
Table 4a - Cracked concrete edge resistance, shear, V0Rd,c = VRk,c / γMc (kN) γMc = 1.5, f’c = 20 MPa
min. edge distance, em 50 60 70 80 100 150
min. anchor spacing, am 100 100 160 200 220 300
50 2.4
60 3.5
70 4.8
80 6.6
100 9.7
125 18.7

f’c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xvc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55
Load direction effect, Angle, α° 0-55 60 70 80 90-180
conc. edge shear, Xvd Xvd 1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2
V
e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
ba>1,5. e
Xve 1.00 1.31 1.66 2.02 2.41 2.83 3.26 3.72 4.19 4.69 5.20 5.72
Xve = e/em *√e/em
a
e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
a/em
1.0 0.67 0.84 1.03 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.88 2.12 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.16
V
ba>1,5.e
1.5 0.75 0.93 1.12 1.33 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.31
2.0 0.83 1.02 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.89 2.12 2.38 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46
Xve = 3*e+a *√e/em 2.5 0.92 1.11 1.32 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.77 3.04 3.32 3.61
6*em 3.0 1.00 1.20 1.42 1.64 1.88 2.12 2.37 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46 3.76
3.5 1.30 1.52 1.75 1.99 2.24 2.50 2.76 3.04 3.32 3.61 3.91
4.0 1.62 1.86 2.10 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.17 3.46 3.75 4.05
4.5 1.96 2.21 2.47 2.74 3.02 3.31 3.60 3.90 4.20
5.0 2.33 2.59 2.87 3.15 3.44 3.74 4.04 4.35
5.5 2.71 2.99 3.28 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
6.0 2.83 3.11 3.41 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
a1
a2
a3
an-1
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 +…+an-1

V
Xve = *√e/em
ba>1,5.e
3*n*em

SpaTec™ Plus
Failure wedge
a a
46.4
Concrete edge e

Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / γMpr (kN) γMpr = 1.5, f’c = 20 Mpa
Shear force Effective depth, h (mm)
A 50 8.5
a
B
Failure wedge 60 22..3
Concrete edge
eB 70 28.1
80 34.3
100 48.0
125 67.1
Table 4f A
e2
Failure
Edge distance, e1 (mm)
wedge
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges 30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86


VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xvc * Xvd * Xne*Xna

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/γMs (kN), γMs = 1.25
Carbon Steel - Hex Head
18.7 26.1 39.3 58.2 93.8 138.8
and C/Sunk Head
Carbon Steel - Hex Nut and
11.4 15.2 24.8 37.9 74.5 87.9
Gr 8.8 Threaded Rod

Check V*/VRd ≤ 1,

46.4 SpaTec™ Plus

Concrete Shear Performance Pryout Failure Performance Steel Shear Performance

Performance Required
Notation Concrete Shear Capacity Notation Pryout Failure Shear Capacity Notation Carbon Steel Tension Capacity
Cracked Concrete/Tension Zone VRd,c MULTIPLY VRd,c x 1.00 VRd,cp MULTIPLY VRd,cp x 1.00 VRd,s MULTIPLY VRd,s x 1.00
Seismic VRd,c,sis MULTIPLY VRd,c x αVc # VRd,cp,sis MULTIPLY VRd,cp x αCp * VRd,s,sis MULTIPLY VRd,s x αV,sis**
# For M10, M12 & M16 - αVc = 0.85 (single anchor αVc = 1.00) and for M20 - αVc = 0.32 Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20
* For M10, M12 & M16 - αCp = 0.75 (single anchor αCp = 0.85) and for M20 - αCp = 0.81 **Hex Head - αV,sis 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.30
Design seismic cracked shear resistance, VRd,sis = min. of VRd,c,sis, VRd,cp,sis & VRd,s,sis **Hex Nut & Thr'd Rod -αV,sis 0.27 0.32 0.32 0.30
STEP 6 Combined loading and specification Check V*/VRd,sis ≤ 1.0

For Seismic SpaTec only
6 Check N*/NRd + V*/VRd ≤ 1.2, if not satisfied return to step 1 N*/NRd,sis + V*/VRd,sis ≤ 1.0
Specify Example
Ramset™ SpaTec™ Plus Anchor, Ramset™ SpaTec™ Plus Anchor, M12 (SP12120).
(Anchor Size) (Part Number) Maximum fixed thickness to be 8 mm. To be installed
Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm. in accordance with Ramset Technical Data Sheet.

Concrete Strength f’c = 20 MPa
Anchor Size (db) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Tension load in
(kN) 2.4 5.7 7.6 12.3 17.1 23.9
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.0
(long term)
Tension load in
(kN) 3.7 8.9 11.8 19.0 26.6 37.1
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.2
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.7 2.2
(long term)

Hex Head and C/sunk Head in Concrete Strength f’c = 20 MPa to 50 MPa
Shear load in Cracked
(kN) 13.4 18.6 28.1 41.5 67.0 99.1
Concrete
δN0 (mm) 6.0 6.4 6.9 7.4 8.3 9.4
(short term) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+2.0) (+2.0)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm) 9.0 9.7 10.4 11.0 12.4 14.1
(long term) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+2.0) (+2.0)
Hex Nut and Gr. 8.8 Threaded Rod in Concrete Strength f’c = 20 MPa to 50 MPa
Shear load in Cracked
(kN) 8.2 10.9 17.7 27.1 53.2 62.8
Concrete
δN0 (mm) 4.5 4.8 5.0 5.3 5.8 6.5
(short term) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+2.0) (+2.0)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm) 6.7 7.1 7.5 7.9 8.8 9.8
(long term) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+1.5) (+2.0) (+2.0)
Note: Displacement – the tables above show the deformation to be expected from the anchor itself whilst the bracketed value
indicates the additional movement between the anchor body and the hole in the fixture.

CRACKED CONCRETE - STUD ANCHOR

Product
A Heavy duty, torque controlled expansion anchor, made of ETA
stainless steel for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete.

European Technical Approval (option1) – ETA-04/0010 (FIX Z A4): Le
• Highest level of European approval for mechanical expansion anchors
• Maximum Tensile & Shear load in cracked concrete db
• A4 (AISI 316) Stainless Steel
• “True to size” through fixture anchor Principal Applications
• A4-80 Stainless Steel Hexagonal Nut • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
Improved security: • Structural Steel columns & beams
• Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload. • Road barrier hold down
• Bridge refurbishment
Resistant to cyclic loading: • Road & Rail tunnel construction
• Heavy duty sleeve with pull-down of fixture • Wall Plates
• Anti rotation expansion sleeve • Safety barriers
Fast installation: • Stadium seating
• Anchor diameter equals hole diameter • Pallet racking
• Shallow embedment depths • Shallow embedment depths from 50mm
• Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures. • Long working life
Fire rated: Refer Fire rated mechanical anchor section for details.
Installation
1 2 3
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter (same as the

TruBolt™ A4 316 SS) and depth using the fixture as a template.
Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the
debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum.
torque.

47.2-3 TruBolt™ A4 316 SS
CRACKED CONCRETE - STUD ANCHOR

Reduced Characteristic
Optimum
Drilled Fixture Anchor Concrete Capacity Cracked Concrete
Depth of Tightening dimensions*
Anchor hole hole effective substrate Tension, N0Rd,c (kN) **
drill hole, torque, Tr
size, db diameter, diameter, depth, h thickness, Anchor Edge Concrete Compressive
h1 (mm) (Nm)
dh (mm) df (mm) (mm) bm (mm) spacing, distance, Strength, f'c
ac (mm) ec (mm) 20 MPa 30 MPa 40 MPa
35 52 100 140 70 5.0 6.1 7.0
M8 8 9 20
48 65 100 192 96 8.0 9.8 11.3
42 62 100 168 84 6.5 7.9 9.2
M10 10 12 35
58 78 116 232 116 10.6 12.9 14.9
50 75 100 200 100 8.5 10.4 12.0
M12 12 14 50
70 95 140 280 140 14.1 17.2 19.9
64 95 128 256 128 12.3 15.0 17.3
M16 16 18 100
86 117 172 344 172 19.1 23.3 26.9
*For shear loads acting towards an edge or where optimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design
process to verfiy capacity.

Drilled hole Effective ETA Part Number
Anchor size, Effective depth, h (mm)
diameter, dh Length, Le Designation
db 316 A4 SS
(mm) (mm) Number h = Le - t
40 M8/5 T08055SSA t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
55 M8/20-7 T08070SSA
M8 8
75 M8/40-27 T08090SSA
115 M8/80-67 T08130SSA
47 M10/5 T10065SSA
57 M10/15 T10075SSA
M10 10
78 M10/35-20 T10095SSA
103 M10/60-45 T10120SSA
55 M12/5 T12080SSA
76 M12/25-6 T12100SSA
M12 12
91 M12/40-21 T12115SSA
116 M12/65-46 T12140SSA
94 M16/30-8 T16125SSA
M16 16 119 M16/55-33 T16150SSA
139 M16/75-53 T16170SSA
47.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Minimum Threaded section Reduced section
Stress area
diameter Section
threaded
Anchor size, db reduced Yield strength, UTS, Yield strength, UTS, modulus Z
section, As
section, ds fy (MPa) fu (MPa) fy (MPa) fu (MPa) (mm2)
(mm2)
(mm)
M8 36.6 5.6 420 620 780 900 31.2
M10 58.0 7.3 420 620 780 900 62.3
M12 84.3 8.6 420 620 780 900 109.2
M16 157.0 11.7 420 620 780 900 277.5


8 Notes:
Notes:
Tension
-- - Shear
Shear Limited by steel
Limited by steelcapacity
resistance
-- - Tension
Tension limited by concrete
limited by concretepull
pullthrough
through
7 resistance
resistance
-- - NoNoedge edge or spacingeffects
or spacing effects
-- - f'f'c c== 20 MPa
20 MPa
6
5
M16
3 M12
M10
2
M8
1
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Effective depth, h (mm) 35 48 42 58 50 70 64 86
Min. Anchor spacing - am 60 50 75 55 170 75 150 90
Min. Edge Distance - em 60 60 65 65 100 90 100 105

h = Le - t

Verify cracked concrete cone tensile resistance - per anchor

STEP 2
Table 2a - Cracked concrete cone resistance, tension, N0Rd,c = NRk,c/γMc (kN) γMc = 1.5, f’c = 20 MPa
Drill hole dia, dh (mm) 8 10 12 16
35 5
42 6.5
48 8
50 8.5
NOTE: For capacity 58 10.6
in Non-cracked 64 12.3
concrete, refer to 70 14.1
pages 201-210. 86 19.1
Table 2b - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

f’c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xnc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55

2c-1 - For Minimum Effective Depth
N
e 60 1.00
65 1.00
100 1.00
N 100 1.00
2c-2 - For Maximum Effective Depth

e Effective depth, h (mm) 48 58 70 86
Xne = 0.5 + 0.33*(e/h) 60 0.91
Where em ≤ e ≤ ec 65 0.95 0.91
ec = 1.5*h 72 1.00 0.96
Note: Tabled values are 80 1.00
based on the nominal 90 0.94
effective depth, h shown
in the installation details. 105 1.00 0.90
For other values of Xne,
please use equation 130 1.00
shown above.
N
2d-1 - For Minimum Effective Depth
a 60 0.78
75 0.86 0.80
Xna = 0.5 + a/(6*h)
100 0.98 0.90 0.83 0.76
105 1.00 0.92 0.85 0.77
ac = 3*h
110 0.94 0.87 0.79
Note: Tabled values are 125 1.00 0.92 0.83
based on the nominal 150 1.00 0.89
effective depth, h shown
in the installation details. 170 0.94
For other values of Xna, 192 1.00
please use equation
shown above.


N
2d-2 - For Maximum Effective Depth

a Anchor spacing, a (mm)
50 0.67
55 0.69 0.66
Xna = 0.5 + a/(6*h)
75 0.76 0.72 0.68
90 0.81 0.76 0.71 0.67
ac = 3*h
110 0.88 0.82 0.76 0.71
Note: Tabled values are 130 0.95 0.87 0.81 0.75
based on the nominal 145 1.00 0.92 0.85 0.78
effective depth, h shown 155 0.95 0.87 0.80
in the installation details. 175 1.00 0.92 0.84
For other values of Xna, 205 0.99 0.90
please use equation 210 1.00 0.91
shown above. 258 1.00
2 Design cracked concrete cone resistance, NRd,c

NRd,c = N0Rd,c * Xnc * Xne * Xna

Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/γMs (kN),
γMs = 1.5 for M8 to M12 and γMs = 2.1 for M16
Stainless Steel 8.5 14.4 20.0 29.7
Table 3b - Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance**, N0Rd,p = NRk,p/γMp (kN) γMp = 1.5, f’c = 20 MPa
Drill hole dia, dh (mm) 8 10 12 16
35 2.0
42 4.0
48 2.7
50 5.0
58 5.0
64 8.0
70 6.0
86 10.7
** Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance is not influenced by reduced anchor spacing or edge distance.
3a Design cracked concrete pull-through resistance, NRd,p

NRd,p = N0Rd,p * Xnc
3b Design cracked concrete tensile resistance, NRd

NRd = minimum of NRd,c , NRd,p , NRd,s
Check N*/NRd ≤ 1,

Verify cracked concrete edge shear resistance - per anchor

STEP 4
Table 4a - Cracked concrete edge resistance, shear, V0Rd,c = VRk,c / γMc (kN) γMc = 1.5, f’c = 20 MPa
Min. Anchor spacing - am 60 50 75 55 170 75 150 90
Min. Edge Distance - em 60 60 65 65 100 90 100 105
35 3.3
42 4.1
48 3.7
50 8.7
58 4.4
64 10.1
70 8.2
86 11.8

f’c (MPa) 20 30 40 50
Xvc 1 1.22 1.41 1.55
Load direction effect, Angle, α° 0-55 60 70 80 90-180
conc. edge shear, Xvd Xvd 1 1.1 1.2 1.5 2
V e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
ba>1,5. e Xve 1.00 1.31 1.66 2.02 2.41 2.83 3.26 3.72 4.19 4.69 5.20 5.72
Xve = e/em *√e/em
a e/em 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2
a/em
1.0 0.67 0.84 1.03 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.88 2.12 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.16
V 1.5 0.75 0.93 1.12 1.33 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.31
ba>1,5.e
2.0 0.83 1.02 1.22 1.43 1.65 1.89 2.12 2.38 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46
Xve = 3*e+a *√e/em 2.5 0.92 1.11 1.32 1.54 1.77 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.77 3.04 3.32 3.61
6*em 3.0 1.00 1.20 1.42 1.64 1.88 2.12 2.37 2.63 2.90 3.18 3.46 3.76
3.5 1.30 1.52 1.75 1.99 2.24 2.50 2.76 3.04 3.32 3.61 3.91
4.0 1.62 1.86 2.10 2.36 2.62 2.89 3.17 3.46 3.75 4.05
4.5 1.96 2.21 2.47 2.74 3.02 3.31 3.60 3.90 4.20
5.0 2.33 2.59 2.87 3.15 3.44 3.74 4.04 4.35
5.5 2.71 2.99 3.28 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
6.0 2.83 3.11 3.41 3.71 4.02 4.33 4.65
a1
a2
a3
an-1
V Xve = 3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 +…+an-1 *√e/em

ba>1,5.e
3*n*em

Failure wedge
a a
Concrete edge e

Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / γMpr (kN) γMpr = 1.5, f’c = 20 Mpa
35 5.0
42 6.5
Shear force
48 8.0
A
50 8.5
a
B
Failure wedge 58 10.6
Concrete edge
eB 64 24.6
70 28.2
86 38.2
Table 4f A
Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e1 Shear Force
e2
Failure
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
wedge
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
Concrete edges 35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86


VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xvc * Xvd * Xne*Xna

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/γMs (kN),
γMs = 1.5 for M8 to M12 and γMs = 1.8 for M16
A4 316 Stainless Steel 7.5 12.0 17.4 25.3

Check V*/VRd ≤ 1,

6 Check
N*/NRd + V*/VRd ≤ 1.2,
Specify Example
Ramset FIX Z A4 Anchor
™ ™
Ramset FIX Z™ A4 Anchor
™
(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). M12 (054650)

Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm. Maximum fixed thickness to be 6 mm.

Anchor Size (db) M8 M10 M12 M16
Effective Depth, h (mm) 35 48 42 58 50 70 64 86
Tension load in
(kN) 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.0 3.0 3.6 4.8 6.4
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.3
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.5 1.0 0.8 1.0 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0
(long term)

Tension load in
(kN) 1.9 2.5 3.7 4.6 4.6 5.5 7.4 9.8
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm)
0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.6
(short term)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm)
0.8 1.0 1.1 1.1 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0
(long term)

Concrete Strength f’c = 20 MPa to 50 MPa
Shear load in
(kN) 5.4 5.4 8.6 8.6 12.4 12.4 18.1 18.1
Cracked Concrete
δN0 (mm) 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.6 4.6 5.0 5.0
(short term) (+0.7) (+0.7) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2)
Displacement
δN∞ (mm) 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.6 4.6 5.0 5.0
(long term) (+0.7) (+0.7) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2) (+1.2)
Note: Displacement – the tables above show the deformation to be expected from the anchor itself whilst the bracketed value
indicates the additional movement between the anchor body and the hole in the fixture.

Introduction
SEISMIC ANCHORS
Seismic
Anchors
Seismic Anchors
Seismic Anchors
Introduction
This section of the Specifiers Resource Book provides you with crack width & equivalent to current ACI 355.2/ACI 355.4 test methods)
solutions for post-installed anchors where there is a Seismic/ and Category 2 performance (i.e. larger earthquakes tested to 0.8mm
Earthquake performance requirement. Currently there are two crack width).
international standards which are used to derive Seismic performance
data for Mechanical and Chemical Anchors installed in concrete. The following flow chart provides you with guidance on how anchors
are Seismically Certified;
One standard is from the United States (ACI – American Concrete
Institute) and the other standard is from Europe (EOTA – European Design scope of SATS101:2015 excludes fasteners exposed to seismic
Organisation for Technical Approvals). The European Standard for actions. Refer to section 58 of this Handbook or contact your local
metal anchors under seismic action was introduced in April 2013 and ramsetreid™ engineer.
provides Category 1 performance (i.e. smaller earthquakes tested to
0.5mm

48.0 Seismic Standards for Anchors
MECHANICAL & CHEMICAL
Flow Chart on Seismic Standards for Anchors

International Applicable Seismic
Standard Standards Certification
ACI 318-11 Appendix D CERTIFIED Laboratory

Seismic Anchors
(Seismic Anchor Design Methodology) Test Report

LTR XXXX
ACI 355.2 Seismic
ACI (US Standard) (Seismic Tests Requirements for Test Results
Mechanical Anchors) Cat.1 only
ICC-ES Evaluation
ACI 355.4 Report
(Seismic Tests Requirements for ESR XXXX
Chemical Anchors)
ETAG001 Annex C
(Design Method for Anchorages)
CERTIFIED Laboratory
Test Report
LTR XXXX
TR029 (Design of Bonded Anchors)
TR045 (Design of Metal Achors Seismic)
Seismic
EOTA (European Standard) Test Results
Cat.1 & Cat. 2
ETAG001 Parts 1 to 6 European Technical
(Guidelines for all anchors types) Approval
ETA-XX/YYYY
ETAG001 Annex E
(Seismic Tests Requirements for
Mechanical and Chemical Anchors)
Note: The above European Standard has also been drafted into a pre-standard prEN 1992-4 - Eurocode 2: Design of concrete structures
- Part 4: Design of fastenings for use in concrete.
In summary, Mechanical & Chemical anchors can be seismically certified provided they are tested to the requirements of either
standard. Proof of the certification can either be by a recognized report (i.e. ETA or ICC ESR) or a Certified Laboratory Test Report
(i.e an independent test report based on an accredited laboratory’s test results).

49.0 Seismic Anchors Overview
MECHANICAL & CHEMICAL
Seismic Requirement options for Mechanical & Chemical Anchors
Anchor Description Application Seismic Image

Qualification
Mech, Electrical, HVAC
Seismic Anchors
Tapcon® + ICC-ESR3699
Screw Anchor Test as per ACI 355.2
Overhead Suspension 6.5mm, 9.5mm, 13mm
NEW SAMMYS® Mech, Electrical, HVAC

Screw Anchor for ICC-ESR3699
Test as per ACI 355.2
Threaded Rod Overhead Suspension M10
Anchor Stud and

Reo 502 SA used to
™
Rebar connections
install anchor studs for wall, slab, ICC-ESR3614
and rebar columns and beams Test as per ACI 355.4
Starter Bars
Rebar connections
EPCON™C8 Xtrem™
for wall, slab, CSTB-3/12-727
used to install post-
columns and beams Test as per ACI 355.4
installed rebar ø10, ø12, ø16, ø20, ø24
Starter Bars ø25, ø28, ø32
Anchor studs for ETA-10/0309

EPCON™C8 Xtrem™
structural steel and Seismic C1
used to install metric
metal work connections Test as per
anchor studs ETAG001 Annex E
to concrete Applicable to M10, M12,
M16
Anchor studs for

ChemSet™801 Xtrem™ ETA 16/0283
structural steel and
used to install metric Seismic C1
metal work connections Test as per
anchor studs
to concrete ETAG001 Annex E
M10, M12 & M16, M20, M24
Structural Steel/ ETA-10/0276

SpaTec™ Plus Seismic C1 & C2
Columns/Beams Test as per
ETAG001 Annex E
M10, M12, M16
Structural Steel, ETA-15/0893

TruBolt™ Xtrem™ Seismic C1 & C2
columns, beams. Test as per
ETAG001 Annex E
M8, M10, M12, M16, M20
For Ramset Xtrem product performance use Ramset i-Expert Anchor Design software

50.1-3 Tapcon®+ Seismic Anchor
MECHANICAL SCREW-IN ANCHOR
Seismic
Performance
Seismic Anchors - Tapcon®+
50.1 Installation and seismic performance details in Cracked Concrete

Certification: ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-3699
Anchor Size, Seismic Seismic Tension, 0.75 øNn,eq (kN)**

Anchor Concrete
db (mm) Drilled hole Fixture hole Edge Anchor Shear
effective Substrate
diameter, dh diameter, df distance, spacing, ac (steel), Concrete compressive strength, f’c
depth, Thickness,
(mm) (mm) ec (mm) (mm) øVsa,eq
h (mm) bm (mm) 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa
(kN)
8 6.5 10 37 65 130 100 3.6 2.0 2.2 2.5
9.5 9.5 12 46 115 230 100 7.8 3.9 4.4 5.0
34 80 160 100 3.1 3.4 3.9
13 13.0 15 56 105 210 150 24.8 6.5 7.3 8.2
77 130 260 150 10.5 11.7 13.3
Notes: For anchor sizes 8mm and 9.5mm, the governing mode tabulated for seismic tension is the Pull-out Capacity.
For anchor size 13mm, the governing mode tabulated for seismic tension is the Concrete Capacity.
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the limit state design process from the ICC-ES
Evaluation Report ESR-3699 to verify capacity
**Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete/pull-out seismic tensile capacity = 0.75 øNn,eq where ø = 0.65 and Nn,eq = Characteristic ultimate concrete/pull-out
seismic tensile capacity
50.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS Installation

Anchor Size, Drill hole Effective Length,
Part No.
db (mm) diameter, dh (mm) Le (mm)
8 6.5 55 3511407
8 6.5 75 3507407
9.5 9.5 75 LDT3830
1 2 3
9.5 9.5 100 LDT3840
13 13 150 LDT1260 1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean thoroughly
with brush. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand
pump, compressed air etc.
2. Using a socket wrench, screw the Tapcon®+ into the hole
using slight pressure until the self tapping action starts.
3. Tighten the Tapcon®+ until flush with fixture. If resistance
is experienced when tightening, unscrew anchor one turn
and re-tighten. Ensure not to over tighten.
Anchor Size, Stress area Yield strength, UTS,
db (mm) As (mm²) fy (MPa) fu (MPa)
8 30.3 689 861 h = Le - t
9.5 63.2 689 861
13 119.3 689 861

51.1-2 SAMMYS® Seismic Anchor
SCREW-IN ANCHOR FOR THREADED ROD
Seismic
Performance
Seismic Anchors - SAMMYS®

Certification: ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-3699
Anchor Size, Seismic Tension, 0.75 øNn,eq (kN)**

Anchor Concrete Static
db (mm) Drilled hole Metric Edge Anchor
effective Substrate Shear
diameter, dh Thread for distance, spacing, ac Concrete compressive strength, f’c
depth, Thickness, (steel),
(mm) Fixing ec (mm) (mm)
h (mm) bm (mm) øVsa (kN) 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa
M10 6.5 M10 37 65 130 100 2.4 2.0 2.2 2.5
Notes: The governing mode tabulated for seismic tension is the Pull-out Capacity.
If Seismic shear loads are required, use additional 8mm Tapcon®+ Seismic Anchor as indicated within this document and in the ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-3699.
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please contact a Ramset Engineer to verify capacity.
**Note: Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete/pull-out seismic tensile capacity = 0.75 øNn,eq where ø = 0.65 and Nn,eq = Characteristic ultimate concrete/pull-out
seismic tensile capacity
Installation
1 2 3 4
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean thoroughly with brush.
Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.
2. Using the #14 or #14SW nut driver with a 1200rpm max portable
drill, screw the SAMMYS® into the hole using slight pressure until the
self tapping action starts.
3. Push the face of the nut driver tight to the anchor.
4. When the nut driver spins freely on the cap of the SAMMYS®, stop
drill and remove.
Note: Do not set SAMMYS® with drill in impact mode.

Anchor Size, db (mm) Description Part No.
M10 SAMMYS Screw Anchor for threaded rod
®
8173957
Socket to suit M10 SAMMYS® SOCKET - SAMMYS® nut driver installation socket 8113910

52.1-3 SpaTec™ Seismic Anchor
MECHANICAL – TORQUE CONTROLLED ANCHOR
Seismic
Seismic Anchors - SpaTec™ PLUS
Performance

Certification: CISMA Report Anchors exposed to seismic actions - NTC 022 and European Technical Approval ETA-10/0276
Installation details Optimum dimensions* Reduced Characteristic Capacity**
Anchor Size, Seismic Seismic Tension NRd,sis (kN)

Anchor Concrete
db (mm) Drilled hole Fixture hole Tightening Edge Anchor Shear
effective Substrate
diameter, diameter, df torque, distance, spacing, (Steel), Concrete compressive strength, f’c
depth, Thickness,
dh (mm) (mm) Tr (Nm) ec (mm) ac (mm) VRd,s,sis
h (mm) bm (mm) 20 MPa 30 MPa 40 MPa
(kN)#
M10 15 17 70 50 105 210 140 6.8 10.6 13.0 15.0
M12 18 20 80 80 120 240 160 12.3 14.6 17.8 20.6
M16 24 26 100 120 150 300 200 24.2 20.4 24.9 28.8
M20 28 32 125 200 185 375 250 41.6 27.3 33.3 38.5
#Note: Steel shear capacities allow for the clearance hole ( fixture hole diameter df ) published in the table above.
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these optimum dimensions are not achievable, please contact a Ramset Engineer to verify capacity or use the Strength Limit State Design
process for seismic capacity on pages 283-290.
**Note: All Reduced Characteristic Seismic Capacities are based on a single anchor. For multiple anchor design use the Strength Limit State Design process for seismic capacity on pages 283-290.
Note1: For anchor sizes M10, M12, and M16, performance data is based on European Technical Approval Category 1 Seismic Capacity in accordance with ETAG001 Annex E.
Note2: For anchor size M20, performance data is based on CISMA Report Anchors exposed to seismic actions – NTC 022.
Note3: European Technical Approval for Category 2 Seismic Capacity in accordance with ETAG001 Annex E is For performance refer to RamsetTM i-Expert Anchor Design software.
FOR DETAILED STRENGTH LIMIT STATE SEISMIC DESIGN DATA ON SpaTec™, REFER TO PAGES 283-290
52.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS Installation

Part Number
Drilled
Anchor Effective Fixture ETA
hole Zinc
size, db Length, thickness, Description Zinc Zinc (C/
diameter, (Hex Nut
(mm) Le (mm) t (mm) Number (Hex Hd) Sunk Hd)
dh (mm) -Thr’d Rod)
90 20 V10-15/20 SP10105 - -
M10 15 97 27 TF10-15/27 - SP10105F - 1 2 3
105 35 E10-15/35 - - 050692*

1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter and
90 10 V12-18/10 SP12105 - - depth using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole
M12 18 105 25 V12-18/25 SP12120 - - thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush.
125 45 E12-18/45 - - 050699* Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or
vacuum.
125 25 V16-24/25 SP16145 - - 2. After ensuring that the anchor is assembled correctly,
M16 24 155 55 E16-24/55 - - 050707* insert the anchor through the fixture and drive with a
200 100 E16-24/100 - - 050708* hammer until the washer contacts the fixture.
3. Tighten the bolt with a torque wrench to the specified
150 25 V20-28/25 SP20170 - -
assembly torque.
M20 28 185 60 E20-28/60 - - 050713*
225 100 E20-28/100 - - 050714*
* Lead times apply
52.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES Effective depth, h (mm)

Refer to page 284. h = Le - t

53.1 Reo 502™ SA
SEISMIC ANCHOR STUDS - CHEMICAL INJECTION

Seismic Anchors - Reo502™ SA - Anchor Studs

HCR
Product
Reo 502™ SA is an extra heavy duty pure epoxy anchoring
adhesive for use in Seismic & cracked concrete conditions.
ICC-ES Evaluation Report certification for use in cracked
and non-cracked concrete with Category 1 Seismic
Performance - ESR-3614.
European Technical Approval option 1 for use in cracked
Performance - ETA-14/0174:
• Variable embedment depths available
• Approved for Seismic Load Conditions • Threaded studs
Greater productivity: • Starter bars
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes – no weather delays • Reinforcing bar
• No damage/leaks - less wastage • Threaded inserts
• Easy dispensing - more efficient • Over-head installation
• Steel columns
Greater security: • Base plates
• Highest performance in Seismic & cracked concrete • Seismic strengthening
Versatile:
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes Recommended Installation Temperatures
• For tropical and temperate climates Minimum Maximum
• Available in 600ml side by side cartridge Substrate 0°C 40°C
Greater safety: Adhesive 5°C 40°C
• Low odour
• Non-flammable
Installation Service Temperature Limits
-40°C to 80°C
Setting Times
Substrate Gel Time Cure Time
Temperature (°C) (mins.) (hours)
5 - 10 20 24
10 - 15 20 12
15 - 20 15 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 20 - 25 11 7
25 - 30 8 6
30 - 35 6 5
35 - 40 4 4
+40 3 3
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth
5. Allow Reo 502™ SA to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture.

53.2-3 Reo 502™ SA
Installation and seismic performance details:

Seismic Cracked Concrete reduced
Optimum dimensions* characteristic tensile capacity,

Drilled Fixture Anchor
Anchor Tightening 0.75ØNuc (kN) **
hole hole effective
size, db torque, Tr Concrete
diameter, diameter, depth, h Anchor Edge Concrete Compressive Strength, f’c
(mm) (Nm) substrate
dh (mm) df (mm) (mm) spacing, distance,
thickness, bm
ac (mm) ec (mm) 20 MPa 3O MPa 40 MPa
(mm)
M10 12 12 90 20 270 135 135 11.2 12.4 12.4
M12 14 15 110 40 330 165 165 15.1 17.4 17.4
M16 18 20 125 80 375 188 188 18.3 23.2 24.6
150 450 225 225 24.1 30.4 34.2
M20 22 24 135
170 510 255 255 29.0 36.7 38.8
160 480 240 240 26.5 33.5 37.5
M24 26 28 200
210 630 315 315 39.9 50.4 52.9
M30 35 33 270 270 810 405 405 58.1 73.5 73.5
*Note: For anchor spacings or edge distances less than the optimum, please refer to the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
** Note: Tension values are based on service temperature limits -40˚C to +43˚C only. If service temperature limits is beyond this range please contact
Ramset Engineer.
For max. short term temp. of 72ºC multiply 0.75ØNuc * 0.4. For WET HOLES multiply 0.75ØNuc * 0.7

Reo 502™ Seismic Anchor (Reo502SA) 600 ml REO502M600
Applicator Tool for Reo502SA - CRA

Chemset™ Anchor Studs and Threaded Rod
(mm) MPa (mm) MPa
M10 8.6 58 640 800 8.2 52.8 450 650 62.3
M12 10.4 84.3 640 800 10 78.5 450 650 109.2
M16 14.1 157 640 800 14 153.9 450 650 277.5
M20 17.7 245 640 800 17.2 232.4 450 650 540.9
M24 21.2 353 640 800 20.7 336.5 450 650 935.5
M30 26.7 561 640 800 - - - - -

53.4 Reo 502™ SA

70 Notes:

50
~ f'c = 20 MPa
M30
40
30
M24
20 M20
M16
10 M12
M10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Table 1b - Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) for
cracked concrete

h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh

53.4 Reo 502™ SA
Verify seismic cracked concrete tensile resistance - per anchor

STEP 2 Table 2a Seismic cracked concrete tensile resistance, 0.75ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.55, f'c = 20 MPa
Seismic cracked conrete pull-out bond resistance - 0.75ØNucp

Seismic
Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 Cracked Concrete
Drill hole dia, dh (mm) 12 14 18 22 26 35 Cone Resistance
Effective depth, h (mm) - 0.75ØNucc
70 9.6 7.7
80 11.0 9.4
90 12.4 14.3 11.2
100 13.7 15.9 13.1
110 15.1 17.4 21.7 15.1
120 16.5 19.0 23.6 17.2
125 17.2 19.8 24.6 18.3
140 19.2 22.2 27.6 31.9 21.7
150 20.6 23.8 29.5 34.2 24.1
160 22.0 25.4 31.5 36.5 40.3 26.5
170 23.4 27.0 33.5 38.8 42.8 29.0
180 24.7 28.6 35.5 41.1 45.3 31.6
190 26.1 30.1 37.4 43.3 47.9 34.3
200 27.5 31.7 39.4 45.6 50.4 37.0
210 33.3 41.4 47.9 52.9 57.1 39.9
240 38.1 47.3 54.7 60.5 65.3 48.7
270 53.2 61.6 68.0 73.5 58.1
320 63.0 73.0 80.6 87.1 75.0
350 79.8 88.2 95.2 85.8
400 91.2 100.8 108.9 104.8
450 113.4 122.5 125.0
480 120.9 130.6 137.7
550 149.7 168.9
600 163.3 192.5
Bold values are at ChemSet Anchors Stud nominal depths
Ø = 0.55 is based on using load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C
Wet Holes in cracked concrete: Multiply 0.75ØNuc*0.7
If Service temperature limit is -40°C to +72°C then If Service temperature limit is -40°C to +43°C then
Proceed to calculate the design tensile resistance
ØNuc = ØNucp Calculate as per Checkpoint 2a only for both Pullout Bond and Concrete Cone Resistance.
Calculate as per Checkpoint 2a and Checkpont 2b
Table 2b-1 Seismic Cracked concrete service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns
Anchor size, db where ØNuc = ØNucp (from Table 2a) where ØNuc = ØNucc
M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 (from Table 2a)
Service temperature (˚C)
-40˚C to +43˚C 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
-40˚C to +72˚C 0.41 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.41 0.40 1.00
Table 2b-2 Seismic Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc
M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 (from Table 2a)
f'c (MPa)
20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
25 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.12
32 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.26
40 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.41
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.58

53.4 Reo 502™ SA
Table 2c - Seismic cracked concrete Edge distance effect, tension, Xne


e Absolute min. em (mm) 40 40 45 50 50 55 55 65
40 0.79 0.77 0.76 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.74 0.73
Pull-out Bond Resistance 65 0.84 0.82 0.80 0.79 0.78 0.78 0.76 0.75
Xne = 0.7 + 0.3*e/CNa 85 0.89 0.85 0.84 0.81 0.80 0.81 0.78 0.76
Where em ≤ e ≤ CNa 90 0.90 0.86 0.84 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.79 0.77
CNa = 12.8*db 105 0.93 0.89 0.87 0.84 0.82 0.83 0.80 0.78
110 0.94 0.90 0.88 0.85 0.83 0.84 0.80 0.78
Concrete Cone Resistance
120 0.97 0.92 0.89 0.86 0.84 0.85 0.81 0.79
Xne = 0.7 + 0.3*e/1.5*h
135 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.88 0.86 0.87 0.83 0.80
165 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.89 0.91 0.86 0.82
ec = 1.5*h
190 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.94 0.88 0.84
225 1.00 0.96 0.98 0.91 0.87
255 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.89
the nominal effective depth,
h shown in the installation details. 320 1.00 0.94
For other values of Xne, please use 380 0.98
equation shown above. 410 1.00
Table 2d - Seismic cracked concrete anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna

N For Single Anchor - Xna = 1.00
For Pull-out bond resistance - edge distance e ≥ CNa and CNa = 12.8*db
For Concrete Cone Resistance - edge distance e ≥ 1.5*h
For 2 anchors only where edge distance e ≥ CNa and e ≥ 1.5*h

a
Anchor Spacing a (mm)
Pull-out Bond Resistance 40 1.15 1.12
Xna = 1 + [a*(n-1)/2CNa] 45 1.17 1.14 1.12
Where am ≤ a ≤ 2CNa and e > CNa 50 1.19 1.15 1.13 1.11 1.10
CNa = 12.8*db
55 1.20 1.17 1.15 1.12 1.11 1.11 1.09
65 1.24 1.20 1.17 1.14 1.13 1.14 1.10 1.08
100 1.37 1.30 1.27 1.22 1.20 1.21 1.16 1.12
Xna = [9*h² +3*h*a*(n-1)]/9*h²
150 1.56 1.45 1.40 1.33 1.29 1.31 1.24 1.19
Where am ≤ a ≤ ac and e > 1.5*h
175 1.65 1.53 1.47 1.39 1.34 1.36 1.28 1.22
ac = 3*h
270 2.00 1.82 1.72 1.60 1.53 1.56 1.43 1.33
Note: Tabled values are based on 330 2.00 1.88 1.73 1.65 1.69 1.52 1.41
the nominal effective depth, 375 2.00 1.83 1.74 1.78 1.60 1.46
h shown in the installation details. 450 2.00 1.88 1.94 1.71 1.56
For other values of Xne, please use 510 2.00 2.06 1.81 1.63
equation shown above. 630 2.00 1.78
810 2.00
N For all cases Pull-out Bond Resistance Concrete Cone Resistance

a1 including multiple
a2
a3 Xna = [2CNa + a*(n-1)]*[CNa + e]/(2CNa)² Xna =[(1.5*h + e) * (3*h + a*(n-1))] / 9*h²
anchor fastenings
an-1 Where am ≤ a ≤ 2CNa Where am ≤ a ≤ ac
and em ≤ e ≤ CNa ac = 3*h
CNa = 12.8*db and where em ≤ e ≤ ec
ec = 1.5*h
ba>1,5.e
Table 2e - Seismic cracked concrete multiple anchors effect, tension, Xnn

Number of Anchors, n 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20
Xnn 1.00 0.50 0.33 0.25 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.05

53.4 Reo 502™ SA
2a Design seismic cracked concrete pull-out bond tensile resistance, 0.75ØNurcp

0.75ØNurcp = 0.75ØNucp * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna * Xnn
2b Design seismic cracked concrete cone tensile resistance, 0.75ØNurcc

0.75ØNurcc = 0.75ØNucc * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna * Xnn
2c Design seismic reduced ultimate cracked concrete tensile resistance, 0.75ØNurc

0.75ØNurc = minimum of 0.75ØNurcp and 0.75ØNurcc
Verify seismic cracked concrete steel tensile resistance - per anchor

STEP 3
Table 3a - Seismic Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tensile, αN,sisØNus (kN) where αNsis = 1 and Ø = 0.65
A4 316 Stainless Steel 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4 255.3
3 Design seismic cracked tensile resistance, ØNur,sis

ØNur,sis = minimum of 0.75ØNurc , αN,sisØNus
Check N*/ØNur,sis ≤ 1,
Step 4 - Verify seismic cracked concrete edge shear resistance -

STEP 4 per anchor
Table 4a - Seismic cracked concrete edge resistance, ØVuc,sis (kN) where Ø = 0.70, f'c = 20 MPa
Edge distance, e
40 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.4 3.8
50 3.1 3.4 3.9 4.3 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.3
60 4.1 4.4 5.1 5.7 5.7 6.1 6.3 7.0
75 5.7 6.2 7.1 7.9 8.0 8.5 8.8 9.8
100 8.7 9.6 11.0 12.2 12.3 13.0 13.5 15.1
125 12.2 13.4 15.3 17.0 17.2 18.2 18.9 21.1
150 16.0 17.6 20.2 22.4 22.7 23.9 24.8 27.8
200 24.7 27.0 31.1 34.4 34.9 36.8 38.2 42.7
300 45.3 49.6 57.1 63.3 64.1 67.7 70.2 78.5
400 69.8 76.4 87.8 97.4 98.7 104.2 108.1 120.8
500 97.5 106.8 122.8 136.1 137.9 145.7 151.1 168.9
600 128.2 140.4 161.4 178.9 181.3 191.5 198.6 222.0
750 179.1 196.2 225.5 250.1 253.3 267.6 277.5 310.3
900 235.5 258.0 296.5 328.7 333.0 351.7 364.8 407.9

f'c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 1.00 1.12 1.26 1.41 1.58

53.4 Reo 502™ SA
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 71 80 90-180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d-1 - Seismic Anchor spacing and edge distance area effect, Xve
For single anchor fastening, Xve
V
Xve = ba*(3*e)/(4.5*e²) where ba < 1.5*e
ba>1,5. e
Xve = 1 where ba > 1.5*e
For 2 anchor fastening based on listed substrate thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance, Xve
1.5 x e (mm) 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 112.5 187.5 300 450 600 900 1350
Substrate Thickness, ba (mm) 100 100 100 100 100 150 190 150 200 200 300 400
40 1.33 1.30 1.27 1.24 1.22 1.18 1.11 0.53 0.46 0.34 0.34 0.30
a
45 1.38 1.33 1.30 1.27 1.25 1.20 1.12 0.54 0.47 0.35 0.34 0.30
50 1.42 1.37 1.33 1.30 1.28 1.22 1.13 0.54 0.47 0.35 0.34 0.30
60 1.50 1.44 1.40 1.36 1.33 1.27 1.16 0.55 0.47 0.35 0.34 0.30
V 75 1.63 1.56 1.50 1.45 1.42 1.33 1.20 0.56 0.48 0.35 0.35 0.30
ba>1,5.e 150 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.91 1.83 1.67 1.40 0.63 0.52 0.38 0.36 0.31
200 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.89 1.53 0.67 0.54 0.39 0.37 0.32
300 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.80 0.75 0.59 0.42 0.39 0.33
400 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.83 0.64 0.44 0.41 0.34
500 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.92 0.69 0.47 0.43 0.35
625 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.02 0.75 0.51 0.45 0.36
750 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.13 0.81 0.54 0.47 0.38
875 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.23 0.88 0.58 0.50 0.39
1000 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.33 0.94 0.61 0.52 0.41
1250 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.54 1.06 0.68 0.56 0.43
1500 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.75 1.19 0.75 0.61 0.46
2250 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.56 0.96 0.75 0.54
a1
a2
a3
an-1 For 2 & 3 anchor fastenings and more Xve
Xve = [(3*e) + a*(n-1)]*k/(4.5*e²)

V
where k = min. of ba , 1.5*e and Xve ≤ 2.0
ba>1,5.e
Table 4d-2 - Seismic Anchor substrate thickness effect, XVb
Xvb = SQRT(1.5*e/ba)
where Xvb shall not be taken less than 1
Substrate Thickness, ba (mm)
100 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.06 1.37 1.73 2.12 2.45 3.00 3.67
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.22 1.55 1.90 2.19 2.68 3.29
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.41 1.73 2.00 2.45 3.00
175 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.31 1.60 1.85 2.27 2.78
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.22 1.50 1.73 2.12 2.60
225 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.15 1.41 1.63 2.00 2.45
250 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.10 1.34 1.55 1.90 2.32
275 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.28 1.48 1.81 2.22
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.22 1.41 1.73 2.12
350 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.31 1.60 1.96
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.06 1.22 1.50 1.84

53.4 Reo 502™ SA
Table 4d-3 - Seismic Anchor Modification factor and Multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear Xvm
Vertical Edge distance/Horizontal
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1 1.2 1.4 1.50
Edge distance, e1/e ≤ 1.5

1 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.90 0.94 0.98 1.00
2 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.49 0.50
3 0.24 0.25 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.33 0.33
4 0.18 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.25
5 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20
6 0.12 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17
Failure wedge
a a
7 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.14
8 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.13
9 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.11
Concrete edge e
10 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10
15 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07
20 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, ØVcp,sis (kN) Ø = 0.55, f'c = 20 MPa
-40˚C to +43˚C 29.8 40.3 48.8 64.2 77.4 70.7 106.3 155.0
Shear force
-40˚C to +72˚C 13.4 18.7 26.3 36.3 41.1 43.8 57.5 78.4
A
a Failure wedge
B
Concrete edge
eB
ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE Table 4f A

Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
e1 Shear Force
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
35 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.56 0.46 0.40 0.37 0.35 0.33 0.32
e2 50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
Failure
wedge 60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
Concrete edges
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86
4a Design seismic cracked concrete edge shear resistance, ØVurc,sis

ØVurc,sis = ØVuc,sis * Xvc * Xvd * Xve * Xvb * Xvm * Xvs
4b Design seismic cracked concrete Pryout failure, ØVcrp,sis

ØVcrp,sis = ØVcp,sis * Xnc * Xne * Xna * Xnn

53.4 Reo 502™ SA
STEP 5
Table 5a - Seismic Cracked Concrete steel resistance, shear, αV,sisØVus (kN) where Ø = 0.60
αV,sis = 0.58 for M10

αV,sis = 0.57 for M12 and M16
αV,sis = 0.42 for M20, M24 and M30

A4 316 Stainless Steel 8.5 12.1 22.5 25.9 37.4 59.4
5 Design seismic cracked shear resistance, ØVur,sis

ØVur,sis = minimum of ØVurc,sis , ØVcrp,sis, αV,sisØVus
Check V*/ØVur,sis ≤ 1,
6 Check
N*/ØNur,sis + V*/ØVur,sis ≤ 1.2,
Specify
Ramset Reo502™SA with
™
(Anchor Size) grade 5.8 Chemset

Drilled Hole Depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset Chemset™ Injection
™
Reo502™SA with M16 grade

5.8 Chemset™ Anchor Stud
(CS16190GH). Drilled hole depth
to be 125 mm. To be installed
according to Ramset™ Technical
Data Sheet.

Notes

54.1 Reo 502™ SA
SEISMIC REINFORCING BAR - CHEMICAL INJECTION
Seismic Anchors - Reo502™ SA - Reinforcing Bar

Product
Reo 502™ SA is an extra heavy duty pure epoxy anchoring
adhesive for use in Seismic & cracked concrete conditions.
ICC-ES Evaluation Report certification for use in cracked
Performance - ESR-3614.
European Technical Approval option 1 for use in cracked
Performance - ETA-14/0174:
• Variable embedment depths available
• Approved for Seismic Load Conditions • Threaded studs
Greater productivity: • Starter bars
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes – no weather delays • Reinforcing bar
• No damage/leaks - less wastage • Threaded inserts
• Easy dispensing - more efficient • Over-head installation
• Steel columns
Greater security: • Base plates
• Highest performance in Seismic & cracked concrete • Seismic strengthening
Versatile:
• Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes Recommended Installation Temperatures
• For tropical and temperate climates Minimum Maximum
• Available in 600ml side by side cartridge Substrate 0°C 40°C
Greater safety: Adhesive 5°C 40°C
• Low odour
• Non-flammable
Installation -40°C to 80°C
Setting Times
Substrate Gel Time Cure Time
Temperature (°C) (mins.) (hours)
5 - 10 20 24
10 - 15 20 12
1 2 3 4 5
15 - 20 15 8
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 20 - 25 11 7
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to 25 - 30 8 6
ensure holes are clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris 30 - 35 6 5
from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the 35 - 40 4 4
following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, +40 3 3
blow x 4.
5. Allow Reo 502™ SA to cure as per setting times.

54.2-3 Reo 502™ SA
Installation and seismic performance details


Optimum dimensions*
Rebar Anchor Gr 500 Rebar (Steel) Cracked Concrete
Drilled hole
Anchor effective Seismic Tension, 0.75øNuc (kN)**
diameter, Concrete Seismic Seismic
diameter, depth, Edge Anchor
dh (mm) substrate Shear, Tension, Concrete Compressive Strength, f’c
db (mm) h (mm) distance, spacing,
thickness, αV,sis øVus αN,sis øNus
ec (mm) ac (mm)
bm (mm) (kN) (kN) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
10 14 90 135 270 135 10.9 28.1 11.2 12.4 12.4

12 16 110 165 330 165 15.7 40.4 15.1 17.4 17.4
16 20 125 188 375 188 32.6 71.9 18.3 23.2 24.6
150 225 450 225 24.1 30.4 34.0
20 25 26.1 112.3
170 255 510 255 29.0 36.7 38.8
160 240 480 240 26.5 33.5 37.5
24 30 37.6 161.6
210 315 630 315 39.9 50.4 51.6
160 240 480 240 26.5 33.5 37.5
25 30 40.8 175.6
210 315 630 315 39.9 50.4 53.7
255 383 765 383 53.3 67.5 69.8
32 40 66.9 287.4
300 450 900 450 68.1 82.1 82.1
*Note: For anchor spacings or edge distances less than the optimum, please refer to the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
** Note: Tension values are based on service temperature limits -40˚C to +43˚C only. If service temperature limits is beyond this range please contact Ramset Engineer.
For max. short term temp. of 72°C multiply 0.75øNuc * 0.4. For WET HOLES multiply 0.75øNuc * 0.7

Reo 502™ Seismic Anchor (Reo502SA) 600 ml REO502M600
Applicator Tool for Reo502SA - CRA

Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
Stress Area As (mm²) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 804
Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy (kN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 402.0
Note: : For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturer’s published information and AS/NZS 4671:2001

54.4 Reo 502™ SA

60 Notes:
~ Shear Limited by Grade 500 Rebar steel capacity.
~ Tension limited by concrete capacity using

50
nominal depths.
40 ~ f'c = 20 MPa
32
30
24/25
20
20
10 16
12
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
concrete
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24/25 32

h ≥ 6 * dh

54.4 Reo 502™ SA
Verify seismic cracked concrete tensile resistance - per anchor

STEP 2
Table 2a Seismic cracked concrete tensile resistance, 0.75ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.55, f'c = 20 MPa
Seismic cracked conrete pull-out bond resistance - 0.75ØNucp
Seismic Cracked
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32 Concrete Cone
Drill hole dia, dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 32 32 40 Resistance - 0.75ØNucc
70 9.6 7.7
80 11.0 9.4
90 12.4 14.3 11.2
100 13.7 15.9 13.1
110 15.1 17.4 21.7 15.1
120 16.5 19.0 23.6 17.2
125 17.2 19.8 24.6 18.3
140 19.2 22.2 27.6 31.9 21.7
150 20.6 23.8 29.5 34.2 24.1
160 22.0 25.4 31.5 36.5 39.3 41.0 26.5
170 23.4 27.0 33.5 38.8 41.8 43.5 29.0
180 24.7 28.6 35.5 41.1 44.2 46.1 31.6
190 26.1 30.1 37.4 43.3 46.7 48.6 34.3
200 27.5 31.7 39.4 45.6 49.1 51.2 37.0
210 33.3 41.4 47.9 51.6 53.7 57.5 39.9
240 38.1 47.3 54.7 59.0 61.4 65.7 48.7
255 50.2 58.2 62.7 65.3 69.8 53.3
300 59.1 68.4 73.7 76.8 82.1 68.1
350 79.8 86.0 89.6 95.8 85.8
400 91.2 98.3 102.4 109.5 104.8
450 110.6 115.2 123.2 125.0
480 117.9 122.9 131.4 137.7
550 150.5 168.9
600 164.2 192.5
Bold values are at ChemSet Anchors Stud nominal depths

Ø = 0.55 is based on using load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C Wet Holes in cracked concrete: Multiply 0.75ØNuc*0.7
If Service temperature limit is -40°C to +72°C then If Service temperature limit is -40°C to +43°C then
Proceed to calculate the design tensile resistance
ØNuc = ØNucp Calculate as per Checkpoint 2a only for both Pullout Bond and Concrete Cone Resistance.
Calculate as per Checkpoint 2a and Checkpont 2b
Table 2b-1 Seismic Cracked concrete service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns
10 12 16 20 24 25 32 (from Table 2a)
Service temperature (˚C)
-40˚C to +43˚C 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
-40˚C to +72˚C 0.41 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.41 0.41 0.41 1.00
Table 2b-2 Seismic Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc
10 12 16 20 24 25 32 (from Table 2a)
f'c (MPa)
20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
25 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.12
32 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.26
40 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.41
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.58

54.4 Reo 502™ SA
N Table 2c - Seismic Cracked concrete Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 20 24/25 24/25 32 32
Effective depth, h (mm) 90 110 125 150 170 160 210 255 300
Absolute min. em (mm) 40 40 45 50 50 55 55 65 65
e Edge distance, e (mm)
40 0.79 0.77 0.76 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.74 0.73 0.73
65 0.84 0.82 0.80 0.79 0.78 0.78 0.76 0.75 0.74
Pull-out bond resistance
85 0.89 0.85 0.84 0.81 0.80 0.81 0.78 0.77 0.76
Xne = 0.7 + 0.3*e/CNa
Where em ≤ e ≤ CNa 90 0.90 0.86 0.84 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.79 0.77 0.76
CNa = 12.8*db 105 0.93 0.89 0.87 0.84 0.82 0.83 0.80 0.78 0.77
110 0.94 0.90 0.88 0.85 0.83 0.84 0.80 0.79 0.77
Concrete cone resistance 120 0.97 0.92 0.89 0.86 0.84 0.85 0.81 0.79 0.78
Xne = 0.7 + 0.3*e/1.5*h
135 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.88 0.86 0.87 0.83 0.81 0.79
ec = 1.5*h 165 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.89 0.91 0.86 0.83 0.81
190 1.00 0.95 0.92 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.83
Note: Tabled values are based on 225 1.00 0.96 0.98 0.91 0.88 0.85
the nominal effective depth, 255 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.90 0.87
h shown in the installation details.
320 1.00 0.95 0.91
445 1.00
Table 2d - Seismic cracked concrete anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna

For Single Anchor - Xna = 1.00
For Pull-out bond resistance - edge distance e ≥ CNa and CNa = 12.8*db
N
For Concrete Cone Resistance - edge distance e ≥ 1.5*h
For 2 anchors only where edge distance e ≥ CNa and e ≥ 1.5*h

Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 20 24/25 24/25 32 32
a Effective depth, h (mm) 90 110 125 150 170 160 210 255 300
Pull-out bond resistance 40 1.15 1.12
Xna =1 + [a*(n-1)/ 2CNa ] 45 1.17 1.14 1.12
Where am ≤ a ≤ 2CNa 50 1.19 1.15 1.13 1.11 1.10
and e ≥ CNa
55 1.20 1.17 1.15 1.12 1.11 1.11 1.09
CNa = 12.8*db
65 1.24 1.20 1.17 1.14 1.13 1.14 1.10 1.08 1.07
Concrete cone resistance 100 1.37 1.30 1.27 1.22 1.20 1.21 1.16 1.13 1.11
Xna =[9*h² + 3*h*a*(n-1)] / 9*h² 150 1.56 1.45 1.40 1.33 1.29 1.31 1.24 1.20 1.17
Where am ≤ a ≤ ac 175 1.65 1.53 1.47 1.39 1.34 1.36 1.28 1.23 1.19
and e ≥ 1.5*h
270 2.00 1.82 1.72 1.60 1.53 1.56 1.43 1.35 1.30
ac = 3*h
330 2.00 1.88 1.73 1.65 1.69 1.52 1.43 1.37
375 2.00 1.83 1.74 1.78 1.60 1.49 1.42
the nominal effective depth, 450 2.00 1.88 1.94 1.71 1.59 1.50
h shown in the installation details. 510 2.00 2.06 1.81 1.67 1.57
For other values of Xna, please use 630 2.00 1.82 1.70
900 2.00

54.4 Reo 502™ SA
N
For all cases including multiple anchor fastenings
a1
a2
a3
an-1
Pull-out bond resistance
Xna = [2CNa + a*(n-1)]*[CNa + e]/(2CNa)²
ba>1,5.e Where am ≤ a ≤ 2CNa

and em ≤ e ≤ CNa
CNa = 12.8*db
Xna =[(1.5*h + e) * (3*h + a*(n-1))] / 9*h²

ac = 3*h
and where em ≤ e ≤ ec
ec = 1.5*h
Table 2e - Seismic cracked concrete multiple anchors effect, tension, Xnn

Number of Anchors, n 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20
Xnn 1.00 0.50 0.33 0.25 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.05
2a Design seismic cracked concrete pull-out bond tensile resistance, 0.75ØNurcp

0.75ØNurcp = 0.75ØNucp * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna * Xnn
2b Design seismic cracked concrete cone tensile resistance, 0.75ØNurcc

0.75ØNurcc = 0.75ØNucc * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna * Xnn
2c Design seismic reduced ultimate cracked concrete tensile resistance, 0.75ØNurc

0.75ØNurc = minimum of 0.75ØNurcp and 0.75ØNurcc
Verify cracked concrete tensile resistance - per anchor

STEP 3
Table 3a - Seismic Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tensile, αN,sisØNus (kN) where αNsis = 1 and Ø = 0.65
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
3 Design seismic cracked tensile resistance, ØNur,sis

ØNur,sis = minimum of 0.75ØNurc , αN,sisØNus
Check N*/ØNur,sis ≤ 1,

54.4 Reo 502™ SA
Step 4 - Verify seismic cracked concrete edge shear resistance - per anchor
STEP 4

Table 4a - Seismic cracked concrete edge resistance, ØVuc,sis (kN) where Ø = 0.70, f'c = 20 MPa
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 20 24/25 24/25 32
Edge distance, e
40 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.4 3.9
50 3.1 3.4 3.9 4.3 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.5
60 4.1 4.4 5.1 5.7 5.7 6.1 6.3 7.2
75 5.7 6.2 7.1 7.9 8.0 8.5 8.8 10.1
100 8.7 9.6 11.0 12.2 12.3 13.0 13.5 15.6
125 12.2 13.4 15.3 17.0 17.2 18.2 18.9 21.8
150 16.0 17.6 20.2 22.4 22.7 23.9 24.8 28.6
200 24.7 27.0 31.1 34.4 34.9 36.8 38.2 44.1
300 45.3 49.6 57.1 63.3 64.1 67.7 70.2 81.0
400 69.8 76.4 87.8 97.4 98.7 104.2 108.1 124.7
500 97.5 106.8 122.8 136.1 137.9 145.7 151.1 174.3
600 128.2 140.4 161.4 178.9 181.3 191.5 198.6 229.1
750 179.1 196.2 225.5 250.1 253.3 267.6 277.5 320.2
900 235.5 258.0 296.5 328.7 333.0 351.7 364.8 420.9

f'c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50
Xvc 1.00 1.12 1.26 1.41 1.58
Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 71 80 90-180
Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d-1 - Seismic Anchor spacing and edge distance area effect, Xve
For single anchor fastening, Xve
V
Xve = ba*(3*e)/(4.5*e²) where ba < 1.5*e
ba>1,5. e
Xve = 1 where ba > 1.5*e
For 2 anchors only based on listed substrate thickness, anchor spacing and edge distance, Xve
1.5 x e (mm) 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 112.5 187.5 300 450 600 900 1350
Substrate Thickness, ba (mm) 100 100 100 100 100 150 190 150 200 200 300 400
40 1.33 1.30 1.27 1.24 1.22 1.18 1.11 0.53 0.46 0.34 0.34 0.30
a
45 1.38 1.33 1.30 1.27 1.25 1.20 1.12 0.54 0.47 0.35 0.34 0.30
50 1.42 1.37 1.33 1.30 1.28 1.22 1.13 0.54 0.47 0.35 0.34 0.30
60 1.50 1.44 1.40 1.36 1.33 1.27 1.16 0.55 0.47 0.35 0.34 0.30
V 75 1.63 1.56 1.50 1.45 1.42 1.33 1.20 0.56 0.48 0.35 0.35 0.30
ba>1,5.e 150 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.91 1.83 1.67 1.40 0.63 0.52 0.38 0.36 0.31
200 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.89 1.53 0.67 0.54 0.39 0.37 0.32
300 2.00 2.00 3.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.80 0.75 0.59 0.42 0.39 0.33
400 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.83 0.64 0.44 0.41 0.34
500 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 0.92 0.69 0.47 0.43 0.35
625 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.02 0.75 0.51 0.45 0.36
750 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.13 0.81 0.54 0.47 0.38
875 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.23 0.88 0.58 0.50 0.39
1000 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.33 0.94 0.61 0.52 0.41
1250 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.54 1.06 0.68 0.56 0.43
1500 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.75 1.19 0.75 0.61 0.46
2250 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.56 0.96 0.75 0.54

54.4 Reo 502™ SA
a1
a2 For 2 & 3 anchor fastenings and more Xve
a3
an-1
Xve = [(3*e) + a*(n-1)]*k/(4.5*e²)
where k = min. of ba , 1.5*e
V
ba>1,5.e
Table 4d-2 - Seismic Anchor substrate thickness effect, XVb
Xvb = SQRT(1.5*e/ba)
where Xvb shall not be taken less than 1
Substrate Thickness, ba (mm)
100 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.06 1.37 1.73 2.12 2.45 3.00 3.67
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.22 1.55 1.90 2.19 2.68 3.29
150 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.41 1.73 2.00 2.45 3.00
175 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.31 1.60 1.85 2.27 2.78
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.22 1.50 1.73 2.12 2.60
225 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.15 1.41 1.63 2.00 2.45
250 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.10 1.34 1.55 1.90 2.32
275 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.04 1.28 1.48 1.81 2.22
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.22 1.41 1.73 2.12
350 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.31 1.60 1.96
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.06 1.22 1.50 1.84
Table 4d-3 - Seismic Anchor Modification factor and Multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear Xvm
Vertical Edge distance/Horizontal
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1 1.2 1.4 1.50
Edge distance, e1/e ≤ 1.5
1 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.90 0.94 0.98 1.00
2 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.49 0.50
3 0.24 0.25 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.33 0.33
4 0.18 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.20 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.25
5 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.20
6 0.12 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17
7 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.14
8 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.13
9 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.11
10 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.10 0.10
15 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07
20 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, ØVcp,sis (kN) Ø = 0.55, f'c = 20 MPa
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 20 24/25 24/25 32 32
Effective depth, h (mm) 90 110 125 150 170 160 210 255 300
-40˚C to +43˚C 29.8 40.3 48.8 64.2 77.4 70.7 106.3 142.2 181.5
-40˚C to +72˚C 13.4 18.7 26.3 36.3 41.1 42.5 55.7 76.1 89.6

54.4 Reo 502™ SA
Shear force
STRENGTH
a
LIMIT STATE
A
B
Failure wedge
Concrete edge
eB
Table 4f A

Note: For e1/e2 > 1.25, Xvs = 1.0
e1 Shear Force
e2
Failure
wedge 25 0.86 0.77 0.70 0.58 0.53 0.49 0.41 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.32
Concrete edges
30 0.97 0.86 0.78 0.64 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.33 0.32
50 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.77 0.67 0.52 0.44 0.39 0.37 0.35 0.33
60 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.86 0.75 0.57 0.47 0.41 0.38 0.36 0.34
75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.41 0.37 0.35
125 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.65 0.53 0.48 0.42 0.38
200 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.58 0.49 0.42
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.72 0.58 0.49
400 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67 0.55
500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.61
600 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.67
900 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86
4a Design seismic cracked concrete edge shear resistance, ØVurc,sis

ØVurc,sis = ØVuc,sis * Xvc * Xvd * Xve * Xvb * Xvm * Xvs
4b Design seismic cracked concrete Pryout failure, ØVcrp,sis

ØVcrp,sis = ØVcp,sis * Xnc * Xne * Xna * Xnn
Table 5a - Seismic Cracked Concrete steel resistance, shear, αV,sisØVus (kN) where Ø = 0.60
STEP 5 αV,sis = 0.70 for 10mm and 12mm
αV,sis = 0.82 for 16mm
αV,sis = 0.42 for 20mm, 24mm, 25mm and 32mm
Anchor size, db 10 12 16 20 24 25 32
5 Design seismic cracked shear resistance, ØVur,sis

ØVur,sis = minimum of ØVurc,sis , ØVcrp,sis, αV,sisØVus
Check V*/ØVur,sis ≤ 1,
6 Check
N*/ØNur,sis + V*/ØVur,sis ≤ 1.2,
Example
Specify Ramset™ Chemset™ Injection Reo502™SA with M16
Ramset™ Reo502™SA with(Anchor
grade 5.8 Chemset™ Anchor Stud (CS16190GH). Drilled
Size) grade 5.8 Chemset Drilled Hole
hole depth to be 125 mm. To be installed according to
Depth to be (h) mm.

55.1 EPCON™ C8

Seismic Anchors - EPCON™ C8 - Reinforcing Bar
Epcon C8
Product ETA ETA
EPCON™ C8 is a High Performance Pure Epoxy Anchoring

adhesive for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For ETAG 001 Part 5 Option 1
ETA 10/0309 0679-CPD-0549
ETA 07/0189 0679-CPD-0276
structures subject to external exposure, permanently damp or

chemically aggressive conditions.

European Technical Approval option1 for use in cracked and non European Technical Approval
PENDING ETA 03/0008 0679-CPR-0011
cracked concrete – ETA-10/0309:

Chemset 101 Plus & UltraFix Plus
• 100 year design life ETA
• Approved for flooded holes European Technical Approval

• Approved for floor, wall, & overhead applications Galvanised And Stainless Steel
Anchors ETA-13/0681
1020-CPD-090-029852

• CSTB Seismic Applications Report 3/12-727
• Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes Principal Applications
• No weather delays • Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete
• Fast ,easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) mixer • Road barrier hold down bolts
• Jumbo dispensing cartridge 900ml • Bridge refurbishment
Greater security: • Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm
• Highest performance in cracked concrete • Starter Bars
Versatile • Threaded studs from M8 to M30
• Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions • Threaded Stud material : Zn ,A4 316, HCR steels
• Oversized holes • Threaded Stud material : 5.8, 8.8 , 10.9 grade
• For tropical and Cold weather conditions.
Greater safety: Installation temperature limits:
• Low odour. • Substrate: 5°C to 40°C
• Non-flammable. • Adhesive: 5°C to 40°C
Fire Rated: Refer Fire rated anchoring section
cured as specified.
-40°C to 80°C

5°C - 9°C 20 min 30 h 60 h
1 2 3 4 5
10°C - 19°C 14 min 23 h 46 h
20°C - 24°C 11 min 16 h 32 h
Installation 25°C - 29°C 8 min 12 h 24 h
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 30°C - 39°C 5 min 8h 16 h
2. Important: Use Ramset™ Dustless Drilling System to ensure holes are 40°C 5 min 6h 12 h
clean. Alternatively, clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or
nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3,
blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4.

55.2-3 EPCON™ C8
Installation and seismic performance details:
Seismic Anchors - EPCON™ C8 - Reinforcing Bar

Anchor
Anchor Drilled hole Seismic Tension, NRd,sis (kN) **
effective
size, db diameter, dh Concrete
depth, h Anchor Edge Concrete Compressive Strength, f’c
(mm) (mm) substrate
(mm) spacing, ac distance, ec
thickness, bm
(mm) (mm) 20 MPa 25 MPa 30 MPa
(mm)
10 12 90 180 90 120 6.5 7.6 8.5
12 15 110 220 110 140 9.5 11.2 12.4
16 20 125 250 125 160 14.5 17.0 18.8
20 25 170 340 170 215 24.6 28.8 32.0
24/25 30 210 420 210 270 37.9 44.5 49.5
28 35 270 540 270 340 54.6 64.1 71.3
32 40 300 600 300 380 69.4 81.4 90.5
** Tension values are based on service temperature limits -40˚C to +40˚C only. If service temperature limits is beyond this range please contact
Ramset Engineer.
FOR DETAILED STRENGTH LIMIT STATE SEISMIC DESIGN DATA ON EPCON™ C8, REFER TO SEISMIC REPORT No. CSTB 3/12-727

Description Cartridge Size Part No. Drilled hole depth, h1 (mm)
EPCON™ C8 450 ml C8-450 h1 = h
h = Effective depth
Rebar Size 10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32
Stress Area, As (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 491 616 804
Tensile Steel Yield Capacity, Nsy (kN) 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 245.5 308.0 402.0

Introduction
CAST-IN ANCHORING
Cast-In
Anchoring
Cast - In Anchoring
Whether an application calls for precast or cast in-situ components, All Cast-In products are available in Zinc and Hot Dipped Galvanised
there is a suitable Cast-In solution for almost every design case. to cater for a wide range of environmental conditions. Reid™ Elephant
Foot™ Ferrules are also available in Stainless Steel.
Ramset™ understands the importance of supporting the product with
technically superior design information, such as this resource book, to The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the
guide correct product selection and safe installation. ferrule range of Cast-In solutions and provides direction on where
to obtain the performance information to allow selection of the right
Extensive research, development and testing are invested by Cast-In solution for the job.
Ramset™ so that designers can be secure in the knowledge that
they have access to the real performance and capabilities of Cast-in
products.
As many of the Cast-In solutions are also available from Ramset™,

all the technical information is developed and published in conjunction
with our sister company Reid™. Care should be taken to remember
that this performance data should not be used to justify generic
replacement that may appear physically similar, as the actual
performance will be heavily influenced by the steel grade and
manufacturing tolerances.

56-57 Ferrules
CAST-IN ANCHORING
Reid™ Elephant Foot™ Ferrules

56 GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
Cast - In Anchoring
The Elephant Foot Ferrule is a premium grade, medium
to heavy duty, cast-in ferrule.

Improved security:
• No cross bar required to develop rated capacity.
High Quality Material Options:
• 5.8 grade.
• 42 micron hot dip galvanised coating.
• Premium 316 SS. Principal Applications
Versatile: • Small and lightweight precast fixing point
• Use in near or far face applications with our range of accessories.
• Structural connections
• May be used with small rebar for fixing to mesh.
• Curtain wall and panel facade fixings
• Temporary precast panel bracing points
Reid™ Round Bar Ferrules

57 GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
The Round Ferrule is a medium to heavy duty, cast-in
ferrule.

Economical:
• Simple cost effective design.
Outstanding exterior durability:
• 42 micron hot dip galvanised coating. Principal Applications
Versatile: • Structural connections
• Use in near face, far face or side face applications with our • Panel to panel connection
range of accessories. • High shear load applications
• Temporary precast panel bracing points
Double ended round bar ferrules, ideal for fixing points on both sides of the panel at the same location, are also available.
Manufactured in M16 and M20 threads, to suit common panel thicknesses.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
To obtain a copy of the latest Reid™ Technical Design manual please contact a Reid™ Engineer on 1300 780 250.

58.1 SA TS101:2015 Design
General Information
SA TS101:2015 DESIGN
Introduction
The recent diversity of anchors and suppliers in the Australian market For guidance on the applicibility of SA TS101:2015, refer to section 58.2
has lead to an increased need for the development of specification for Anchor configirations and section 58.3 flow charts for critical anchor
compliance to certain structural performance parameters. design of Ramset™ products or contact your local ramsetreid™ engineer
Over the last two years a body named the Australian Engineered for further advice.
Fasteners and Anchoring Council (AEFAC) was formed by Swinburne
University with ramsetreid™ being one of its founding members. The The testing and assessment method adopted by SA TS101:2015 for
objective of AEFAC are to dessiminate information on anchoring and safety critical applications of post installed fasteners and cast-in channel
fasteners in Australia through research, education and development of are based on ETAG001 Parts 1 to 5: Guideline for European Technical
specifications to be used in design by building practitioners. Approval of Metal Anchors in Concrete. Manufacturers and suppliers of
For further information on AEFAC go to www.aefac.org.au. these types of products must have assessment reports that satisfy the
The work undertaken by the council has culminated in the release of requirements of SA TS101:2015. For a list of ramsetreid™ products with
the Technical Specification SA TS101:2015 ‘Design of post-installed assessment reports, refer to section 58.6. It is important to be aware
and cast-in fastenings for use in concrete’. An important milestone that assessment reports are a pre-requisite to establishing fastener
for the fastening industry in Australia with the document referred to in design parameters and do not in themselves provide the required design
the National Construction Code (NCC) 2016 update. The NCC sets the method.
minimum requirements for the design, construction and performance
of buildings throughout Australia. ramsetreid™ is the only Australasian manufacturer of post-installed
chemical and mechanical anchors. The current and earlier published
58.1 General Information technical information found in the Specifiers Anchoring Resource
In late 2015, AEFAC released the long anticipated Technical Book (SARB) and Ramset™ Design Calculators (RAMDEC), adopt the
Specification TS 101 published by the Standards Australia. This design Ramset™ ANZ Design Methodology developed over years of testing
document applies to safety critical applications for post installed thousands of anchors in Australian/NZ type of concrete, substrates and
mechanical and chemical fasteners and cast-in anchor channel. mixes including flyash using International testing methods. With the
The design provisions of the SA TS101:2015 do not apply to the introduction of the new Ramset™ i-Expert™ software and the SARB ANZ
following: and RAMDEC updates to reflect TS101 requirements, Design Engineers
• Design provisions to address stress development of reinforcing bar have the flexibility more than ever before, to select the most appropriate
• Design of anchor channel for longitudinal shear Ramset™ Design Resource that best suits project demands.
• Design of fixtures
• Exposure of fastenings to fire, durability and seismic actions
• Fasteners or anchors for lifting, headed anchorages reinforcement
and prestressing strand
• Fasteners used in temporary works

Anchor Configurations
58.2 Anchor Configurations

Modification factors have been calculated and tabulated for each anchor product type and group configuration according to the requirements SA
TS101:2015 Section 2, Clause 2.2. Refer to the following Design Method Guidance Table for the applicable ramsetreid™ resource to adopt.
Limited Hole Clearance only

Concrete Edge Conditions*
No
influenc- 2x
1x
Anchor Configurations Load Condition ing edge influencing RAMSET Design Resource Design Method
influencing
(remote edge
edge
from (corner)
edge)
1 & 2 anchors in a single row **
SARB & RAMDEC TS101
Tension only TS TS TS Ramset™ iExpert European
SARB & RAMDEC TS101

Shear only TS TS TS Ramset™ iExpert European
SARB & RAMDEC TS101

Combined Tension Shear TS TS TS Ramset™ iExpert European
3 anchors in a single row **
Tension only TS TS TS SARB & RAMDEC TS101
SARB , Ramset™ iExpert and As indicated subject to Concrete
Shear only TS RAMDEC Edge Condition
SARB , Ramset™ iExpert and As indicated subject to Concrete
Combined Tension Shear TS RAMDEC Edge Condition
2 x 2 anchor group **
Shear only TS TS TS Ramset™ iExpert European
Combined Tension Shear TS TS TS Ramset™ iExpert European

As indicated subject to Concrete
Shear only TS Ramset™ iExpert
Edge Condition
Combined Tension Shear TS Ramset™ iExpert
Edge Condition
8no. anchor group **
Tension olny TS TS TS Ramset™ iExpert European
Edge Condition
Edge Condition
Edge Condition
Edge Condition
≥ 4 anchors in a single row group SARB , Ramset™ iExpert and
Tension only Ramset™ ANZ
RAMDEC
SARB , Ramset™ iExpert and
Shear only Ramset™ ANZ
RAMDEC
SARB , Ramset™ iExpert and
Combined Tension Shear Ramset™ ANZ
RAMDEC
2 x 4 anchor group
Tension only Ramset™ iExpert Ramset™ ANZ
Shear only Ramset™ iExpert Ramset™ ANZ
Combined Tension Shear Ramset™ iExpert Ramset™ ANZ
denotes applicability of Ramset™ ANZ Design Method TS denotes applicability of SA TS101:2015 or European Design Method
* An Influencing Edge is considered to be when the Edge distance e ≤ max (10*h, 60*db) Refer to to Critcal anchor design Flow Chart sec 58.3
**SA TS101:2015 is limited to these Anchor Configurations . For all other configurations not shown use the Ramset ANZ Design Method.
Design Resource Legend

Design Resource Applicable Design Methods Conditions
Ramset iExpert
TM
Ramset™ ANZ European Design Method (equivalent to TS101) ALL
# SARB-TS101 Edition 2016
Ramset™ ANZ TS101 As above
# SARB Edition 2015 Addendum Sec 58
## RAMDEC-TS101 Edition Ramset™ ANZ TS101 As above
#SARB stands for Specifier Anchoring Resource Book ANZ
##RAMDEC stands for Ramset Design Calculator

58.3
58.3 FLOW
SA TS101:2015 Design
CHART FOR
Flow Chart ForCRITICAL
Critcal ANCHOR DESIGN ACCORDING TO SA TS101:2015
Anchor Design
58.3 CRITICAL ANCHOR DESIGN WORKFLOW FOR TS101:2015
SELECT SAFETY CRITICAL APPLICATION

(AUSTRALIA ONLY)
*Cracked and Non-Cracked Concrete only
**Static & Quasi Static Loads only
ANCHORAGE REINFORCING BAR

Mechanical Anchors COMPLYING WITH
ChemSet™ Anchor Studs AS4671-2001
TEMPORARY IN-SERVICE ANCHOR REINFORCING BAR STRESS

WORKS ANCHOR DESIGN ANCHORAGE ONLY DEVELOPMENT
DESIGN CONNECTIONS AS3600-2009
Clause 13.1.2.2
SA TS101-2015 NOT SA TS101-2015 DESIGN REQUIRED SA TS101-2015 NOT

APPLICABLE Go to Section 58.2 Anchor configuration section APPLICABLE
Go to Section 58.3.1 table and Section 58.3.2 Design Process B Go to Section 58.3.3
Design Process A Design Process C
SA TS101:2015
Compliant
Notes:
* For masonary applications refer to SARB Brick and Block anchoring sections 33 to 37. SA TS101:2015 is not applicable
** SA TS101:2015 Clause 1.1.2(c) states that design provisions do not apply to fastenings exposed to Fire, Durability and Seismic actions.
Refer to relevant 'Specifiers Anchoring Resource Book ANZ (SARB) sections on Fire Rated and Seismic Anchoring Systems.

8.3.1 58.3.1
DESIGN PROCESS A
NCHORAGEDesign
DESIGNProcess A - Ramset
USING RAMSET ANZ Method
ANZ METHOD
58.3.1 DESIGN PROCESS A

ANCHORAGE DESIGN USING RAMSET™ ANZ METHOD
DESIGN PROCESS A
SA TS101-2015 NOT APPLICABLE
Adopt one of following anchorage design resources:
SPECIFIERS ANCHORING RAMSET™ DESIGN CALCULATOR RAMSET I-EXPERT SOFTWARE

RESOURCE BOOK ANZ (RAMDEC)
(SARB)
Ramset™ ANZ Design Method Ramset ANZ Design Method Ramset ANZ Design Method
All Sections 1.Select 'Design method Ramset
(Sec 58 TS effect factors are NOT R' in Input Data field
applicable)

58.3.2 SA TS101:2015 Design
Design Process B - SA TS101/European Method
58.3.2 DESIGN PROCESS B
ANCHORAGE DESIGN USING SA TS101 METHOD
58.3.2 DESIGN PROCESS B

ANCHORAGE DESIGN USING SA TS101 METHOD
DESIGN PROCESS B
ANCHOR CONFIGURATION SELECTION
Refer to GUIDANCE Table sec 58.2
Does Anchor
DESIGN PROCESS A NO Configuration

appear in Sec 58.2
SA TS101-2015 NOT APPLICABLE Guidance Table?
YES
DETERMINE LOAD CONDITION
Tension Only
Shear Only
Combined
SELECT EDGE CONDITION

No Edge (Remote)
1 no. Edge
2 no. Edges (Corner)
NO Is TS101 still
applicable to
anchor
configuration?
YES
SELECT APPROPRIATE ANCHOR DESIGN RESOURCE
as shown in guidance table sec 58.2
SPECIFIERS ANCHORING RAMSET DESIGN CALCULATOR RAMSET I-EXPERT SOFTWARE

RESOURCE BOOK ANZ (RAMDEC)
(SARB)
TS101 DESIGN METHOD TS101 DESIGN METHOD EUROPEAN DESIGN METHOD

Apply TS Effects Factors to 1. Select 'Design method TS101 (TS101 compliant)
mechanical and chemical anchors TS' in Input Data field
Refer to section 58
SA TS101:2015 SA TS101:2015 SA TS101:2015

Compliant Compliant Compliant

58.3.3 SA TS101:2015 Design
58.3.2 DESIGN PROCESS C
REINFORCING BAR ANCHORING ACCORDING TO AS3600-2009
Design Process C - Reinforcing Bar Anchoring To AS3600:2009
58.3.3 DESIGN PROCESS C

REINFORCING BAR ANCHORING ACCORDING TO AS3600:2009
DESIGN PROCESS C
SA TS101-2015 NOT APPLICABLE
Adopt one of following anchorage design resources:
SPECIFIERS ANCHORING RAMSET™ I-EXPERT SOFTWARE

RESOURCE BOOK ANZ
(SARB)
Chemical Anchoring of Reinforcing Ramset ANZ Design Method

Bar to AS3600 From start-up screen:
Section 21 to 25 1. At Application screen select
(Sec 58 TS effect factor NOT REBAR REINFORCEMENT
applicable to reinforcing)

Edge & Spacing Values And Effects Factor
58.4 TS101 Design Effects Factors and Anchor Edge & Spacing Values
To meet the requirements of SA TS101:2015, minimum edge and spacing distances and effects factors have been calculated. These values have been tabulated for each
RamsetTM Anchor type where applicable. The values in the tables that follow apply to anchors in Non-cracked concrete. For the Cracked concrete condition minimum edge and
spacing distances refer to Section 43 of the Specifiers Anchoring and Resource Book (SARB), the effects factors in section 58.4.2 do not apply.
58.4.1 Table 1b-2 SA TS101:2015 Method - STUD ANCHOR Absolute minimum

edge and anchor spacing values, em, am (mm)
Stud Metric Anchor Size
RAMSET PRODUCT
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36

ChemsetTM Reo 502TM - Anchor Studs
em TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA N/A N/A
am TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA N/A N/A
ChemsetTM EPCON C8 – Anchor Studs
em & am 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 N/A
ChemsetTM 801 – Anchor Studs
em & am 35 40 50 65 80 96 N/A N/A
ChemsetTM 101 PlusTM – Anchor Studs
em & am 35 40 50 65 80 96 N/A N/A
ChemsetTM MaximaTM
em & am 40 45 55 65 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Reinforcing Bar Anchor Size

RAMSET PRODUCT
10 12 16 20 24 25 28 32 36 40
Chemset Reo 502 – Reinforcing Bar
TM
em TBA TBA 96 120 375 375 TBA TBA N/A N/A
am TBA TBA 192 240 750 750 TBA TBA N/A N/A
ChemsetTM EPCON C8 – Reinforcing Bar
em & am 50 60 80 100 125 125 140 160 N/A N/A
ChemsetTM 801 – Reinforcing Bar
em & am 40 50 65 80 100 100 N/A 130 N/A N/A

58.4.2 SA TS101:2015 Design
Edge & Spacing Values And Effects Factor
58.4.2 Table 2a-2 SA TS101:2015 effect, tension, Xtsn
Number of anchors in a single row designed to resist

ANCHOR TYPE RAMSET PRODUCT Edge Condition all combined load directions (n)
1 2 3 ≥4
Chemset™ Reo 502™ - Anchor Studs No influencing edge TBA TBA TBA
1 x influencing edge TBA TBA TBA
2 x influencing edges (corner) TBA TBA TBA
Chemset™ EPCON C8 - Anchor Studs No influencing edge 1.00 0.62 0.54
1 x influencing edge 0.64 0.41 0.32
2 x influencing edges (corner) 0.49 0.33 0.27
Chemset™ 801 - Anchor Studs No influencing edge 0.93 0.66 0.57
CHEMICAL 2 x influencing edges (corner) 0.53 0.38 0.34
METRIC STUD ChemsetTM StructasetTM 401 – Anchor No influencing edge 1.00 0.77 0.66
Studs 1 x influencing edge 0.77 0.53 0.45
ChemsetTM 101 PlusTM – Anchor Studs No influencing edge 1.00 1.00 1.00
Chemset MaximaTM
No influencing edge 1.00 0.86 0.70
1 x influencing edge 0.89 0.57 0.46 Design case
2 x influencing edges (corner) 0.69 0.46 0.39 not part of
ChemsetTM Reo 502 – Reinforcing Bar No influencing edge 1.00 0.66 0.53 TS101 scope
Xtsn = 1
Refer to
Section 58.2
ChemsetTM EPCON C8 – Reinforcing Bar No influencing edge 1.00 0.61 0.50 for for more
1 x influencing edge 0.64 0.40 0.32 information
CHEMICAL 2 x influencing edges (corner) 0.49 0.33 0.28
REINFORCING ChemsetTM 801 – Reinforcing Bar No influencing edge 1.00 0.92 0.78
BAR 1 x influencing edge 0.89 0.61 0.52
ChemsetTM StructasetTM 401 – Reinforcing No influencing edge 1.00 0.75 0.64
Bar 1 x influencing edge 0.73 0.50 0.42
Spatec Plus -
TM
No influencing edge 1.00 1.00 1.00
TruBolt™ SS No influencing edge 0.94 1.00 1.00
MECHANICAL 1 x influencing edge 0.94 0.96 1.00
WERCS AnkaScrew™ No influencing edge TBA TBA TBA
1 x influencing edge TBA TBA TBA
2 x influencing edges (corner) TBA TBA TBA
Note: This table provides you with a conservative design approach. For anchor groups with 2 rows and more or for an optimised
design refer to Ramset™ iExpert Anchor Design Software as per the guidance detailed in section 58.2 page 329

58.4.3-
58.5.1 Ramset™ Design Resources
58.4.3 Table 4a-2 SA TS101:2015 effect, concrete edge shear, Xtsv
Number of anchors in a single row designed to resist all

ANCHORAGE TYPE RAMSET PRODUCT Edge Condition combined load directions (n)
1 2 ≥3
No influencing edge 1.00 1.00 Design case not part of
Applies to Chemical TS101 scope Xtsv = 1
Ramset products as mentioned in Table 1 x influencing edge 0.78 0.74*
Metric Stud & Rebar Refer to Section 58.2 for for more
Sec 58.4.2 information on SA TS101:2015
and Mechanical 2 x influencing edges (corner) 0.68 0.67**
design case scope
Note: This table provides you with a conservative design approach. For anchor groups with 2 rows and more or for an optimised design refer to Ramset iExpert Anchor Design Software as per the
guidance detailed in section 58.2.
* Orientation of anchor row is assumed to be horizontal to the edge. If Orientation of anchor row is perpendicular to concrete edge then apply a further multiplier factor of x 0.5
** If applied load direction is longitudinal along row of anchors, apply further multiplier factor of x 0.50
58.5 RamsetTM Design Resources - TS101:2015 Method

As previously mentioned in section 58.3 there are three Ramset™ Anchoring Design Resources available to undertake
an anchor design using the TS101 method.
Specifiers Anchoring Resource Book ANZ (SARB)
Ramset™ Design Calculators (RAMDEC's)
Ramset™ i - Expert Software
58.5.1 Specifiers Anchoring Resource Book ANZ (SARB) - TS101 Edition

Where to apply TS101 Design Effect factors
Tensile Analysis – Table 2a
• Refer to Note below Table 2a stating
“For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc*Xtsn. Refer Section 58”.
Table 2a R
60 8.9
65 10.0
70 11.2 12.2
80 13.7 15.0
90 17.8 19.2
100 20.9 22.5
110 25.9 29.1
120 29.5 33.1
125 31.4 35.2
140 37.2 41.8 45.7
150 50.6
160 55.8 60.0
170 61.1 65.7
180 66.6 71.6
190 72.2 77.7
200 78.0 83.9
210 90.2
220 96.8
230 103.4
240 110.3
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØNuc * Xtsn.Refer Section 58.
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. DO NOT USE IN WET HOLES.

58.5.2 SA TS101:2015 Design
Ramset™ Design Resources
• Shear Analysis – Table 4a

Refer to Note below Table 4a stating “For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØVuc*Xtsv. Refer Section 58”.
25 1.6
30 2.2 2.4
35 2.7 3.0 3.2
50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2
60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4
75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7
125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5
200 37.0 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7
300 68.0 74.5 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7
400 104.8 114.8 123.9 140.5 162.3 168.9
500 146.4 160.4 173.2 196.4 226.8 236.1
600 192.4 210.8 227.7 258.2 298.1 310.3
For Design Method to TS101:2015 Multiply ØVuc * Xtsv. Refer Section 58.
• Shear Analysis – Tabe 5a

Refer to Note below Table 5a stating “For Design Method to TS101:2015, Øv = 0.66 therefore Multiply ØVus * 0.83.
Refer Section 58”.
ChemSet Anchor Stud
™



58.5.2 RamsetTM Design Calculators - TS101 Edition

TS101 Edition 2016
version
Select Applicable Design

Method from drop down
box:
R - Ramset ANZ Method
TS - TS101 Method

58.5.3 -
58.6 Ramset™ i-Expert Software and Product Assessment
58.5.3 Ramset™ i-Expert Anchor Design Software
At the i-Expert opening screen select applicable Design Standard

from the drop down menu:
• European Design Method (TS101)
• ACI 318 Design Method (ICC-ES)
• RAMSET ANZ Design Method
58.6 Ramset™ Product Assesment Reports to SA TS101:2015 Requirements

The products mentioned in the table below have undergone the rigorous testing regime 'referenced in and meet the
Assesment requirements referenced in Appendix B of SA TS101:2015.
Fastener Type Product Name Report Number

TRUBOLT™ Xtrem™ ETA-15/0893
TRUBOLT™ STAINLESS STEEL ETA-04/0010
Mechanical SPATEC™ Plus ETA-10/0276
WERCS AnkaScrew™ PENDING
Epcon™ C8 Xtrem™ ETA 10/0309 ETA 07/0189
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ FTA-16/0001
ChemSet™ Reo 502™ EF FTA-16/0001
Chemical ChemSet™ Maxima™ ETA 03/0008
ChemSet™ 801 Xtrem™ ETA 16/0283
ChemSet™ 101 Plus ETA 13/0681
UltraFix™ Plus ETA 13/0681

Notes
DESIGN WORKSHEET

Specifiers Resource Book
DESIGN WORKSHEET
Project
Specifiers Resource Book - Design Worksheet
Design
Location
Project ID Date
Design by Checked
Sketch Notes
N* & V* are the per anchor load cases.

Check both external and internal anchors for suitability.
Tensile design action effect N* kN

Shear design action effect V* kN
Fixture thickness t mm
Concrete compressive strength f’c MPa
Anchor spacing a mm
Edge distance e mm
No. of anchors in row parallel to edge n
Direction of shear load degs.

Table 1a Interaction Diagram Anchor Type
Find intersection of N* and V* values.
Select anchor size.
Table 1b Absolute minima, am & em

Check for compliance with absolute minima Tick
Step 1c Calculate effective depth, h
1
Anchor size selected? Tick
Comply with absolute minima? Tick
Effective depth, h calculated? Tick
Notes for this application

Specifiers Resource Book
DESIGN WORKSHEET
2 Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor
Specifiers Resource Book - Design Worksheet

Table 2a Concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc
Table 2a-b Section 58.4.2, TS101 Effects factor tensionXtsn (if applicable) x
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc x
Table 2c Edge distance effect, Xne x
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, external to a row, Xnae
x or
Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, Xnai
Calculate ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * (Xnae or Xnai) =
3 Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor

Table 3a Calculate steel tensile capacity, ØNus
Step 3b Confirm bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf
ØNur = Minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
N* / ØNur 1.0 ? / = Tick
If not satisfied return to step 1. TENSILE DESIGN COMPLETED
4 Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

Table 4a Concrete shear capacity, ØVuc
Table 2a-b Section 58.4.3, TS101 Effects factor shear Xtsv (if applicable) x
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc x
Table 4c Load direction effect, Xvd x
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, Xva x
Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, Xvn x
Table 4f Anchor at a corner effect, Xvs x
Calculate ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn * Xvs =
5 Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

Table 5a Calculate steel shear capacity, ØVus
Step 5b Confirm bolt shear capacity, ØVsf
ØVur = Minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
V* / ØVur 1.0 ? / = Tick
If not satisfied return to step 1. SHEAR DESIGN COMPLETED
6 Combined loading and specification
N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur 1.2 ? / + / = Tick
If not satisfied return to step 1. DESIGN CHECK COMPLETED
Specify

Notes
DESIGN WORKSHEET

Notes
DESIGN WORKSHEET

Notes
DESIGN WORKSHEET

PREMIUM
Anchoring
PREMIUM ANCHORING
Key Features
Civil Infrastructure EPCON
Hospitals
Dynamic loading Fire Rated Seismic Drinking w
Seismic Upgrade safe
Bridges
EPCON Tunnels
Anywhere the utmost
safety and security is Dynamic loading Fire Rated Seismic Drinking water Cracked concrete Drilled ho
required safe
SA TS101:2015
Tested
Seismic Drinking water Cracked concrete

safe
Pull down Close to ZINC

feature edge Anchors
The Xtrem™ Product Range* consists of the Ramset™ Mechanical and Chemical
with the highest standards of international anchoring assessments:
EPCON™ C8 Xtrem™ Pure Epoxy Chemical Anchor**
CHEMSET™ 801 Xtrem™ Premium Vinyl Esther Chemical Anchor**
Spatec™ Plus Safety Anchor** Pull down Close to ZINC
kg Galvanised Stainle
Trubolt™ Xtrem™ Premium Stud Anchor*** feature edge Steel 31
*Xtrem™ Product range information brochure to be released in Q3 2016. Brick &
**Anchor design available using SARB ANZ with Section 58 ADDENDUM and TS101 Update Editions, Ramset™ Design Calculators (RAMDEC) and Ramset™ i-Expert Software. Hollow W
***Trubolt™ Xtrem™ anchor design can be undertaken using Ramset™ i-Expert software. Design Data to be published in Q3 2016.
kg
www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET www.ramset.com.au
Damp holes1300 780 063 345
AUSTRALIA NEW ZEALAND
Sales, Orders and Enquiries Sales, Orders and Enquiries
Tel: 1300 780 063 Tel: 0800 RAMSET (726738)
Fax: 1300 780 064 Fax: 09 444 2864
Email: enquiry@ramset.com.au Email: info@ramsetreid.co.nz
Web: www.ramset.com.au Web: www.ramset.co.nz
AUSTRALIAN TRADE CENTRES

Victoria New South Wales ACT Western Australia
5/71 Victoria Crescent, 71 Carnarvon Street, 5/19 Tennant Street, 525 Abernethy Road,
Abbotsford 3067 Silverwater 2128 Fyshwick 2609 Kewdale 6105
1 Ramset Drive, 563 Gardeners Road, Queensland

Chirnside Park 3116 Mascot 2020 53 Doggett Street,
Newstead 4006
South Australia 3/8 Channel Road,
115 Sir Donald Bradman Drive, Mayfield West 2304
Hilton 5033
NEW ZEALAND TRADE CENTRES

Auckland - Glenfield Hamilton Napier - Onekawa Christchurch - Hornby
23-29 Poland Rd 15 Somerset St 124 Taradale Road Unit 2/37 Foremans Rd
p 09 447 1296 p 07 847 9047 p 06 843 0067 p 03 349 4749
f 09 447 1297 f 07 847 9980 f 06 843 0043 f 03 349 4750
e albany@ramsetreid.co.nz e hamilton@ramsetreid.co.nz e napier@ramsetreid.co.nz e hornby@ramsetreid.co.nz
Auckland - Penrose Tauranga - Mt Maunganui Lower Hutt Dunedin
35 Station Rd Unit 1, 15 Portside Drive 46 Victoria St 5 Melbourne St
p 09 579 3072 p 07 572 0520 p 04 569 7247 p 03 455 1134
f 09 579 1701 f 07 572 0530 f 04 566 8752 f 03 456 1388
e auckland@ramsetreid.co.nz e tauranga@ramsetreid.co.nz e lowerhutt@ramsetreid.co.nz e dunedin@ramsetreid.co.nz
Auckland - Henderson Rotorua Wellington Invercargill
123 Central Park Drive Waterford Park Estate 147 Taranaki St Territory Manager
p 09 838 9865 50 Old Taupo Rd p 04 384 4138 p 03 218 9241
f 09 837 3014 p 07 348 0190 f 04 385 0868 f 03 214 7787
e henderson@ramsetreid.co.nz f 07 348 9200 e wellington@ramsetreid.co.nz e invercargill@ramsetreid.co.nz
e rotorua@ramsetreid.co.nz
Auckland - East Tamaki Nelson Queenstown
Unit 1, 333 East Tamaki Road New Plymouth Territory Manager 200A Glenda Dr
p 09 272 4701 Territory Manager p 03 548 2664 p 03 442 8073
f 09 272 4703 p 06 759 8984 f 03 548 3559 f 03 442 8074
e easttamaki@ramsetreid.co.nz f 06 759 8983 e nelson@ramsetreid.co.nz e queenstown@ramsetreid.co.nz
e newplymouth@ramsetreid.co.nz
Whangarei Christchurch - City
Territory Manager Palmerston North 120 Montreal St
p 09 438 2010 903 Tremaine Avenue p 03 341 8710
f 09 438 9188 p 06 357 6745 f 03 341 8730
e whangarei@ramsetreid.co.nz f 06 357 6775 e christchurch@ramsetreid.co.nz
e palmerstonnorth@ramsetreid.co.nz
ramsetreid™ 1 Ramset Drive, Chirnside Park 3116

In the interests of product improvement, ramsetreid™ reserves the right to alter product specifications as required. Information included in this resource book is correct at time of printing.
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure product selected is appropriate for its intended use. For further technical information go to www.ramset.com.au or contact Ramset™ on the
numbers indicated. ITW Australia Pty. Ltd. ABN 63 004 235 063 trading as ramsetreid™ © Copyright 2016 ™ Trademarks of Cetram Pty. Ltd. used under license by ramsetreid™
PART No. RAMSARB2016

Ramset

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ramset

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ramset

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Front COVER

Available on the Ramset™ AUS and NZ websites as both an online option

2 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET

Welcome To The Ramset™ Specifiers Resource Book

What's new in the TS101 Edition ?

• New SA TS101:2015 Design Method Section

www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 3

SECTION Page No. Section Page No.

6 Chemset™ Anchor Studs 43 CRACKED CONCRETE

BRICK AND BLOCK ANCHORING

4 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET

PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS

Anchors suitable for use in holes

Anchor can be through fixed into substrate

www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 5

df = fixture hole diameter (mm)

6 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION (CRACKED CONCRETE)

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION (SEISMIC ANCHORS)

EOTA – European Seismic Design Method

www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 7

STEP 1 Select anchor to be evaluated

ACTION Note down the anchor size selected.

If the above questions are answered satisfactorily,

8 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET

STEP 2 Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor

ACTION Note down the value for Xne

STEP 3 Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor

Having calculated the concrete tensile capacity above (ØNurc),

www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 9

STEP 4 Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

Referring to table 4a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate Examples

ACTION Note down the value for ØVuc n=3

ACTION Note down the value for Xtsv

Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc by

Use table 4c to establish its value.

ACTION Note down the value for Xvd

ACTION Note down the value for Xva

In order to distribute the concrete edge shear evenly to all anchors

This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete

For a design involving two or more anchors in a row parallel to an

ACTION Note down the value of ØVurc

10 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET

STEP 5 Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

Having calculated the concrete shear capacity above (ØVurc),

ACTION Note down the value for ØVus

ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf

STEP 6 Combined loading and specification

N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,

Specify the product to be used

www.ramset.co.nz 0800 RAMSET www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 11

Verify capacity of the anchors detailed below:

Anchor spacing a 150 mm

As the design process considers design action effects PER anchor,

In this case, equal load distribution is considered appropriate hence,

Design tensile action effect (per anchor) N* 18 kN

Given that each of the ‘interior’ anchors is influenced by two adjacent

From the information presented in tables 4.1 – 4.5, it is established

N/ØNur + V/ØVur ≤ 1.2,

Confirm that absolute minima requirements are met. ACTION h = 108

N/ØNur + V/ØVur ≤ 1.2, ØNuc = 48.5 kN

5.2.4 DISPLACEMENT SETTING ANCHORS 5.2.5 CHEMICAL ANCHORS